Você está na página 1de 386

Coast

UNITED STATES

Pilot ®

Atlantic Coast:
Sandy Hook, NJ to
Cape Henry, VA

2018 (51st) Edition


This edition cancels the 50th Edition and includes all previously
published corrections.

Weekly updates to this edition are available at:


nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/publications/coast-pilot/index.html
They are also published in the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA)
U.S. Notice to Mariners.

U.S. Department of Commerce


Wilbur L. Ross, Jr., Secretary of Commerce

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)


RDML Timothy Gallaudet, Ph.D., USN Ret., Assistant Secretary of Commerce for
Oceans and Atmosphere and Acting Under Secretary of Commerce for Oceans and
Atmosphere

National Ocean Service


Nicole R. LeBoeuf, Deputy Assistant Administrator for Ocean Services
and Coastal Zone Management
II  
   
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3 16 SEP 2018

77° 76° 75° 74°

Coast Pilot 3 – Chapter Index

Chapter 4 – New Jersey Coast


Chapter 5 – Intracoastal Waterway
Chapter 6 – Delaware Bay
41° 41°
Chapter 7 – Chesapeake and Delaware Canal
Chapter 8 – Delaware-Maryland-Virginia Coast
Chapter 9 – Chesapeake Bay Entrance
NEW JERSEY New York City
Chapter 10 – Chesapeake Bay, James River
Chapter 11 – Chesapeake Bay, York and Rappahannock Rivers
Chapter 12 – Chesapeake Bay, Potomac River
Chapter 13 – Chesapeake Bay, Patuxent and Severn Rivers
Chapter 14 – Chesapeake Bay, Eastern Shore Trenton
Chapter 15 – Baltimore to Head of Chesapeake Bay

Philadelphia D E L AWA R E
RIVER
40° 40°

P E N N S Y LVA N I A 7
4
Wilmington
MARYLAND 5
15
Baltimore

D E L AWA R E B AY

39° 39°
Washington D.C. D E L AWA R E

12 13 6
C H E S A PE A K E B AY
P OTO M AC

14
RIVER

R A P PA H A N N O C K
RIVER 8
38° 38°

11
Richmond
YORK
RIVER

10
37° 37°

Norfolk
9
VIRGINIA

NORTH
ATL ANTIC OCEAN

NORTH CAROLINA

77° 76° 75° 74°


16 SEP 2018 ¢  
 Preface  
   
 III

Preface

T he United States Coast Pilot is published by the National Ocean Service (NOS), National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), pursuant to the Act of 6 August 1947
(33 U.S.C. 883a and b), and the Act of 22 October 1968 (44 U.S.C. 1310).

The Coast Pilot supplements the navigational information shown on NOAA nautical charts. The
Coast Pilot is continually updated and maintained from inspections conducted by NOAA survey
vessels and field parties, corrections published in Notices to Mariners, information from other
Federal agencies, State and local governments, maritime and pilots’ associations, port authorities,
and concerned mariners.

NOAA’s Office of Coast Survey encourages public feedback regarding its suite of nautical charting
products and services through the Nautical Inquiry/Discrepancy Reporting System. This system
allows comments, inquiries and chart discrepancies to be submitted directly to NOAA’s nautical
charting program. Inquiries are typically acknowledged by email within one day, and ninety
percent are answered or resolved within five days.

General comments or inquiries can be made at ocsdata.ncd.noaa.gov/idrs/inquiry.aspx.


Nautical chart or Coast Pilot discrepancies can be reported at
ocsdata.ncd.noaa.gov/idrs/discrepancy.aspx.

Coast Survey also maintains a toll free phone line for public comments or inquiries.
Customers may contact the charting program by telephone on weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00
p.m. (Eastern Time) at 888–990–6622.

Update your Coast Pilot


Check for weekly critical updates for this edition at
nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/publications/coast-pilot/index.html
(See 33 CFR 164.33 Charts and Publications, chapter 2, for regulations.)

You may print the specifically affected paragraphs to revise this book, or download an
updated .pdf of the entire volume.

A Weekly Record of Updates is provided for your convenience directly preceding the index.
IV  
 ¢  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3 16 SEP 2018


Contents  
16 SEP 2018    V

Contents
Preface����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������III

Chapter 1: General Information������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1

Chapter 2: Navigation Regulations ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������35

Chapter 3: Sandy Hook to Cape Henry������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 151

Chapter 4: New Jersey Coast������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 169

Chapter 5: Intracoastal Waterway ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 179

Chapter 6: Delaware Bay������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 191

Chapter 7: Chesapeake and Delaware Canal ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 219

Chapter 8: Delaware-Maryland-Virginia Coast��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 227

Chapter 9: Chesapeake Bay Entrance ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 237

Chapter 10: Chesapeake Bay, James River������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 253

Chapter 11: Chesapeake Bay, York and Rappahannock Rivers��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 261

Chapter 12: Chesapeake Bay, Potomac River������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 275

Chapter 13: Chesapeake Bay, Patuxent and Severn Rivers���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 289

Chapter 14: Chesapeake Bay, Eastern Shore ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 301

Chapter 15: Baltimore to Head of Chesapeake Bay������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 321

Appendix A��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 335

Appendix B��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 341

Weekly Record of Updates���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 363

Index��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 367
VI 
  Contents 
     
16 SEP 2018
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 1

General Information

(1) A map precedes each chapter and outlines the nautical


UNITED STATES COAST PILOT® charts used in the area to be discussed. In these chapters, as
much as possible, the coastal description is in geographic
(2) The United States Coast Pilot, published by the sequence, north to south on the east coast, east to west on
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration the gulf coast, clockwise around each of the Great Lakes
(NOAA), is a series of nine nautical books (volumes) and south to north on the west coast and Alaskan coast.
that encompasses a wide variety of information important Features are described as they appear on the largest scale
to navigators of U.S. coastal/intracoastal waters and the chart, with that chart number prominently shown in blue.
waters of the Great Lakes. The Coast Pilot is intended to (11) Appendix A contains contact information regarding
be used as a supplement to NOAA nautical charts. Much the various products, services and agencies detailed
of the content cannot be shown graphically on the charts throughout the volume.
and is not readily available elsewhere. Topics which are (12) Appendix B contains useful reference tables
covered include environmental factors of weather, climate, regarding climate, meteorology, unit of measure
ice conditions, tides, water levels, currents, prominent conversions, abbreviations, etc.
coastal features and landmarks. Specific information (13) The Weekly Record of Updates is intended as a log
on vertical clearances, wharf descriptions, small-craft for critical updates applied to this volume.
facilities, hazards, dredged channels and depths are also (14) The Index contains geographic names mentioned
provided. Navigation services and regulations are also throughout a Coast Pilot volume. These names are
identified including pilotage, towing, anchorages, routes boldfaced and indexed along with the number of the
and traffic separation schemes, environmental protection, largest scale chart on which the entire feature appears.
and other Federal laws. Asterisks preceding a chart number in the index of
(3) New editions of each volume are issued annually. Coast Pilot 5 indicate charts published by the National
Fully updated files are posted weekly on the Internet, Geospatial-Intelligence Agency, and in the index of Coast
and are also available for Print on Demand sales (see Pilot 6, charts published by the Canadian Hydrographic
Appendix A). Service.
(14.001) <Deleted Table>
(4) Amendments to this publication are available at
nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/publications/coast-pilot/index. (15)
html. Bearings
(5) National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA) (16) Bearings and courses are in degrees true and are
U.S. Notice to Mariners: msi.nga.mil measured clockwise from 000° (north) to 359°. The
(5) <Deleted Paragraph> bearings of an aid to navigation (e.g., directional light,
(6)
light sector, range) are given as viewed from the bridge
Using the Coast Pilot of a vessel toward the light.
(7) Chapter 1 contains definitions of general and (17)
standard terms used throughout the volume, discussions Bridges and Cables
of NOAA charting products and services, descriptions of (18) Vertical clearances of bridges and overhead cables
maritime services by various U.S. Government agencies, are in feet above mean high water unless otherwise stated;
Notices to Mariners and other information pertinent to clearances in Coast Pilot 6 are in feet above Low Water
safe navigation. Datum unless otherwise stated. When the water level
(8) Chapter 2 contains selected extracts from the Code is above Low Water Datum, the bridge and overhead
of Federal Regulations (CFR) that affect mariners. cable clearances given in the Coast Pilot and shown on
(9) Chapter 3 contains general information that is the charts should be reduced accordingly. Clearances
peculiar to the region covered by a particular Coast Pilot of drawbridges are for the closed position, although the
volume. For example, practical information regarding open clearances are also given for vertical-lift bridges.
offshore currents and dangers, coastal aids to navigation, Whenever a bridge span over a channel does not open fully
prominent landmarks and the general character of the to an unlimited clearance position, a minimum clearance
coast and depths helpful in approaching the region. for the sections over the channel is given; the same applies
(10) In Chapter 4 and the remaining numbered to swing and pontoon bridges with openings less than 50
chapters, the detailed description of the region begins. feet horizontally. Clearances given in the Coast Pilot are
2 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

those approved for nautical charting and are supplied by which may be depicted on charts with depth legends,
the U.S. Coast Guard (bridges) and U.S. Army Corps of notes or soundings, the Coast Pilot will strive to list the
Engineers (cables). See charts for horizontal clearances corresponding controlling depths with the dates of the
of bridges, as these are generally given in the Coast Pilot latest known surveys. Depths may vary considerably
only when they are less than 50 feet (15 meters). Tables between maintenance dredging; consult the Notices
listing structures across waterways, found in some Coast to Mariners for latest controlling depths.
Pilots, show both horizontal and vertical clearances. (28)
Submarine cables are rarely mentioned. Under-keel clearances
(19) (29) It is becoming increasingly evident that economic
Cable ferries pressures are causing mariners to navigate through waters
(20) Cable ferries are guided by cables fastened to of barely adequate depth, with under-keel clearances
shore and sometimes propelled by a cable rig attached being finely assessed from the charted depths, predicted
to the shore. Generally, the cables are suspended during tide levels and depths recorded by echo sounders.
crossings and dropped to the bottom when the ferries dock. (30) It cannot be too strongly emphasized that even
Where specific operating procedures are known they are charts based on modern surveys may not show all sea-
mentioned in the text. Since operating procedures vary, bed obstructions or the shoalest depths, and actual tide
mariners are advised to exercise extreme caution and levels may be appreciably lower than those predicted.
seek local knowledge. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO PASS (31) In many ships an appreciable correction must be
A MOVING CABLE FERRY. applied to shoal soundings recorded by echo sounders
(21) due to the horizontal distance between the transducers.
Courses This separation correction, which is the amount by which
(22) These are true and are given in degrees clockwise recorded depths therefore exceed true depths, increases
from 000° (north) to 359°. The courses given are the with decreasing depths to a maximum equal to half the
courses to be made good. distance apart of the transducers; at this maximum the
transducers are aground. Ships whose transducers are
(23)
more than 6 feet (1.8 meters) apart should construct
Currents
a table of true and recorded depths using the Traverse
(24) Stated current velocities are the averages at strength.
Tables. (Refer to the topic on echo soundings elsewhere
Velocities are in knots, which are nautical miles per hour.
in Chapter 1.)
Directions are the true directions to which the currents set
(32) Other appreciable corrections, which must be
(see Chapter 3, this book).
applied to many ships, are for settlement and squat. These
(25) corrections depend on the depth of water below the keel,
Depths the hull form and the speed of the ship.
(26) Depth is the vertical distance from the chart datum (33) Settlement causes the water level around the ship
to the bottom and is expressed in the same units (feet, to be lower than would otherwise be the case. It will
meters or fathoms) as those soundings found on the chart. always cause echo soundings to be less than they would
(See Chart Datum, this chapter, for further detail.) The otherwise be. Settlement is appreciable when the depth is
controlling depth is the least known depth of a channel. less than seven times the draft of the ship and increases
This depth is determined by periodic hydrographic as the depth decreases and the speed increases.
surveys and restricts use of the channel to drafts less (34) Squat denotes a change in trim of a ship underway,
than that depth. The centerline controlling depth applies relative to her trim when stopped. It usually causes the
only to the channel centerline or close proximity; lesser stern of a vessel to sit deeper in the water. However, it is
depths may exist in the remainder of the channel. The reported that in the case of mammoth ships, squat causes
midchannel controlling depth is the controlling depth the bow to sit deeper. Depending on the location of the
of only the middle half of the channel. Federal project echo sounding transducers, this may cause the recorded
depth is the original design dredging depth of a channel depth to be greater or less than it ought to be. Caution
planned by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and common sense are continuing requirements for
and may be deeper than current conditions. For this reason, safe navigation.
project depth must not be confused with controlling depth. (34.001) <Deleted Table>
Depths alongside wharves usually have been reported by
(35)
owners and/or operators of the waterfront facilities and
Distances
have not been verified by Government surveys. Since
(36) These are in nautical miles unless otherwise stated. A
these depths may be subject to change, local authorities
nautical mile is one minute of latitude, or approximately
should be consulted for the latest controlling depths.
2,000 yards, and is about 1.15 statute miles.
(27) For all maintained channels with controlling depths
(37) Coast Pilot 6 is in statute miles unless otherwise
detailed on charts in tabular form, the Coast Pilot usually
stated. A statute mile is 5,280 feet or about 0.87 nautical
states only the project depths. For all other channels
mile.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 3

(38) (55)
Geographic Coordinates Time
(39) Geographic coordinates listed in the Coast Pilot (56) Unless otherwise stated, all times are given in local
are referred to North American Datum of 1983 (NAD standard time in the 24-hour system. (Noon is 1200, 2:00
83) unless otherwise noted for certain CFR extracts in p.m. is 1400 and midnight is 0000.)
Chapter 2. (56.001)
(40) Winds
Heights (56.002) Directions are the true directions from which the
(41) These are in feet (meters) above the tidal datum winds blow; however, sometimes (rarely) compass points
used for that purpose on the charts, usually mean high are used. Unless otherwise indicated, speeds are given in
water. However, the heights of the decks of piers and knots, which are nautical miles per hour.
wharves are given in feet (meters) above the chart datum (57) <57-59 Deleted>
for depths. (59)
(42) Coast Pilot 6 is in feet (meters) above the chart
NAUTICAL CHARTS
datum used for that purpose on the charts, usually Low
Water Datum.
(60) <Deleted Paragraph>
(43) (60) NOAA produces and maintains a suite of over 1,000
Light and Sound Signal Characteristics nautical charts that cover the U.S. coastal waters, the
(44) These are not described in the Coast Pilot. Also, Great Lakes and U.S. territories. These charts provide
light sectors and visible ranges are generally not fully a graphic representation of water depths, the shoreline,
described. This information can be found in U.S. Coast prominent topographic and man-made features, aids to
Guard Light Lists. navigation and other navigational information useful to
(45) the mariner. NOAA’s charts are available in a variety of
Obstructions digital formats designed to meet the specific requirements
(46) Wrecks and other obstructions are mentioned only if of all mariners. Paper copies may also be obtained through
they are relatively permanent and in or near normal traffic one of NOAA’s Print-on-Demand partners.
routes. (61)
(47) Paper Print on Demand Nautical Charts
Radio Navigational Aids (61) <Deleted Paragraph>
(48) For detailed information on Radio Navigation Aids (62) The content of Print-On-Demand (POD) charts
see the United States Coast Guard Light Lists and is updated weekly by NOAA with the most current
the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency’s Radio U.S. Coast Guard Local Notice to Mariners, National
Navigational Aids, Publication 117. Geospatial-Intelligence Agency Notice to Mariners and
(49)
other critical safety information. POD charts are printed
Ranges under the authority of NOAA and shipped through
(50) These are not fully described. “A 339° Range” partnerships between NOAA and commercial providers.
means that the rear structure bears 339° from the front POD information and a list of participating POD
structure. (See United States Coast Guard Light Lists.) chart agents can be found at nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/
publications/print-agents.html#paper-charts-mobile.
(51)
(62) <62-63 Deleted>
Reported information
(52) Information received by NOAA from various (63)
sources concerning depths, dangers, currents, facilities, Portable Document Format (PDF) Nautical Charts
(64) Almost all of NOAA’s nautical charts may be
and other topics, which has not been verified by
Government surveys or inspections, is often included in downloaded for free as Portable Document Format
the Coast Pilot; such unverified information is qualified (PDF) files at nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/charts/noaa-
as “reported” and should be regarded with caution. raster-charts.html#full-size-nautical-charts. The PDF
nautical charts are exact replicas of the images used to
(53)
produce POD and Raster Navigational Charts (RNC).
Tides
As such, they also have all the latest updates based on
(54) Tidal information, including real-time water levels,
U.S. Coast Guard Local Notices to Mariners, National
tide predictions and tidal current predictions are available
Geospatial-Intelligence Agency Notices to Mariners and
at tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov.
other critical safety information.
(65) Most PDF charts can be printed at the proper scale
from any plotter accommodating a 36-inch paper width.
When printed properly, PDF charts and POD charts are
very similar, but PDF charts have not yet been approved
4 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

to meet Federal regulations for paper chart carriage new edition for release. Once the authorized POD chart
requirements as POD charts have. is available, it meets federal chart carriage requirements,
(66) and should be put into service immediately. It should be
BookletCharts updated from the last correction and cleared through
(67) The NOAA BookletChart™ is a product that can dates shown in the lower left corner of the chart.
(75) The chart date is of vital importance to the navigator.
be printed by the users for free. They are made to help
recreational boaters locate themselves on the water. When charted information becomes obsolete, further
BookletCharts are reduced in scale and divided into pages use of the chart for navigation is dangerous. Natural and
for convenience but otherwise contain all the information artificial changes, many of them critical, are occurring
of the full-scale nautical charts and are updated weekly. constantly; therefore it is important that navigators use
For more information visit nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/ up-to-date charts. Nautical charts and publications are
charts/noaa-raster-charts.html#booklet-charts. available for purchase from authorized POD agents and
their sales outlets.
(68)
(76) NOAA’s “Nautical Chart Update” website allows
Raster Navigational Charts (NOAA RNC®)
mariners to update their nautical charts from one database
(69) NOAA Raster Navigational Charts (NOAA RNC®)
that includes information from NOAA, NGA U.S. Notice
are geo-referenced digital images of NOAA’s entire suite
to Mariners, U.S. Coast Guard Local Notices to Mariners
of paper charts. NOAA RNCs are official data that can
and the Canadian Coast Guard Notices to Mariners at:
be used in many types of electronic charting systems
nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/charts/chart-updates.html.
(ECS), including Raster Chart Display Systems (RCDS)
and some Electronic Chart Display and Information (77)

Systems (ECDIS). Current regulations support the use Nautical Chart Numbering System
(78) This chart numbering system, adopted by NOAA
of RNCs as a primary means of navigation when ENCs
are not available, but they require an accompanying and National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA),
minimal set of up-to-date paper charts. They can integrate provides for a uniform method of identifying charts
position information from the Global Positioning System published by both agencies. Nautical charts published
(GPS) and other navigational sensors, such as radar and by NGA and by the Canadian Hydrographic Service are
automatic identification systems (AIS) to show a vessel's identified in the Coast Pilot by an asterisk preceding the
track, waypoints, and planned routes. NOAA RNCs chart number.
and their weekly updates are available free of charge (79)
at nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/charts/noaa-raster-charts. Chart Scale
html. (80) The scale of a chart is the ratio of a given distance
(70) on the chart to the actual distance that it represents on
Electronic Navigational Charts (NOAA ENC®) the earth. For example, one unit of measurement on a
(71) NOAA Electronic Navigational Charts (NOAA 1:10,000 scale chart is equal to 10,000 of the same unit
ENC®) are databases of charted objects and their attributes on the earth's surface. Large scale charts show greater
with standardized content, structure and format. They detail of a relatively small area. Small scale charts show
comply with International Hydrographic Organization less detail but cover a larger area. Certain hydrographic
(IHO) specifications stated in IHO Publication S-57. They information may be omitted on smaller scale charts.
may be used as an alternative to paper charts required on Mariners should always obtain the largest scale
SOLAS class vessels. coverage for near shore navigation.
(81) The scales of nautical charts range from 1:2,500 to
(72) ENCs are intended for use in electronic charting
systems (ECS) as well as Electronic Chart Display and about 1:5,000,000. Graphic scales are generally shown
Information Systems (ECDIS). ECDIS are programmable on charts with scales of 1:80,000 or larger, and numerical
to show as much or as little data as the user requires. scales are given on smaller scale charts. NOAA charts are
They can integrate position information from the Global classified according to scale as follows:
Positioning System (GPS) and other navigational sensors, (82) Sailing charts, scales 1:600,000 and smaller, are
such as radar and automatic identification systems (AIS) for use in fixing the mariner’s position approaching
to show a vessel's track, waypoints and planned routes. the coast from the open ocean or for sailing between
Using this information ECDIS can use ENCs to give distant coastwise ports. On such charts the shoreline and
warning of impending danger in relation to the vessel's topography are generalized and only offshore soundings,
position and movement. NOAA ENCs and their updates principal lights, outer buoys and landmarks visible at
are available free of charge at nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/ considerable distances are shown.
charts/noaa-enc.html. (83) General charts, scales 1:150,000 to 1:600,000, are
for coastwise navigation outside of outlying reefs and
(73)
shoals.
Nautical Chart—New Editions and Corrections
(84) Coast charts, scales 1:50,000 to 1:150,000, are
(74) New editions of paper Print-on-Demand (POD)
for inshore navigation leading to bays and harbors of
charts are available on the Monday after NOAA clears a
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 5

(102)

Source Diagrams and Zone of Confidence (ZOC) Diagrams

The age and accuracy of hydrographic survey data that


40°
support nautical charts can vary. Depth information on 52'
nautical charts, paper or digital, is based on data from the C
latest available hydrographic survey, which in many cases
may be quite old. Diagrams are provided on nautical charts
D 50'
to assist mariners in assessing hydrographic survey data and D
the associated level of risk to navigate in a particular area.
There are currently two types of diagrams shown on NOAA
A1
paper and raster navigational charts (RNCs) of 1:500,000
48'
scale and larger—Zone of Confidence (ZOC) diagrams and
source diagrams. ZOC information (designated CATZOC)
is also found on electronic navigational charts (ENCs). This
provides consistency in the display of source data between 46'
ENCs and newer paper charts.
A1 D
Both source and ZOC diagrams consist of a graphic
representation of the extents of hydrographic surveys within 44'
the chart and accompanying table of related survey quality
categories. CATZOC information on an ENC, unlike the B
diagrams on a paper chart or RNC, is displayed over the D
ENC data using symbols rather than letters. These symbols 40°
42'
are displayed on a separate layer, which can be viewed when D
planning a route, then switched off until needed again at
124°16' 14' 12' 10' 08' 124°06'
another time.

On ZOC diagrams, the quality of the hydrographic data is ZOC CATEGORIES


assessed according to six categories; five quality categories (Refer to Chapter 1, United States Coast Pilot)

for assessed data (A1, A2, B, C and D) and a sixth category ZOC DATE
POSITION DEPTH SEAFLOOR
ACCURACY ACCURACY COVERAGE
(U) for data that has not yet been assessed. On the ENC,
the categories are shown using a rating system of stars— A1 2008–2009 ± 16 ft = 1.6 ft + 1% depth
All significant seafloor
features detected
the higher the quality, the greater the number of stars.
Assessment of hydrographic data quality and classification Uncharted features
hazardous to surface
B 1949 ± 160 ft = 3.2 ft + 2% depth
into zones of confidence is based on a combination of: navigation are not
expected but may exist
survey date, position accuracy, depth accuracy and sea
Depth anomalies may be
floor coverage (the survey’s ability to detect objects on the C 1949 ± 1600 ft = 6.5 ft + 2% depth
expected
seafloor.) Worse than Worse than Large depth anomolies
D –
ZOC C ZOC C may be expected

Source diagrams will be replaced with ZOC diagrams


as new editions are created. Similar to the ZOC diagram, and navigation equipment), survey specifications in effect
they provide the mariner with additional information about (prescribed survey line spacing and sounding interval) and
the density and adequacy of the sounding data depicted type of bottom (e.g., rocky with existence of submerged
on the chart. The adequacy with which sounding data pinnacles, flat sandy, coastal deposits subject to frequent
reflects the configuration of the bottom depends on the episodes of deposition and erosion).
following factors: survey technology employed (sounding

considerable width and for navigating large inland intersect at right angles. On any particular chart the
waterways. distances between meridians are equal throughout, but
(85) Harbor charts, scales larger than 1:50,000, are for distances between parallels increase progressively from
harbors, anchorage areas and the smaller waterways. the equator toward the poles so that a straight line between
(86) Special charts, at various scales, cover the any two points is a rhumb line. This unique property of
Intracoastal waterway and miscellaneous small-craft the Mercator projection is one of the main reasons why
areas. it is preferred by the mariner.
(87) (89) The Polyconic projection is used on most U.S.
Chart Projections nautical charts of the Great Lakes. On this projection,
(88) The Mercator projection used on most nautical parallels of latitude appear as non-concentric circles, and
charts has straight-line meridians and parallels that meridians appear as curved lines converging toward the
pole and concave to the central meridian. The scale is
6 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

(103)

Source Diagrams

Referring to the accompanying sample Source Diagram below and the previous discussion of survey methods
over time, transiting from Point X to Point Y, along the track indicated by the dotted line, would have the
following information available about the relative quality of the depth information shown on the chart.

Point X lies in an area surveyed by NOAA within the 1900-1939 time period. The sounding data would have
been collected by leadline. Depths between sounding points can only be inferred, and undetected features might
exist between the sounding points in areas of irregular relief. Caution should be exercised.

The transit then crosses an area surveyed by NOAA


within the 1940-1969 time period. The sounding data
would have been collected by continuous recording
single beam echo sounder. It is possible that features
could have been missed between sounding lines,
although echo sounders record all depths along a
sounding line with varying beam widths.

The transit ends in an area charted from miscellaneous


surveys. These surveys may be too numerous to depict
or may vary in age, reliability, origin or technology
used. No inferences about the fitness of the data can be
made in this area from the diagram.

Referring again to the accompanying sample Source


Diagram, and the previous discussion of survey
methods over time, a mariner could choose to transit
from Point X to Point Y, along the track shown with a
dashed line.

The transit starts again in an area surveyed by


NOAA within the 1900-1939 time period. The
sounding data would have been collected by leadline.
Depths between sounding points can only be inferred,
and undetected features might still exist between the
sounding points in areas of irregular relief. Caution
should be exercised.

The transit then crosses an area surveyed by NOAA


within the 1990 - present time period, with partial bottom coverage. The data is collected in metric units and
acquired by continuous recording single beam echo sounder. It is possible that features could have been missed
between the sounding lines, although echo sounders record all depths along a sounding line with varying beam
widths.

The transit then crosses into an area surveyed by NOAA within the 1990 - present time period, having full
bottom coverage. This area of the charted diagram is shaded with a blue screen to draw attention to the fact that
full bottom coverage has been achieved. The data would have been collected in metric units and acquired by side
scan sonar or multibeam sonar technology. Undetected features in this area, at the time of the survey, would be
unlikely.

The transit ends in an area charted from miscellaneous surveys. These surveys may be too numerous to depict
or may vary in age, reliability, origin or technology used. No inferences about the fitness of the data can be made
in this area from the diagram. By choosing to transit along the track shown by the dashed line, the mariner would
elect to take advantage of survey information that is more recent and collected with modern technology.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 7

(104)

Bottom Coverage and Survey Methods This type of survey method provided sounding data at a
lower resolution than sonar systems, thus making small
Prior to 1940, most survey data was acquired by lead obstructions and hazards difficult to identify. Although
line, and soundings were positioned using horizontal sextant LIDAR systems provide continuously recorded swath data,
angles. This positioning method is considered to be accurate the resulting sounding resolution is not dense enough for
for near shore surveys. However, lead line surveys only the survey to be considered full bottom coverage. However,
collect discrete single-point depths. The depths between the LIDAR surveys in which significant anomalies have been
soundings can only be inferred and undetected shoals and further investigated using multi-beam sonar are considered
other uncharted features may exist in these areas, especially adequate for the full bottom coverage designation. Stand-
in areas of irregular relief. alone LIDAR surveys are depicted on the source diagram as
partial bottom coverage areas.
From 1940 to 1990, sounding data acquisition typically
used continuous-recording single beam echo sounders as Although full bottom coverage surveys are not feasible
stand-alone survey systems, which resulted in partial bottom in all areas, this method is typically preferred over lead line,
sounding coverage. Although the sampling is continuous single beam echo sounder, and LIDAR technologies. Full
along the track of the sounding vessel, features such as bottom coverage surveys typically extend inshore to depths
discrete objects or small area shoals between sounding lines of 4-8 meters (13-26 feet). Due to scaling factors, a full
may not have been detected. Positioning of the sounding bottom coverage survey area may appear to extend further
vessel in this period progressed from horizontal sextant inshore once depicted on the source diagram. Generally,
angles, through land based electronic positioning systems, to sounding data in depths of 6 meters (20 feet) and shoaler – 8
differentially corrected Global Positioning System (DGPS) meters (26 feet) and shoaler in Alaskan waters – has been
satellite fixes. acquired using a partial bottom coverage method. Caution
and prudent seamanship should be used when transiting
From 1990 to the present, most surveys have been these near shore areas.
conducted using either multi-beam sonar systems or a
combination of side scan sonar and single beam echo The spacing of sounding lines required to survey an area
sounder systems to achieve full bottom coverage. The using a single beam echo sounder depends on several factors
term full bottom coverage refers to survey areas in which such as water depths, bottom configuration, survey scale,
the field party has acquired continuously recorded, high- general nature of the area and the purpose of the survey. For
resolution sonar data in overlapping swaths. This sonar example, a 1:10,000-scale survey conducted in an estuary
data, either multi-beam bathymetry or side scan imagery, will typically have 100-meter line spacing requirements but
has been analyzed in an attempt to locate all hazards to may be reduced to 50 meters or less to adequately develop
navigation within the survey’s limits; all position data an irregular bottom, shoal or some other feature that may
has been determined using DGPS. NOAA began utilizing present a hazard to navigation. Also, hydrographic project
airborne light detection and ranging systems (LIDAR) instructions for surveys may have required line spacing that
for near shore bathymetric surveying in the late 1990s. deviates from these general specifications.

Leadline (pre 1940) Single Beam (1940’s - 1980’s) Multibeam (1990’s - present)
8 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

correct along any parallel and along the central meridian (100) In coral regions and where rocks and boulders
of the projection. Along other meridians the scale abound, it is always possible that surveys may have
increases with increased difference of longitude from failed to find every obstruction. Thus, when navigating
the central meridian. such waters, customary routes and channels should be
(90) followed, and areas where irregular and sudden changes
Chart Datum, Tidal Waters in depth indicate conditions associated with pinnacle
(91) Chart Datum is the particular tidal level to which rocks, coral heads, or boulders should be avoided..
(101) Information charted as “reported” should be treated
soundings and depth curves on a nautical chart or
bathymetric map are referred. The tidal datum of Mean with caution when navigating the area, because the actual
Lower Low Water is used on all NOAA charts, except for conditions have not been verified by government
charts in the Great Lakes and non-tidal inland waterways. surveys.
(For information on Great Lakes Datum, see Coast Pilot
6.)
(92)
Horizontal Datum
(93) Nautical charts are constructed based on one of a (105)
number of horizontal datums which are adopted to best Chart Symbols, Abbreviations and Terms
represent individual regions around the world. Note that (106) The standard symbols and abbreviations approved
the terms horizontal datum, horizontal geodetic datum, for use on nautical charts produced by the U.S.
and horizontal control datum are synonymous. Government are described in U.S. Chart No. 1: Symbols,
(94) The exact placement of lines of latitude and longitude Abbreviations and Terms used on Paper and Electronic
on a nautical chart is dependent on the referenced Navigational Charts. This reference, jointly maintained
horizontal datum. Charts of the United States are currently by the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA)
referenced primarily to the North American Datum of and NOAA, is available at nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/
1983 (NAD 83), and the World Geodetic System 1984 publications/us-chart-1.html.
(WGS 84). WGS 84 is equivalent to the NAD 83 for (107) The publication Chart 1: Symbols, Abbreviations
charting purposes. and Terms published by the Canadian Hydrographic
(95) NAD 83 and WGS 84 have replaced the North Service, is available online at charts.gc.ca/publications/
American Datum of 1927 and other regional datums as chart1-carte1/index-eng.asp.
the primary horizontal datum to which NOAA charts are (108) Some symbols and abbreviations used on foreign
referenced. Since some geographic positions may still be charts, including reproductions of foreign charts made by
referenced to the older datums, NOAA has included notes NGA, are different than those used on U.S. charts. It is
on charts which show the amount to shift those positions recommended that mariners who use foreign charts also
in latitude and longitude to fit the chart’s NAD 83 or WGS obtain the symbol sheet or Chart No. 1 produced by the
84 projection. appropriate foreign agency.
(96) It should be noted that the physical shift between (109) Mariners are warned that the buoyage systems,
positions on older datums and NAD 83/WGS 84 was shapes and colors used by other countries often have a
significant. Mariners should always be certain the different significance than the U.S. system.
positions they are plotting on a nautical chart are on the
(110)
same datum as the chart.
Areas with Blue Tint
(97) (111) A blue tint is shown in water areas on many charts to
Chart Accuracy accentuate shoals and other areas considered dangerous
(98) The value of a nautical chart depends upon the for navigation when using that particular chart. Since the
accuracy of the surveys on which it is based. The chart danger curve varies with the intended purpose of a chart
reflects what was found by field surveys and what has been a careful inspection should be made to determine the
reported to NOAA. It also represents general conditions contour depth of the blue tint areas.
at the time of surveys or reports and does not necessarily
(112)
portray present conditions. Significant changes may have
Bridge and Cable Clearances
taken place since the date of the last survey or report.
(113) For bascule bridges whose spans do not open to a
(99) Each sounding represents an actual measure of depth
full vertical position, unlimited overhead clearance is not
and location at the time the survey was made, and each
available for the entire charted horizontal clearance when
bottom characteristic represents a sampling of the surface
the bridge is open, due to the inclination of the drawspans
layer of the sea bottom at the time of the sampling. Areas
over the channel.
where sand and mud prevail, especially the entrances and
(114) Charted in black text, vertical clearances of overhead
approaches to bays and rivers exposed to strong tidal
cables are for the lowest wires at mean high water as
current and heavy seas, are subject to continual change.
authorized and permitted by the U.S. Army Corps of
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 9

Engineers (USACE). Reported clearances received from (123) Disposal sites are areas established by Federal
sources other than the USACE are labeled as such. When regulation (40 CFR 220 through 228) in which dumping of
provided, safe vertical clearances are shown in magenta dredged and fill material and other nonbuoyant objects is
text and indicate the highest points of a ship that can pass allowed with the issuance of a permit. Dumping of dredged
under an overhead power cable without risk of electrical and fill material is supervised by the U.S. Army Corps of
discharge from the cable to the ship or without making Engineers and all other dumping by the Environmental
contact with a bridge. Vessels with masts, stacks, booms Protection Agency (EPA). (See U.S. Army Corps of
or antennas should allow sufficient clearance under Engineers and Environmental Protection Agency, this
power cables to avoid arcing. chapter, and Appendix A for office addresses.)
(115) (124) Dumping grounds are also areas that were
Submarine Cables and Submerged Pipelines established by Federal regulation (33 CFR 205).
(116) Submarine cables and submerged pipelines cross However, these regulations have been revoked and the
many waterways used by both large and small vessels, but use of the areas discontinued. These areas will continue
all of them may not be charted. For inshore areas, they to be shown on nautical charts until such time as they are
usually are buried beneath the seabed, but for offshore no longer considered to be a danger to navigation.
(125) Disposal Sites and Dumping Grounds are rarely
areas they may lie on the ocean floor. Warning signs are
often posted to warn mariners of their existence. mentioned in the Coast Pilot, but are shown on nautical
(117) The installation of submarine cables or pipelines in charts. Mariners are advised to exercise caution in the
U.S. waters or the Continental Shelf of the United States vicinity of all dumping areas.
is under the jurisdiction of one or more Federal agencies, (126) Spoil areas are for the purpose of depositing dredged
depending on the nature of the installation. They are material, usually near and parallel to dredged channels.
shown on the charts when the necessary information is Spoil areas are usually charted from survey drawings
reported to NOAA and they have been recommended for from U.S. Army Corps of Engineers after-dredging
charting by the responsible agency. The chart symbols surveys, though they may originate from private or other
for submarine cable and pipeline areas are usually shown Government agency surveys. On nautical charts, spoil
for inshore areas, whereas chart symbols for submarine areas are tinted blue, labeled and have all soundings and
cable and pipeline routes may be shown for offshore depth curves omitted from within their boundaries. Spoil
areas. Submarine cables and pipelines are not described areas present a hazard to navigation and even the smallest
in the Coast Pilots. craft should avoid crossing them.
(118) In view of the serious consequences resulting (127) Fish havens are artificial shelters constructed of
from damage to submarine cables and pipelines, vessel various materials including rocks, rubble, derelict barges/
operators should take special care when anchoring, oil rigs and specially designed precast structures. This
fishing or engaging in underwater operations near areas material is placed on the sea floor to simulate natural
where these cables or pipelines may exist or have been reefs and attract fish. Fish havens are often located near
reported to exist. Mariners are also warned that the areas fishing ports or major coastal inlets and are usually
where cables and pipelines were originally buried may considered hazards to shipping. Before such a reef
have changed and they may be exposed; extreme caution may be built, the U.S Army Corps of Engineers must
should be used when operating vessels in depths of water issue a permit specifying the location and depth over
comparable to the vessel’s draft. the reef. Constructed of rigid material and projecting
(119) Certain cables carry high voltage, while many above the bottom, they can impede surface navigation
pipelines carry natural gas under high pressure or and therefore represent an important feature for charting.
petroleum products. Electrocution, fire or explosion with Fish havens may be periodically altered by the addition
injury, loss of life or a serious pollution incident could of new material, thereby possibly increasing the hazard.
occur if they are broached. They are outlined and labeled on charts and show the
(120) Vessels fouling a submarine cable or pipeline should minimum authorized depth when known. Fish havens are
attempt to clear without undue strain. Anchors or gear tinted blue if they have a minimum authorized depth of
that cannot be cleared should be slipped, but no attempt 11 fathoms or less. If the minimum authorized depth is
should be made to cut a cable or a pipeline. unknown and they are in depths greater than 11 fathoms,
they are considered a danger to navigation. Navigators
(121)
should be cautious about passing over fish havens or
Artificial Obstructions to Navigation
anchoring in their vicinity.
(122) Disposal areas are designated by the U.S. Army
(128) Fishtrap areas are areas established by the U.S.
Corps of Engineers for depositing dredged material
Army Corps of Engineers, or State or local authority, in
where there is sufficient depth not to cause shoaling
which traps may be built and maintained according to
or create a danger to surface navigation. The areas are
established regulations. The fish stakes that may exist
charted without blue tint, and soundings and depth curves
in these areas are obstructions to navigation and may be
are retained.
dangerous. The limits of fishtrap areas and a cautionary
10 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

note are usually charted. Navigators should avoid these (136)


areas. NOTICES TO MARINERS
(129)
Local Magnetic Disturbances (137) Notices to Mariners are published to advise
(130) If measured values of magnetic variation differ operators of marine information affecting the safety
from the expected (charted) values by several degrees, of navigation. The notices include changes in aids to
a magnetic disturbance note will be printed on the chart. navigation, depths in channels, bridge and overhead
The note will indicate the location and magnitude of cable clearances, reported dangers and other useful
the disturbance, but the indicated magnitude should not marine information. They should be used routinely for
be considered as the largest possible value that may be updating the latest editions of nautical charts and related
encountered. Large disturbances are more frequently publications.
detected in the shallow waters near land masses than on (138) Local Notices to Mariners are issued by each Coast
the deep sea. Generally, the effect of a local magnetic Guard District Commander for the waters under their
disturbance diminishes rapidly with distance, but in some jurisdiction. (See Appendix A for Coast Guard district(s)
locations there are multiple sources of disturbances and covered by this volume.) These notices are usually
the effects may be distributed for many miles. published weekly and are available at navcen.uscg.gov.
(131) (139) U.S. Notice to Mariners, published weekly by the
Compass Roses National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency, are prepared
(132) Each compass rose shows the date, magnetic jointly with NOAA and the Coast Guard. These notices
variation and the annual change in variation. Prior to contain selected items from the Local Notices to Mariners
the new edition of a nautical chart, the compass roses and other reported marine information required by
are reviewed. Corrections for annual change and other oceangoing vessels operating in both foreign and
revisions may be made as a result of newer and more domestic waters. Special items covering a variety of
accurate information. On some general and sailing charts, subjects and generally not discussed in the Coast Pilot
the magnetic variation is shown by isogonic lines in or shown on nautical charts are published annually in
addition to the compass roses. Notice to Mariners No. 1. These items are important
to the mariner and should be read for future reference.
(133)
These notices are available at msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/
Echo Soundings
MSI.portal.
(134) The echo sounder on a ship may indicate small
(140) All active Notices to Mariners affecting Tide and/
variations from charted soundings; this may be due to
or Tidal Current Predictions at the date of printing are
the fact that various corrections (instrument corrections,
published in the Tide Table and the Tidal Current Tables
settlement and squat, draft and velocity corrections)
annually.
are made to echo soundings in surveying which are not
(141) Broadcast Notices to Mariners are made by the
normally made in ordinary navigation, or to observational
Coast Guard to report deficiencies and important changes
errors in reading the echo sounder. Instrument errors vary
in aids to navigation. (See Navigational Warnings,
between different equipment and must be determined by
Information and Weather, this chapter.)
calibration aboard ship. Most types of echo sounders
(142) The Special Notice to Mariners is an annual
are factory calibrated for a velocity of sound in water
publication containing important information for mariners
of 800 fathoms per second, but the actual velocity may
on a variety of subjects which supplements information not
differ from the calibrated velocity by as much as 5
usually found on charts and in navigational publications.
percent, depending upon the temperature and salinity of
It includes excerpts from various Federal laws and
the waters in which the vessel is operating; the highest
regulations regarding marine pollution reporting, aids to
velocities are found in warm, highly saline water and the
navigation and Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) procedures.
lowest in icy freshwater. Velocity corrections for these
There are tips for trip planning, updates to the Rules of
variations are determined and applied to echo soundings
the Road and information on local hazards. Also included
during hydrographic surveys. All echo soundings must
are points of contact, phone numbers and email addresses
be corrected for the vessel’s draft, unless the draft
for various subject matter experts to assist the mariner in
observation has been set on the echo sounder.
locating further information.
(135) Observational errors include misinterpreting false
(143) Vessels operating within the limits of the Coast
echoes from schools of fish, seaweed, etc., but the most
Guard districts can obtain information affecting NOAA
serious error that commonly occurs is where the depth
charts and related publications from the Local Notices
is greater than the scale range of the instrument; a 400–
to Mariners. Small craft using the Intracoastal Waterway
fathom scale indicates 15 fathoms when the depth is 415
and other waterways and small harbors within the United
fathoms. Caution in navigation should be exercised when
States that are not normally used by oceangoing vessels
wide variations from charted depths are observed.
will require the Local Notices to Mariners to keep charts
and related publications up to date.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 11

(144) may be determined from the known nominal range, and


AIDS TO NAVIGATION the existing visibility conditions. Neither the nominal nor
the luminous ranges do not take into account elevation,
observer’s height of eye, or the curvature of the earth.
(145)
(154) Geographic range is a function of only the
U.S. Aids to Navigation System
curvature of the earth and is determined solely from the
(146) The navigable waters of the United States are marked
heights above sea level of the light and the observer’s eye;
to assist navigation using the U.S. Aids to Navigation
therefore, to determine the actual geographic range for
System, a system consistent with the International
a height of eye, the geographic range must be corrected
Association of Marine Aids to Navigation and Lighthouse
by a distance corresponding to the height difference,
Authorities (IALA) Maritime Buoyage System. The
the distance correction being determined from a table
IALA Maritime Buoyage System is followed by most of
of “distances of visibility for various heights above sea
the world's maritime nations and will improve maritime
level”, found in the United States Coast Guard Light List.
safety by encouraging conformity in buoyage systems
(155) The maximum distances at which lights can be seen
worldwide. IALA buoyage is divided into two regions
may at times be increased by abnormal atmospheric
made up of Region A and Region B. All navigable waters
refraction and may be greatly decreased by unfavorable
of the United States follow IALA Region B, except U.S.
weather conditions such as fog, rain, haze or smoke. All
possessions west of the International Date Line and
except the most powerful lights are easily obscured by
south of 10° north latitude, which follow IALA Region
such conditions. In some conditions of the atmosphere
A. Lateral aids to navigation in Region A vary from those
white lights may have a reddish hue. During weather
located within Region B. Nonlateral aids to navigation
conditions which tend to reduce visibility, colored
are the same as those used in Region B. Appropriate
lights are more quickly lost to sight than white lights.
nautical charts and publications should be consulted to
Navigational lights should be used with caution because
determine whether the Region A or Region B marking
of the following conditions that may exist.
schemes are in effect for a given area.
(156) A light may be extinguished and the fact not reported
(147) to the Coast Guard for correction, or a light may be located
Reporting Defects in Aids to Navigation in an isolated area where it will take time to correct.
(148) Promptly notify the nearest Coast Guard District (157) In regions where ice conditions prevail the lantern
Commander if an aid to navigation is observed to be panes of unattended lights may become covered with ice
missing, sunk, capsized, out of position, damaged, or snow, which will greatly reduce the visibility and may
extinguished or showing improper characteristics. also cause colored lights to appear white.
(149) Aids to navigation in United States waters of the (158) Brilliant shore lights used for advertising and other
Great Lakes and their connecting waters, except for the purposes, particularly those in densely populated areas,
St. Lawrence River, are maintained by the U.S. Coast make it difficult to identify a navigational light.
Guard. Local jurisdiction for the region is assigned to (159) At short distances flashing lights may show a faint
the Commander, Ninth Coast Guard District. The Lake continuous light between flashes.
Champlain region and the Hudson River are under (160) The distance of an observer from a light cannot be
the jurisdiction of the Commander, First Coast Guard estimated by its apparent intensity. The characteristics of
District. (See Appendix A for the addresses.) lights in an area should always be checked in order that
(150) It is unlawful to establish or maintain any aid similar powerful lights visible in the distance not be mistaken
to those maintained by the U.S. Coast Guard without for nearby lights showing similar characteristics at low
first obtaining permission from the Coast Guard District intensity such as those on lighted buoys.
Commander. The licensed officer in command of a vessel (161) The apparent characteristic of a complex light may
which collides with any aid must report the fact promptly change with the distance of the observer, due to color
to the nearest U.S. Coast Guard Sector. and intensity variations among the different lights of the
(151) group. The characteristic as charted and shown in the
Lights Light List may not be recognized until nearer the light.
(152) The range of visibility of lights as given in the U.S. (162) Motion of a vessel in a heavy sea may cause a light
Coast Guard Light Lists and as shown on the charts is the to alternately appear and disappear, and thus give a false
nominal range, which is the maximum distance at which characteristic.
a light may be seen in clear weather (meteorological (163) Where lights have different colored sectors, be
visibility of 10 nautical miles) expressed in nautical guided by the correct bearing of the light; do not rely on
miles. The Light Lists give the nominal ranges for all U.S. being able to accurately observe the point at which the
Coast Guard lighted aids except range and directional color changes. On either side of the line of demarcation
lights. of colored sectors there is always a small arc of uncertain
(153) Luminous range is the maximum distance at which color.
a light may be seen under the existing visibility conditions. (164) On some bearings from the light, the range of
By use of the diagram in the Light Lists, luminous range visibility of the light may be reduced by obstructions. In
12 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

such cases, the obstructed arc might differ with height of (177)
eye and distance. When a light is cut off by adjoining land Buoys
and the arc of visibility is given, the bearing on which the (178) The aids to navigation depicted on charts comprise a
light disappears may vary with the distance of the vessel system consisting of fixed and floating aids with varying
from which observed and with the height of eye. When degrees of reliability. Therefore, prudent mariners will not
the light is cut off by a sloping hill or point of land, the rely solely on any single aid to navigation, particularly a
light may be seen over a wider arc by a ship far off than floating aid.
by one closer. (179) The approximate position of a buoy is represented
(165) Arcs of circles drawn on charts around a light are not by the dot or circle associated with the buoy symbol.
intended to give information as to the distance at which The approximate position is used because of practical
it can be seen, but solely to indicate, in the case of lights limitations in positioning and maintaining buoys and
which do not show equally in all directions, the bearings their sinkers in precise geographical locations. These
between which the variation of visibility or obscuration limitations include, but are not limited to, inherent
of the light occurs. imprecisions in position fixing methods, prevailing
(166) Lights of equal candlepower but of different colors atmospheric and sea conditions, the slope of and the
may be seen at different distances. This fact should be material making up the seabed, the fact that buoys are
considered not only in predicting the distance at which a moored to sinkers by varying lengths of chain and the
light can be seen, but also in identifying it. fact that buoy body and/or sinker positions are not under
(167) Lights should not be passed close aboard, because in continuous surveillance, but are normally checked only
many cases riprap mounds are maintained to protect the during periodic maintenance visits which often occur
structure against ice damage and scouring action. more than a year apart. The position of the buoy body
(168) Many prominent towers, tanks, smokestacks, can be expected to shift inside and outside of the charting
buildings and other similar structures, charted as symbol due to the forces of nature. The mariner is also
landmarks, display flashing and/or fixed red aircraft cautioned that buoys are liable to be carried away, shifted,
obstruction lights. Lights shown from landmarks are capsized, sunk, etc. Lighted buoys may be extinguished
charted only when they have distinctive characteristics or sound signals may not function as a result of ice,
to enable the mariner to positively identify the location running ice or other natural causes, collisions or other
of the charted structure. accidents.
(169) (180) For the foregoing reasons, a prudent mariner must
Articulated Lights not rely completely upon the charted position or operation
(170) An articulated light is a vertical pipe structure of floating aids to navigation but will also utilize bearings
supported by a submerged buoyancy chamber and from fixed objects and aids to navigation on shore.
attached by a universal coupling to a weighted sinker Further, a vessel attempting to pass close aboard always
on the seafloor. The light, allowed to move about by risks collision with a yawing buoy or with the obstruction
the universal coupling, is not as precise as a fixed aid. the buoy marks.
However, it has a much smaller watch circle than a (181) Buoys may not always properly mark shoals or other
conventional buoy, because the buoyancy chamber tends obstructions due to shifting of the shoals or of the buoys.
to force the pipe back to a vertical position when it heels Buoys marking wrecks or other obstructions are usually
over under the effects of wind, wave or current. placed on the seaward or channelward side and not directly
(171) Articulated lights are primarily designed to mark over a wreck. Since buoys may be located some distance
narrow channels with greater precision than conventional from a wreck they are intended to mark, and since sunken
buoys. wrecks are not always static, extreme caution should be
exercised when operating in the vicinity of such buoys.
(172)
Daybeacons (182)

(173) Daybeacons are unlighted aids affixed to stationary Automatic Identification System (AIS) Aids to Navi-
structures. They are marked with dayboards for daytime gation
identification. The dayboards aid navigation by presenting (183) AIS is an automatic communication and identification
one of several standard shapes and colors which have system intended to improve the safety of navigation
navigational significance. Dayboards are sometimes by assisting the efficient operation of a Vessel Traffic
referred to as daymarks. Services (VTS), ship reporting, ship-to-ship and ship-to-
(174) Daybeacons are found on-shore and in shallow shore operations. AIS is increasingly being used as an aid
water. They are frequently used to mark channel edges. to navigation. An AIS-equipped aid to navigation may
provide a positive identification of the aid. It may also
(175)
have the capability to transmit an accurate position and
Articulated Daybeacons
provide additional information such as actual tide height
(176) Articulated daybeacons are similar to articulated
and/or weather information.
lights, described above, except they are unlighted.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 13

(184) The AIS message may represent an aid to navigation number and location of the red and green lights depend
that physically exists (physical AIS Aid to Navigation) upon the type of drawbridge.
or the message, transmitted from a remote location, may (191) Bridges and their lighting, construction and
represent an aid to navigation that does not physically maintenance are set forth in 33 CFR 114, 115, 116, and
exist (virtual AIS Aid to Navigation). A virtual aid to 118 (not carried in this Coast Pilot). Aircraft obstruction
navigation is a digital information object promulgated lights prescribed by the Federal Aviation Administration
by an authorized service provider that can be presented may operate at certain bridges.
on navigational systems. (192)
(185) Physical AIS aids to navigation are charted with the Sound Signals
symbol for the physical aid (such as a buoy or light) with (193) Caution should be exercised in the use of sound
a magenta circle surrounding the symbol and labeled AIS. signals for navigation purposes. They should be
Virtual aids to navigation are charted with a small central considered solely as warning devices.
dot with a topmark symbol indicating the purpose of the (194) Sound travels through the air in a variable manner,
aid, surrounded by a magenta circle and labeled V-AIS. even without the effects of wind, and, therefore the
Temporary AIS aids to navigation and stations remotely hearing of sound signals cannot be implicitly relied upon.
transmitting an AIS signal are not charted. See U.S. Chart (195) Experience indicates that distances must not be
No. 1, Section S, for additional information and judged only by the intensity of the sound; that occasionally
examples. there may be areas close to a sound signal in which it is
not heard; and that fog may exist not far from a station, yet
(186)
not be seen from it, so the signal may not be operating. It
Examples of Charted AIS Aids to Navigation is not always possible to start a sound signal immediately
G when fog is observed.
C ″1″
V-AIS (196)
AIS V-AIS
Channel Markers
Physical AIS Virtual AIS Aid to Navigation (197) Lights, daybeacons, and buoys along dredged
Aid to Navigation
channels do not always mark the bottom edges. Due to
local conditions, aids may be located inside or outside
(187) the channel limits shown by dashed lines on a chart. The
Bridge Lights and Clearance Gages Light List tabulates the offset distances for these aids in
(188) The Coast Guard regulates marine obstruction lights many instances.
and clearance gages on bridges across navigable waters. (198) Aids may be moved, discontinued or replaced by
Where installed, clearance gages are generally vertical other types to facilitate dredging operations. Mariners
numerical scales, reading from top to bottom, and show should exercise caution when navigating areas where
the actual vertical clearance between the existing water dredges with auxiliary equipment are working.
level and the lowest point of the bridge over the channel; (199) Temporary changes in aids are not included on the
the gages are normally on the right-hand pier or abutment charts.
of the bridge, on both the upstream and downstream
(200)
sides.
Light Lists
(189) Bridge lights are fixed red or green and are privately
(201) Light Lists, published by the Coast Guard, describe
maintained; they are generally not charted or described
aids to navigation, consisting of lights, sound signals,
in the text of the Coast Pilot. All bridge piers (and their
buoys, daybeacons and electronic aids, in the United
protective fenders) and abutments that are in or adjacent
States (including Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands)
to a navigation channel are marked on all channel sides
and contiguous Canadian waters. Light Lists are updated
by red lights. On each channel span of a fixed bridge,
weekly and available at navcen.uscg.gov. Mariners
there is a range of two green lights marking the center
should refer to these publications for detailed information
of the channel and a red light marking both edges of the
regarding the characteristics and visibility of lights, and
channel, except that when the margins of the channel are
the description of light structures, buoys, sound signals
confined by bridge piers, the red lights on the span are
and electronic aids.
omitted, since the pier lights then mark the channel edges.
For multiplespan fixed bridges, the main-channel span (202)
may also be marked by three white lights in a vertical ELECTRONIC POSITIONING SYSTEMS
line above the green range lights.
(190) On all types of drawbridges, one or more red lights (203) Global Positioning System (GPS)permits land, sea,
are shown from the drawspan (higher than the pier lights) and airborne users to determine their three-dimensional
when the span is closed; when the span is open, the higher position, velocity and time 24 hours a day, in all weather,
red lights are obscured and one or two green lights are anywhere in the world. The basic system is defined as a
shown from the drawspan, higher than the pier lights. The constellation of satellites, the navigation payloads which
14 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

produce the GPS signals, ground stations, data links Great Lakes. The number is intended for use when the
and associated command and control facilities, that are telephone number of the nearest Coast Guard station
operated and maintained by the Department of Defense. is unknown or when that station cannot be contacted.
Please report GPS problems or anomalies at navcen.uscg. The toll-free number should not be used without first
gov or contact the USCG Navigation Information Service attempting to contact the nearest Coast Guard station.
at 703–313–5900. In all Great Lakes States the telephone number is 800-
(204) The U.S. Coast Guard Navigation Center (NAVCEN) 321-4400. This number is to be used for public reports of
operates the Coast Guard Maritime Differential GPS distress incidents, suspicious sightings, pollution or other
(DGPS) Service. The Service broadcasts correction maritime concerns.
signals on marine radiobeacon frequencies to improve (212) <Deleted Paragraph>
the accuracy of and integrity to GPS-derived positions. (212)
Typically, the positional error of a DGPS position is 1 to 3 Radiotelephone Distress Message
meters, greatly enhancing harbor entrance and approach (213) Distress calls indicate a vessel or aircraft is
navigation. The Service provides service for coastal threatened by grave and imminent danger and requests
coverage of the continental U.S., the Great Lakes, Puerto immediate assistance. They have absolute priority over
Rico, portions of Alaska and Hawaii and a greater part of all other transmissions. All stations which hear a distress
the Mississippi River Basin. call must immediately cease any transmission capable of
(205) interfering with the distress traffic and continue to listen
LORAN-C on the frequency used for the emission of the distress call.
(206) LORAN, an acronym for LOng RAnge Navigation, This call should not be addressed to a particular station,
was an electronic aid to navigation consisting of and acknowledgment of receipt should not be given
shore-based radio transmitters. In accordance with the before the distress message which follows it is sent.
Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, (214) Distress calls are made on VHF-FM channel 16
the U.S. Coast Guard terminated the transmission of all (MAYDAY). For less serious situations than warrant
LORAN-C signals as of August 2010, rendering them the distress procedure, the radiotelephone urgency
unusable and permanently discontinued. For more details, signal consisting of three repetitions of the word PAN-
visit navcen.uscg.gov. The Coast Guard strongly urges PAN (pronounced PAWN-PAWN), or the safety signal
mariners accustomed to using LORAN-C for navigation SECURITE (pronounced SECURITAY) spoken three
to shift to a GPS navigation system and become familiar times, are used as appropriate. For complete information
with its operation. NOAA is removing LORAN-C lines on emergency radio procedures, see 47 CFR 80 or Radio
of position from all of its charts as new editions are Navigational Aids, Pub. 117.
published. (215)

(207) Global Maritime Distress and Safety System


SEARCH AND RESCUE (GMDSS)
(216) This international system, developed by the
International Maritime Organization (IMO), is based on a
(208)
combination of satellite and terrestrial radio services and
Coast Guard Search and Rescue
has changed international distress communications from
(209) The Coast Guard conducts and/or coordinates search
being primarily ship-to-ship based to primarily ship-to-
and rescue operations for surface vessels or aircraft that
shore (Rescue Coordination Center) based. Prior to the
are in distress or overdue. Search and rescue vessels and
GMDSS, the number and types of radio safety equipment
aircraft have special markings, including a wide slash
required to be carried by vessels depended upon the
of red-orange and a small slash of blue on the forward
tonnage. Under GMDSS, the number and type of radio
portion of the hull or fuselage. Other parts of aircraft,
safety equipment vessels are required to carry depend
normally painted white, may have other areas painted
on the areas in which they travel; GMDSS sea areas are
red to facilitate observation. The cooperation of vessel
defined by governments. All GMDSS-regulated ships
operators with Coast Guard helicopters, fixed-wing
must carry a satellite Emergency Position Indicating
aircraft, and vessels may mean the difference between life
Radio Beacon (EPIRB), a NAVTEX receiver (if they
and death for some seaman or aviator; such cooperation
travel in any areas served by NAVTEX), an Inmarsat-C
is greatly facilitated by the prior knowledge on the part of
SafetyNET receiver (if they travel in any areas not served
vessel operators of the operational requirements of Coast
by NAVTEX), a DSC-equipped VHF radiotelephone,
Guard equipment and personnel, of the international
two or more VHF handhelds and a search and rescue
distress signals and procedures and of good seamanship.
radar transponder (SART).
(210)
Search and Rescue Great Lakes
(211) The United States Coast Guard has established
a toll-free search and rescue telephone number for the
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 15

(217) operator with a pre-formatted message that can include


Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue Sys- the distressed vessel’s nine-digit MMSI, location, nature
tem (AMVER) of distress, desired mode of communication and preferred
(218) AMVER is a worldwide voluntary ship reporting working frequency.
system operated by the United States Coast Guard to (224)
promote safety of life and property at sea. AMVER’s Emergency Position Indicating Radiobeacons
mission is to quickly provide search and rescue (SAR) (EPIRB)
authorities, on demand, accurate information on the (225) EPIRBs emit a radio signal that can be used to locate
positions and characteristics of vessels near a reported mariners in distress. SARSAT satellites can locate the
distress. Any merchant vessel anywhere on the globe, on position of a 406 MHz EPIRB which greatly increases a
a voyage of greater than 24 hours duration, is welcome mariner’s chances of survival. While orbiting the earth,
in the AMVER system and family. International the satellites continuously monitor EPIRB frequencies.
participation is voluntary regardless of the vessel’s flag When SARSAT receives an EPIRB signal, it determines
of registry, the nationality of the owner or company or the beacon's position that is ultimately relayed to the
ports of call. nearest Coast Guard Rescue Coordination Center where
(219) According to U.S. Maritime Administration rescue units are dispatched to the scene.
(MARAD) regulations, U.S. flag merchant vessels of (226) Mariners should ensure that their EPIRB is in
1,000 gross tons or more operating in foreign commerce working condition and stowed properly at all times to
and foreign flag vessels of 1,000 gross tons or more for avoid non-distress emissions. Mariners are required to
which an Interim War Risk Insurance Binder has been register their 406 MHz EPIRBs for improved search
issued under the provisions of Title XII, Merchant Marine and rescue response and keep the registration current
Act, 1936, must report and regularly update their voyages at all times. Registration can be accomplished online at
and positions to AMVER in accordance with instructions beaconregistration.noaa.gov.
set forth in the AMVER Ship Reporting System Manual. (227)
For more information contact AMVER Maritime EPIRB Types
Relations U.S. Coast Guard, 1 South Street Battery Park
Type Frequency Description
Building, New York, NY 10004; Phone: 212–668–7764,
Cat I 406 MHz Float-free, automatically activated EPIRB.
Fax: 212-668-7684, Telex: 127594-AMVER NYK, or go Detectable by satellite anywhere in the world.
to amver.com. Recognized by the Global Maritime and Distress
Safety System (GMDSS).
(220) Cat II 406 MHz Similar to Category I, except is manually activated.
COSPAS-SARSAT Some models are also water activated.

(221) COSPAS: Space System for Search of Distress


Vessels - SARSAT: Search and Rescue Satellite-Aided (228)
Tracking. COSPAS-SARSAT is an international satellite Medical Advice
system designed to provide distress alert and location data (229) <Deleted Paragraph>
to assist search and rescue operations using satellites and (229) Ships at sea with no medical personnel embarked
ground facilities to detect and locate the signals of distress and experiencing a medical emergency onboard can
beacons operating on 406 MHz. For more information on receive medical advice via radiotelex, radiotelephony
the Cospas-Sarsat System go to cospas-sarsat.int. or Inmarsat. Messages are generally addressed
(222) RADIOMEDICAL followed by the name of the coast
Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station to which the message is sent. The priority of the
(223) The U.S. Coast Guard offers VHF and MF/HF message should depend on the severity of the ailment.
radiotelephone service to mariners as part of the Global In extreme emergency, the urgency signal (PAN-PAN)
Maritime Distress and Safety System. This service, should precede the address. Messages are sent using
called digital selective calling (DSC), allows mariners to distress and safety frequencies.
instantly send an automatically formatted distress alert (230)
to the Coast Guard or other rescue authority anywhere in Vessel Identification
the world. Digital selective calling also allows mariners (230) <Deleted Paragraph>
to initiate or receive distress, urgency, safety and routine (231) Coast Guard search and rescue aircraft and surface
radiotelephone calls to or from any similarly equipped craft use radar to assist in locating disabled vessels.
vessel or shore station, without requiring either party to Wooden and fiberglass vessels are often poor radar
be near a radio loudspeaker. Each ship or shore station targets. Operators of disabled craft that are the object of a
equipped with a DSC terminal has a unique Maritime search are requested to hoist, as high above the waterline
Mobile Station Identity (MMSI). This is a nine-digit as possible, a radar-reflecting device. If no special radar-
number that specifically identifies a ship, coast station, reflecting device is aboard, an improvised device can be
or group of stations. The DSC system alerts an operator used. This should consist of metallic objects of irregular
when a distress call is received. It will provide the shape. The more irregular the shape, the better will be the
16 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

(239)

U.S. VHF Channels


Ship Frequency (MHz)
Channel Channel Usage
Transmit Receive
01A 156.050 156.050 Port Operations and Commercial, VTS (Available only in New Orleans/Lower Mississippi area)
05A 156.250 156.250 Port Operations or VTS in the Houston, New Orleans and Seattle areas
06 156.300 156.300 Intership Safety
07A 156.350 156.350 Commercial
08 156.400 156.400 Commercial (Intership only)
09 156.450 156.450 Boater Calling; Commercial and Non-commercial
10 156.500 156.500 Commercial
11 156.550 156.550 Commercial; VTS in selected areas
12 156.600 156.600 Port Operations; VTS in selected areas
Intership Navigation Safety (bridge-to-bridge) Ships greater than 20m maintain a listening watch on this channel in US
13 156.650 156.650
waters.
14 156.700 156.700 Port Operations; VTS in selected areas
15 – 156.750 Environmental (Receive only) Used by Class C EPIRBs
International Distress, Safety and Calling. Ships required to carry radio, USCG, and most coast stations maintain a
16 156.800 156.800
listening watch on this channel.
17 156.850 156.850 State and local government maritime control
18A 156.900 156.900 Commercial
19A 156.950 156.950 Commercial
20 157.000 161.600 Port Operations (duplex)
20A 157.000 157.000 Port Operations
21A 157.050 157.050 U.S. Coast Guard only
22A 157.100 157.100 Coast Guard Liaison and Maritime Safety Information Broadcasts (Broadcasts announced on channel 16)
23A 157.150 157.150 U.S. Coast Guard only
24 157.200 161.800 Public Correspondence (Marine Operator)
25 157.250 161.850 Public Correspondence (Marine Operator)
26 157.300 161.900 Public Correspondence (Marine Operator)
27 157.350 161.950 Public Correspondence (Marine Operator)
28 157.400 162.000 Public Correspondence (Marine Operator)
63A 156.175 156.175 Port Operations and Commercial, VTS (Available only in New Orleans/Lower Mississippi area)
65A 156.275 156.275 Port Operations
66A 156.325 156.325 Port Operations
67 156.375 156.375 Commercial. Used for bridge-to-bridge communications in lower Mississippi River (Intership only.)
68 156.425 156.425 Non-Commercial
69 156.475 156.475 Non-Commercial
70 156.525 156.525 Digital Selective Calling (voice communications not allowed)
71 156.575 156.575 Non-Commercial
72 156.625 156.625 Non-Commercial (Intership only)
73 156.675 156.675 Port Operations
74 156.725 156.725 Port Operations
77 156.875 156.875 Port Operations (Intership only)
78A 156.925 156.925 Non-Commercial
79A 156.975 156.975 Commercial (Non-commercial in Great Lakes only)
80A 157.025 157.025 Commercial (Non-commercial in Great Lakes only)
81A 157.075 157.075 U.S. Government only (environmental protection operations)
82A 157.125 157.125 U.S. Government only
83A 157.175 157.175 U.S. Coast Guard only
84 157.225 161.825 Public Correspondence (Marine Operator)
85 157.275 161.875 Public Correspondence (Marine Operator)
86 157.325 161.925 Public Correspondence (Marine Operator)
87 157.375 157.375 Public Correspondence (Marine Operator)
88A 157.425 157.425 Commercial (Intership only)
AIS 1 161.975 161.975 Automatic Identification System (AIS)
AIS 2 162.025 162.025 Automatic Identification System (AIS)

Boaters should normally use channels listed as Non-Commercial. Channel 16 is used for calling other stations or for distress alerting. Channel 13 should be used to
contact a ship when there is danger of collision. All ships of length 20m or greater are required to guard VHF-FM channel 13, in addition to VHF-FM channel 16, when
operating within U.S. territorial waters.

Note that the letter “A” indicates simplex use of the ship station transmit side of an international duplex channel, and that operations are different than international
operations on that channel. Some VHF transceivers are equipped with an International - U.S. switch for that purpose. “A” channels are generally only used in the United
States, and use is normally not recognized or allowed outside the U.S. The letter “B” indicates simplex use of the coast station transmit side of an international duplex
channel. The U.S. does not currently use “B” channels for simplex communications in this band.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 17

(245)

radar-reflective quality. For quick identification at night, (236) Radio navigational warning broadcasts are
shine spotlights straight up. If aircraft are involved, once designed to provide the mariner with up-to-date marine
you are identified, turn lights away so as not to blind information vital to safe navigation. There are three
aircraft crew. types of broadcasts: coastal and local, long range and
(232) worldwide.
(237) Coastal and local warnings are generally restricted
Float Plan
(233) Small craft operators should prepare a float plan to ports, harbors and coastal waters and involve items of
before starting a trip and leave it ashore with a yacht club, local interest. Usually, local or short-range warnings are
marina, friend or relative. It is advisable to regularly use broadcast from a single coastal station, frequently by voice
a checking-in procedure by radio or telephone for each and also radiotelegraph, to assist small craft operators in
point specified in the float plan. A float plan is vital for the area. The information is often quite detailed. Foreign
determining if a boat is overdue and will assist in locating area broadcasts are frequently in English as well as the
a missing vessel in the event search and rescue operations native language. In the United States, short-range radio
become necessary. navigational warnings are broadcast by the U.S. Coast
Guard Districts via NAVTEX and subordinate coastal
(234)
radio stations.
NAVIGATIONAL WARNINGS, INFORMATION AND (238) Long range warnings are intended primarily to assist
WEATHER mariners on the high seas by promulgating navigational
safety information concerning port and harbor approaches,
(235) Marine radio warnings and weather are disseminated coastlines and major ocean areas. Long-range radio
by many sources and through several types of transmissions. navigational warnings are usually broadcast by means of
For complete information on radio warnings and weather, radiotelegraphy and in many instances by radio-
see Radio Navigational Aids, Pub. 117 and the National teletypewriter. A NAVAREA system of navigational
Weather Service (NWS) publication Worldwide Marine warning areas has been developed providing worldwide
Radiofacsimile Broadcast Schedules. coverage using standard format and procedures. The U.S.
18 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

(255.0010)

Standard Abbreviations Used in Broadcasts


Aids to Navigation
AERO RBN — Aeronautical Radiobeacon LT — Light RACON — Radar Beacon
ART DBN — Articulated Daybeacon LLNR — Light List Number RA REF — Radar Reflector
ART LT — Articulated Light LBB — Lighted Bell Buoy TRUB — Temporarily Replaced by
DESTR — Destroyed LB — Lighted Buoy Unlighted Buoy
DISCONTD — Discontinued LGB — Lighted Gong Buoy TRLB — Temporarily Replaced by
ESTAB — Established LHB — Lighted Horn Buoy Lighted Buoy
ELB — Exposed Location Buoy LWB — Lighted Whistle Buoy WHIS — Whistle
FOG SIG — Fog Signal Station ODAS — Ocean Data Acquisition System
LNB — Large Navigation Buoy PRIV MAINTD — Privately Maintained
Light Characteristics
AL — Alternating FFL — Fixed and Flashing ISO — Isophase
CHAR — Characteristic F — Fixed MO(A) — Morse Code
FL(2+1) — Composite Group-Flashing FL(3) — Group-Flashing OC — Occulting
OC(2+1) — Composite Group-Occulting OC(2) — Group-Occulting FL — Single-Flashing
Q — Continuous Quick-Flashing IQ — Interrupted Quick-Flashing
Colors (Color refers to light characteristics of Aids to Navigation only)
B — Black OR — Orange Y — Yellow
BU — Blue R — Red
G — Green W — White
Organizations
CCGD(#) — Commander, Coast Guard COE — Corps of Engineers NOS — National Ocean Service
District (#) NGA — National Geospatial-Intelligence NWS — National Weather Service
CG — Coast Guard Agency
Vessels
A/C — Aircraft M/V — Motor Vessel* S/V — Sailing Vessel
F/V — Fishing Vessel P/C — Pleasure Craft * M/V includes: Steam Ship, Container Vessel,
LNG — Liquified Natural Gas Carrier R/V — Research Vessel Cargo Vessel, etc.

Compass Directions
N — North W — West SE — Southeast
S — South NE — Northeast SW — Southwest
E — East NW — Northwest
Various
ANCH — Anchorage KHZ — Kilohertz RGE — Range
ANCH PROHIB — Anchorage Prohibited KM — Kilometer REP — Reported
APPROX — Approximate KT(S) — Knot(s) RESTR — Restricted
ATLC — Atlantic LAT — Latitude RK — Rock
AUTH — Authorized LNM — Local Notice to Mariners ST — Saint
AVG — Average LONG — Longitude SEC — Second (time, geo position)
BRG — Bearing MAINTD — Maintained SIG STA — Signal Station
BKW — Breakwater MAX — Maximum STA — Station
BNM — Broadcast Notice to Mariners MHZ — Megahertz SM — Statute Mile(s)
CHAN — Channel MB — Millibar S SIG STA — Storm Signal Station
CFR — Code of Federal Regulations MM — Millimeter TEMP — Temporary
CONT — Continue MIN — Minute (time, geo position) TSTORM — Thunderstorm
DEG — Degrees (temp, geo-position) MOD — Moderate THRU — Through
DIA — Diameter MT —Mountain, Mount T — True
ED — Edition NM — Nautical Mile(s) UNCOV — Uncovers
EFF — Effect/Effective NTM — Notice to Mariners UTC — Universal Coordinate Time
ENTR — Entrance OBSTR — Obstruction UMIB — Urgent Marine Information
EXPLOS ANCH — Explosive Anchorage OCCASION — Occasion/Occasionally Broadcast
FM(S) — Fathoms OPAREA — Operating Area VEL — Velocity
FT — Foot/Feet PAC — Pacific VERT CL — Vertical Clearance
HBR — Harbor PT(S) — Point(s) VIS — Visibility
HT — Height POS — Position YD — Yard(s)
HZ — Hertz PA —Position Approximate WARN — Warning
HOR CL — Horizontal Clearance PRES — Pressure WX — Weather
HR — Hour PRIV — Private/Privately WK — Wreck
COLREGS — International Regulations for PROHIB — Prohibited
Preventing Collisions at Sea PUB — Publication
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 19

participates as Area Coordinator for both NAVAREA IV (248)


(Western North Atlantic) and NAVAREA XII (Eastern NOAA Weather Radio Broadcasts
North Pacific). (249) NOAA Weather Radio provides continuous
(240) The United States also maintains worldwide coverage broadcasts of the latest weather information directly
using the HYDROLANT/HYDROPAC Navigational from (NWS) offices. In addition to general weather
Warning System outside of NAVAREAs IV and XII. information, marine weather is provided by stations along
(241) the sea coasts and the Great Lakes. During severe weather,
NAVTEX NWS forecasters can interrupt the regular broadcasts and
(242) NAVTEX is a standard international method of substitute special warning messages. The stations operate
broadcasting notices to mariners and marine weather 24 hours daily, and messages are repeated every 4 to 6
forecasts using small, low cost receivers designed to be minutes and are routinely revised every 1 to 3 hours or
installed in the pilothouse of a vessel. NAVTEX receivers more frequently if necessary. The broadcasts are made
screen incoming messages, inhibiting those which had on seven VHF-FM frequencies, 162.40 to 162.55 MHz.
been previously received or are of a category not of interest The 162.475 MHz frequency is only used in special cases
to the user, and print the rest on adding machine-size where needed to avoid channel interference. They can
paper. NAVTEX not only provides marine information usually be heard as far as 40 miles from the antenna site,
previously available only to those knowledgeable in sometimes more. The effective range depends on many
Morse code but also allows any mariner who cannot factors, including the height of the broadcast antenna,
man a radio full time to receive safety information at any terrain, quality of the receiver and the type of receiving
hour. All NAVTEX transmissions are made on 518 kHz. antenna. As a general rule, listeners close to or perhaps
Mariners who do not have NAVTEX receivers but have beyond the 40 mile range should have a good quality
Simplex Teletype Over Radio (SITOR) radio equipment receiver system to get reliable reception. (See Appendix
can also receive these broadcasts by operating it in the A for a list of these stations in the area covered by this
Forward Error Correction (FEC) mode and tuning to 518 Coast Pilot.)
kHz. (250)
(243) Information broadcast over NAVTEX includes Commercial Maritime Coast Stations and Weather
offshore weather forecasts, offshore marine advisory Nets
warnings, search and rescue information and navigational (251) Commercial maritime coast stations, which provide
information that applies to waters from the line of communications services, broadcast weather information
demarcation (separating Inland Rules from COLREG to ships at sea as a public service, or make forecast
Rule waters) to 200 miles offshore. Navigational information available on demand, either free or for a
information that affects the safety of navigation of deep nominal fee. These transmissions are most commonly
draft (15 feet or more) vessels within the U.S. Inland performed using HF SITOR and Pactor/E-Mail; however,
Rules waters will also be included. Gulf Stream location several of these stations also offer services via Inmarsat
is also included from Miami and Portsmouth. Coastal satellite and other means.
and high seas weather forecasts are not being broadcast (252) There are also a number of maritime weather nets
over NAVTEX. The Safety of Life at Sea Convention, operating on commercial marine VHF, MF and HF,
as amended in 1988, requires vessels regulated by that where weather information is exchanged. These nets are
convention to carry NAVTEX receivers. extremely popular in areas of the world that have a large
(244) See Appendix A, U.S. NAVTEX Transmitting yachting population and where weather is dynamic, such
Stations, for a list of NAVTEX broadcast stations and as in the Caribbean, and typically incorporate volunteers
message content covered by this Coast Pilot. ashore.
(253) Information on commercial maritime coast stations,
(246) including schedules and frequencies, is available in the
Broadcast Notice to Mariners Radio Navigational Aids, Pub. 117. (See Appendix A,
(247) The U.S. Coast Guard broadcasts marine safety Radio Weather Broadcasts, for additional information.)
information on VHF-FM Channel 22A (157.1 MHz). (254)
These safety broadcasts contain information such as Standard Abbreviations for Broadcasts
notices to mariners, storm warnings, distress warnings (255) A listing of Standard Abbreviations for Textual
and other pertinent information that is vital for safe Maritime Safety Broadcasts can be found in this chapter.
navigation. Following a preliminary call on VHF-FM These abbreviations were jointly approved by the U.S.
Channel 16 (156.8 MHz), mariners are instructed to Coast Guard, National Weather Service, National
shift to VHF-FM Channel 22A simplex (157.1 MHz). Geospatial-Intelligence Agency and the Radio Technical
Operators of vessels who plan to transit U.S. waters and Commission for Maritime Services. In addition to
who do not have VHF radios tunable to U.S. Channel 22A appearing in radio broadcasts of the U.S. Coast Guard
are urged to obtain the necessary equipment. and National Weather Service, they appear in Notices to
20 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

Mariners of the U.S. Coast Guard and National Geospatial- urged to exercise extreme caution and are requested to
Intelligence Agency and in NAVTEX. report aids to navigation discrepancies and hazards to
(256) navigation to the U.S. Coast Guard.
Voluntary Observing Ship Program (VOS) (264)
(257) The Voluntary Observing Ship program is organized Destructive Waves
for the purpose of obtaining weather and oceanographic (265) Unusual sudden changes in water level can be
observations from moving ships. An international caused by tsunamis or violent storms. These two types
program under World Meteorological Organization of destructive waves have become commonly known as
auspices, the VOS has over 5000 vessels participating tidal waves, a name which is technically incorrect as they
from 23 countries. Any vessel willing to take and transmit are not the result of tide-producing forces.
observations in marine areas can join the program. (266) Tsunamis (seismic sea waves) are ocean waves
Weather observations are essential to meteorologists generated by any rapid large-scale disturbance of the sea
preparing weather forecasts for coastal, offshore and high water. Most tsunamis are generated by earthquakes, but
seas areas. For more information on the VOS, including a they may also be caused by volcanic eruptions, landslides,
comprehensive observing handbook, visit vos.noaa.gov. undersea slumps or meteor impacts.
(267) The waves radiate outward in all directions from
(258)
National Institute of Standards and Technology the disturbance and can propagate across entire ocean
(NIST) basins. Tsunami waves are distinguished from ordinary
(259) The National Institute of Standards and Technology ocean waves by their great length between peaks, often
maintains the standards for time and frequency for most exceeding 100 miles in the deep ocean, and by the long
users in the United States. NIST provides a variety of interval of time between these peaks, ranging from five
services designed to deliver time and frequency signals minutes to an hour. The speed at which tsunamis travel
to the people who need them. The signals are broadcast depends on the ocean depth. A tsunami can exceed 500
via several mediums, including high and low frequency knots in the deep ocean but slows to 20 or 30 knots in the
radio, the Internet and telephone lines. Broadcasts of time shallow water near land. In less than 24 hours, a tsunami
and frequency signals are made by stations operating in can cross the entire Pacific Ocean.
(268) In the deep ocean, a tsunami is barely noticeable and
the part of the radio spectrum that is properly known as
high frequency (HF) but is commonly called shortwave. will only cause a small and slow rising and falling of the
Station WWV is located just north of Fort Collins, sea surface as it passes. Only as it approaches land does
Colorado, and station WWVH is located on the island of a tsunami become a hazard. As the tsunami approaches
Kaua‘i, Hawaii. Both stations broadcast continuous time land and shallow water, the waves slow down and become
and frequency signals on 2.5, 5, 10 and 15 MHz; WWV compressed, causing them to grow in height. In the best
also broadcasts on 20 MHz. of cases, the tsunami comes onshore like a quickly rising
(260) NIST Time and Frequency Services, Special tide and causes a gentle flooding of low-lying coastal
Publication 432 gives a detailed description of the areas. In the worst of cases, a bore will form.
(269) A bore is a wall of turbulent water that can exceed
signals and services offered by NIST, how they work and
how you can use them. The publication is available for several yards in height and can rush onshore with great
download at nist.gov/pml/div688/generalpubs.cfm. destructive power. Behind the bore is a deep and fast-
moving flood that can pick up and sweep away almost
(261)
anything in its path. Minutes later, the water will drain
CAUTIONARY INFORMATION away as the trough of the tsunami wave arrives, sometimes
exposing great patches of the sea floor, then the water
(262) will rush in again as before, causing additional damage.
Hurricanes and Tropical Storms This destructive cycle may repeat many times before the
(263) Hurricanes, tropical storms and other major storms hazard finally passes. Sometimes the first noticeable part
may cause considerable damage to marine structures, aids of the wave is the trough, which causes a recession of
to navigation and moored vessels, resulting in submerged the water from shore, and people who have gone out to
debris in unknown locations. Fixed aids to navigation investigate this unusual exposure of the beach have been
may have been damaged or destroyed. Buoys may have engulfed by the oncoming crest. Such an unexplained
been moved from charted positions, damaged, sunk, withdrawal of the sea should be considered as nature’s
extinguished or otherwise made inoperative. Mariners warning of an approaching wave.
should not rely upon the position or operation of an aid (270) Tsunamis do not have a season and do not occur
to navigation. Charted soundings, channel depths and regularly or frequently. Yet they pose a major threat to the
shoreline may not reflect actual conditions following coastal populations of the Pacific and other world oceans
these storms. Wrecks and submerged obstructions may and seas. Nothing can be done to prevent them, but their
have been displaced from charted locations. Pipelines adverse impact can be reduced with proper planning. The
may have become uncovered or moved. Mariners are loss of life and property can be lessened if shipmasters
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 21

and others acquaint themselves with the behavior of these (277)


waves so that intelligent action can be taken when they Immersion Hypothermia
become imminent. (277) <Deleted Paragraph>
(271) NOAA oversees the U.S. Tsunami Program with (278) Immersion hypothermia is the loss of heat when a
its mission to provide a 24-hour detection and warning body is immersed in water. With few exceptions, humans
system and increase public awareness about the threat die if their core temperature of approximately 99.7° F
of tsunamis. The NOAA National Weather Service drops below 78.6° F. Cardiac arrest is the most common
operates two tsunami warning centers The West Coast/ direct cause of death. During prolonged immersion, the
Alaska Tsunami Warning Center in Palmer, Alaska: main threat to life is cold or cold and drowning combined.
wcatwc.arh.noaa.gov, and the Richard H. Hagemeyer (279) <Deleted Paragraph>
Pacific Tsunami Warning Center in ‘Ewa Beach, Hawaii: (279)
ptwc.weather.gov. These centers continuously monitor SURVIVAL TIME VERSUS WATER TEMPERATURE
data from seismological and tidal stations, evaluate Water Temperature (°F) Exhaustion or Expected Time of
earthquakes that have the potential to generate tsunamis Unconsciousness Survival
and disseminate tsunami information and warning 32 15 minutes 15 to 45 minutes
bulletins to government authorities and the public.
32 to 41 15-30 minutes 30 to 90 minutes
(272) A tsunami warning is issued when a potential tsunami
41 to 50 30-60 minutes 1 to 3 hours
with significant inundation is imminent or expected.
Warnings alert the public that widespread, dangerous 50 to 59 1-2 hours 1 to 6 hours
coastal flooding accompanied by powerful currents is 59 to 68 2-7 hours 2 to 40 hours
possible and may continue for several hours after arrival 68 to 77 3-12 hours 3 hours to indefinite
of the initial wave. Warnings also alert emergency
77 and above indefinite indefinite
management officials to take action for the entire tsunami
hazard zone. When a tsunami warning has been issued,
(280) <Deleted Paragraph>
use a NOAA Weather Radio or stay tuned to a Coast
(280) The length of time that a human survives in water
Guard emergency frequency station or a local radio or
depends on the water temperature and to a lesser extent
television station for updated emergency information.
on the person’s behavior and body type. The table shows
(273) approximate human survival time in the sea. Body type can
Storm Surge cause deviations, as small people become hypothermic
(274) A considerable rise or fall in the level of the sea more rapidly than large people. The cooling rate can be
along a particular coast may result from strong winds slowed by the person’s behavior and insulated gear. The
and sharp change in barometric pressure. In cases where Heat Escape Lessening Posture (HELP) was developed
the water level is raised, higher waves can form with for those in the water alone and the huddle for small
greater dept,h and the combination can be destructive to groups. Both require a PFD (personal flotation device),
low regions, particularly at high stages of tide. Extreme or life preserver. HELP involves holding the arms close
low levels can result in depths which are considerably to the body, keeping the thighs together, and raising the
less than those shown on nautical charts. This type of knees to protect the groin area. In the huddle, people
wave occurs especially in coastal regions bordering on face each other and keep their bodies as close together
shallow waters which are subject to tropical storms. as possible. These positions improve survival time to
(274) <Deleted Paragraph> approximately two times that of a swimmer and one and
(275) Seiche is a stationary vertical wave oscillation with a half times that of a person in the passive position.
a period varying from a few minutes to an hour or more (281) Near-drowning victims in cold water (less than 70°
but somewhat less than the tidal periods. It is usually F) are revivable for much longer periods than usual. Keys
attributed to external forces such as strong winds, changes to a successful revival are immediate cardiopulmonary
in barometric pressure, swells or tsunamis disturbing the resuscitation (CPR) and administration of pure oxygen.
equilibrium of the water surface. Seiche is found both Total re-warming is not necessary at first. The whole
in enclosed bodies of water and superimposed upon the revival process may take hours and require medical help.
tides of the open ocean. When the external forces cause
(282)
a short-period horizontal oscillation on the water, it is
Wind Chill and Frostbite
called surge.
(283) When the body is warmer than its surroundings, it
(276) The combined effect of seiche and surge sometimes
begins to lose heat. The rate of loss depends on barriers
makes it difficult to maintain a ship in its position alongside
such as clothing and insulation, the speed of air movement
a pier even though the water may appear to be completely
and air temperature. Heat loss increases dramatically in
undisturbed, and heavy mooring lines have been parted
moving air that is colder than skin temperature (91.4°
repeatedly under such conditions. Pilots advise taut lines
F). Even a light wind increases heat loss, and a strong
to reduce the effect of the surge.
wind can lower the body temperature if the rate of loss is
greater than the body’s heat replacement rate.
22 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

(284) When skin temperature drops below 50° F, there is a (292) Inside NDZ waters, discharge of any sewage,
marked constriction of blood vessels, leading to vascular whether treated or untreated, is completely prohibited.
stagnation, oxygen want and cellular damage. The first (293) Discharge of sewage in waters not designated as
indication that something is wrong is a painful tingling. NDZs is regulated by the Marine Sanitation Device
Swelling of varying extent follows, provided freezing has Standard (see 40 CFR 140 in Chapter 2.)
not occurred. Excruciating pain may be felt if the skin (293) <Deleted Paragraph>
temperature is lowered rapidly, but freezing of localized (294) Additional information concerning the regulations
portions of the skin may be painless when the rate of may be obtained from water.epa.gov.
change is slow. Possible effects of cold include cold (295)
allergy (welts), chilblains, which appear as reddened, Oil Spill Reporting
warm, itching, swollen patches on the fingers and toes, and (296) Reporting requirements for any oil discharge,
trench foot and immersion foot, which present essentially noxious liquid substance or harmful substance occurring
the same picture. Both result from exposure to cold and in waters under U.S. jurisdiction are found in 33 CFR
lack of circulation. Wetness can add to the problem as 153, Subpart B (not in this Coast Pilot.) Any person in
water and wind soften the tissues and accelerate heat loss. charge of a vessel or an onshore/offshore facility must, as
(285) Frostbite usually begins when the skin temperature soon as they have knowledge of any discharge of oil or
falls within the range of 14° to 4° F. Ice crystals form in a hazardous substance, immediately notify the National
the tissues and small blood vessels. The rate of heat loss Response Center (NRC) at 800-424-8802 or NRC@uscg.
determines the rate of freezing, which is accelerated by mil.
wind, wetness, extreme cold and poor blood circulation.
(297)
Parts of the body susceptible to freezing are those with
Ocean Dumping
surfaces large in relation to their volume, such as toes,
(298) The Marine Protection Research and Sanctuaries
fingers, ears, nose, chin and cheeks.
Act of 1972, as amended (33 USC 1401 et seq.),
(286) Injuries from the cold may, to a large extent, be
regulates the dumping of all material, except fish waste,
prevented by maintaining natural warmth through the
into ocean waters. Radiological, chemical and biological
use of proper footgear and adequate, dry clothing, by
warfare agents and other high level radioactive wastes
avoiding cramped positions and constricting clothing and
are expressly banned from ocean disposal. The USACE
by active exercise of the hands, legs and feet.
issues permits for the disposal of dredged spoils; the
(287) EPA is authorized to issue permits for all other dumping
MARINE POLLUTION activities. Surveillance and enforcement to prevent
unlawful transportation of material for dumping or
(288) unlawful dumping under the Act has been assigned to
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (Clean the U.S. Coast Guard. The Act provides civil penalties
Water Act) of up to $50,000 and criminal penalties of up to $50,000
(289) The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) and/or one year imprisonment.
or Clean Water Act (CWA) was passed to restore and (299)
maintain the chemical, physical and biological integrity SELECT NAVIGATION RULES
of the waters within the United States..
(290) <Deleted Paragraph>
(300)
(290)
Improper use of searchlights
No-Discharge Zones (301) No person shall flash or cause to be flashed the
(291) <Deleted Paragraph> rays of a searchlight or other blinding light onto the
(291) Section 312 of the FWPCA gives the Environmental bridge or into the pilothouse of any vessel underway.
Protection Agency (EPA) and States the authority to The International Code Signal “PG2” may be made by
designate certain areas as No-Discharge Zones (NDZ) for a vessel inconvenienced by the glare of a searchlight in
vessel sewage. Freshwater lakes, freshwater reservoirs order to apprise the offending vessel of the fact.
or other freshwater impoundments whose entrances
(302)
and exits prohibit traffic by regulated vessels (vessels
Use of Radar
with installed toilets) are, by regulation, NDZs. Rivers
(303) Navigation Rules, International-Inland, Rule 7,
that do not support interstate navigation vessel traffic
states, in part, that every vessel shall use all available
are also NDZs by regulation. Water bodies that can be
means appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and
designated as NDZs by States and EPA include the Great
conditions to determine if risk of collision exists. If there
Lakes and their connecting waterways, freshwater lakes
is any doubt such risk shall be deemed to exist. Proper use
and impoundments accessible through locks and other
shall be made of radar equipment if fitted and operational,
flowing waters that support interstate navigation by
including long-range scanning to obtain early warning
vessels subject to regulation.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 23

of risk of collision and radar plotting or equivalent routing. IMO also considers whether the aids to navigation
systematic observation of detected objects. proposed will enable mariners to determine their position
(304) This rule places an additional responsibility on with sufficient accuracy to navigate the scheme in
vessels that are equipped and manned to use radar to do accordance with Rule 10 of the International Regulations
so while underway during periods of reduced visibility for Preventing Collisions at Sea (72 COLREGS).
without in any way relieving commanding officers of (315) General principles for navigation in Traffic
the responsibility of carrying out normal precautionary Separation Schemes are as follows:
measures. (316) 1. A ship navigating in or near a traffic separation
(305) Navigation Rules, International-Inland, Rules 6, 7, scheme adopted by IMO shall in particular comply with
8, and 19 apply to the use of radar. Rule 10 of the 72 COLREGS to minimize the development
(306) <306-306 Deleted> of risk of collisions with another ship. The other rules of
(306) the 72 COLREGS apply in all respects, particularly the
Danger signal steering and sailing rules if risk of collision with another
(307) <Deleted Paragraph> ship is deemed to exist.
(317) 2. Traffic separation schemes are intended for use by
(307) Navigation Rules, International-Inland, Rule 34(d),
states that when vessels in sight of one another are day and by night in all weather, ice-free waters or under
approaching each other and from any cause either vessel light ice conditions where no extraordinary maneuvers or
fails to understand the intentions or actions of the other assistance by icebreaker(s) is required.
(318) 3. Traffic separation schemes are recommended for
or is in doubt whether sufficient action is being taken
by the other to avoid collision, the vessel in doubt shall use by all ships unless stated otherwise. Bearing in mind
immediately indicate such doubt by giving at least five the need for adequate underkeel clearance, a decision to
short and rapid blasts on the whistle. Such signal may be use a traffic separation scheme must take into account
supplemented by a light signal of at least five short and the charted depth, the possibility of changes in the
rapid flashes. seabed since the time of last survey and the effects of
meteorological and tidal conditions on water depths.
(308)
(319) 4. A deep water route is an allied routing measure
Narrow channels
primarily intended for use by ships that require the use
(308) <Deleted Paragraph>
of such a route because of their draft in relation to the
(309) Navigation Rules, International-Inland, Rule 9(b)
available depth of water in the area concerned. Through
states that a vessel of less than 20 meters in length or a
traffic to which the above consideration does not apply
sailing vessel shall not impede the passage of a vessel
should, if practicable, avoid following deep water routes.
that can safely navigate only within a narrow channel or
When using a deep water route mariners should be aware
fairway.
of possible changes in the indicated depth of water due to
(310) meteorological or other effects.
REGULATED WATERS (320) 5. The arrows printed on charts merely indicate the
general direction of traffic; ships should not set their
(311)
courses strictly along the arrows.
(321) 6. Vessels should, so far as practicable, keep clear of
Traffic Separation Schemes (Traffic Lanes)
(312) To increase the safety of navigation, particularly a traffic separation line or separation zone.
(322) 7. Vessels should avoid anchoring in a traffic
in converging areas of high traffic density, routes
incorporating traffic separation have been adopted by separation scheme or in the area near its termination.
(323) 8. The signal “YG” meaning “You appear not to be
the IMO in certain areas of the world. In the interest of
safe navigation, it is recommended that through traffic complying with the traffic separation scheme” is provided
use these schemes, as far as circumstances permit, by day in the International Code of Signals for appropriate use.
and by night and in all weather conditions. (324) Note–Several governments administering Traffic
(313) An area to be avoided (ATBA) is a routing measure Separation Schemes have expressed their concern
comprising an area within defined limits, in which either to IMO about the large number of infringements of
navigation is particularly hazardous or it is exceptionally Rule 10 of the 72 COLREGS and the dangers of such
important to avoid casualties, and which should be contraventions to personnel, vessels and environment.
avoided by all ships, or certain classes of ships. Several governments have initiated surveillance of traffic
(314) The IMO is recognized as the only international separation schemes for which they are responsible and
body responsible for establishing and recommending are providing documented reports of vessel violations
measures on an international level concerning ships’ to flag states. As in the past, the U.S. Coast Guard will
routing. In deciding whether or not to adopt or amend investigate these reports and take appropriate action.
a traffic separation scheme, IMO will consider whether Mariners are urged to comply at all times with the 72
the scheme complies with the design criteria for traffic COLREGS.
(325) 9. Notice of temporary adjustments to traffic
separation schemes and with the established methods of
separation schemes for emergencies or for accommodation
24 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

(331)

1 nautical mile (nm) = 1852 meters


Contiguous
Territorial Zone
Sea Limited
Baseline enforcement
zone
3nm 12nm 24nm 200nm
Exclusive Economic Zone The High Seas
Territorial
Sea Sovereign rights for exploring, exploiting, Water column beyond national jurisdiction
State/ conserving and managing living and
Territory non-living resources of the water column and
Coastal Waters underlying continental shelf
To outer edge of continental margin
Sovereignty extends up to a maximum of 350nm from the
to the air space, TSB or 100nm beyond the 2,500m
water column, isobath, whichever is greatest
seabed and subsoil
allowing for the right
of innocent passage
Continental Shelf The Area
To 200nm inherent sovereign rights for Beyond 200nm Seabed and subsoil non-living
exploring and exploiting non-living submission required resources administered by the
resources of seabed and subsoil, to the Commission International Seabed Authority
plus sedentary species on the Limits of the
Continental Shelf to
confirm rights
Scale of Rights

Sovereign Sovereign rights to the water Sovereign rights to


No national rights
Territory column and continental shelf the continental shelf
09-3603-1
Figure 1: Offshore extent of the maritime zones recognized under international law

of activities which would otherwise contravene Rule Recommended Tracks


10 or obstruct navigation may be made in Notices to Off the California coast (off Monterey Bay for vessels 300 gross tons or
Mariners. Temporary adjustments may be in the form of more and vessels carrying harzardous cargo in bulk)

a precautionary area within a traffic lane or a shift in the Two-way Route


location of a lane. In the Strait of Juan de Fuca
(326) 10. The IMO approved routing measures which
affect shipping in or near U.S. waters are: (328) When approved or established, traffic separation
(327) scheme details are announced in Notice to Mariners and
Traffic Separation Schemes later depicted on appropriate charts and included in the
Portland, Maine (approaches to) U.S. Coast Pilot.
Boston, Massachusetts (approaches to)
Narragansett Bay, Rhode Island (approaches to) (329)
Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts (approaches to)
New York, New York Maritime Zones
Delaware Bay (330) The maritime zones recognized under international
Chesapeake Bay (approaches to)
Cape Fear River (approaches to) law include internal waters, territorial sea, contiguous
Galveston Bay (approaches to)
Off San Francisco, California zone, exclusive economic zone, continental shelf, the
Los Angeles/Long Beach, California (approaches to) high seas and the Area (see Figure 1). The following
Strait of Juan de Fuca (approaches to and in)
Puget Sound (approaches to and in) zones are depicted on NOAA's nautical charts: internal
Haro Strait, Boundary Pass and the Strait of Georgia
Prince William Sound, Alaska waters, territorial sea, contiguous zone and exclusive
Areas to be Avoided
economic zone. The limits of these zones are subject to
modification as depicted on future charts; limits shown
In the region of Nantucket Shoals
In the vicinity of Northeast Gateway Energy Bridge Deepwater Port on the most recent chart edition take precedence.
In the great South Channel
Off the Florida coast (adjacent to the Florida Keys)
At Louisiana Offshore Oil Port (LOOP) in the Gulf of Mexico
Off the California coast (in the region of the Channel Islands) (332)
Off the Washington coast Internal Waters
In the region of the Northwest Hawaiian Islands
Surrounding the Alleutian Island Archipelago, Alaska (333) Internal waters are the waters (harbors, bays and
No Anchoring Areas rivers) on the landward side of the baseline from which
In the vicinity of Northeast Gateway Energy Bridge Deepwater Port the breadth of the territorial sea is measured. The United
In the vicinity of Neptune Deepwater Port States has full sovereignty over its internal waters and
Flower Garden Banks
Tortugas Ecological Reserve and the Tortugas Bank (Florida Keys) ports as if they were part of its land territory. NOAA's
West Cameron area of northwestern Gulf of Mexico
nautical charts depict the baseline from which the limits
of the U.S. territorial sea, contiguous zone and exclusive
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 25

economic zone are measured as well as the Three Nautical any other territory or possession over which the United
Mile Line and Natural Resources Boundary, as described States exercises sovereignty. (Presidential Proclamation
below. No. 5030 of March 10, 1983 and Federal Register, volume
(334) 60 - number 163, August 23, 1995, “Exclusive Economic
Territorial Sea Zone and Maritime Boundaries: Notice of Limits”) As
(335) The territorial sea of the United States extends such, the exclusive economic zone overlaps the 12 nm-24
beyond the land territory and internal waters and nm contiguous zone.
(340) Within the EEZ, the U.S. has (a) sovereign rights
also includes the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico,
Guam, American Samoa, the U.S. Virgin Islands, the for the purpose of exploring, exploiting, conserving
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and and managing natural resources, whether living and
any other territory or possession over which the United nonliving, of the seabed and subsoil and the superjacent
States exercises sovereignty. (Presidential Proclamation waters and with regard to other activities for the
No. 5928. December 27, 1988.) The United States economic exploitation and exploration of the zone, such
exercises sovereignty over the territorial sea that extends as the production of energy from the water, currents and
to the airspace over the area and to the bed and subsoil. winds; (b) jurisdiction as provided for in international and
Under customary international law as reflected in the domestic laws with regard to the establishment and use
1982 United Nations Convention on the Law of the of artificial islands, installations, and structures, marine
Sea (UNCLOS), the territorial sea of the United States scientific research, and the protection and preservation of
extends to 12 nautical miles (nm) from the baseline from the marine environment; and (c) other rights and duties
which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured; provided for under international and domestic laws.
(341) Note: In certain U.S. fisheries laws, the term
determined in accordance with international law except
as otherwise established in a maritime boundary treaty “exclusive economic zone” (EEZ) is used. While its
of the United States. While the United States may adopt outer limit is the same as the EEZ on NOAA charts, the
certain laws and regulations, vessels of all countries inner limit generally extends landward to the seaward
navigating through the territorial sea enjoy the right of boundary of the coastal states of the U.S.
innocent passage; vessels and aircraft of all countries (342)
enjoy the right of transit passage through international Three Nautical Mile Line
straits. (343) The Three Nautical Mile Line, as measured from the
(336) territorial sea baseline and previously identified as the
Contiguous Zone outer limit of the U.S. territorial sea, is retained on charts
(337) The contiguous zone of the United States is a because it continues to be used in certain Federal laws.
(344) Note: Since the “coast line,” a term used in the
zone measured 24 nm from the territorial sea baseline
and is contiguous to the territorial sea of the United Submerged Lands Act, and the baseline are determined
States, including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, using the same criteria under international law, the
Guam, American Samoa, the U.S. Virgin Islands, the Three Nautical Mile Line is generally the same as the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and seaward boundary of states under the Submerged Lands
any other territory or possession over which the United Act. There are exceptions; therefore, the Three Nautical
States exercises sovereignty. (Presidential Proclamation Mile Line does not necessarily depict the seaward limit
No. 7219. August 2, 1999.) Under customary law as of states under the Submerged Lands Act.
reflected in UNCLOS, the U.S. may exercise the control (345)
necessary to prevent infringement of its customs, fiscal, Natural Resources Boundary
immigration or sanitary laws and regulations within its (346) The 9 nm Natural Resources Boundary is the
territory or territorial sea and to punish infringement of seaward limit of the submerged lands of Puerto Rico,
these laws and regulations committed within its territory Texas and the Gulf coast of Florida. It coincides with the
or territorial sea. The United States may also prescribe inner limit of the U.S. outer continental shelf under the
and enforce laws against foreign flagged vessels and Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act.
nationals to protect the underwater cultural heritage to (347)
the outer boundary of the contiguous zone (24 nm). Notification of Arrival and Vessel Response Plans
(338) (348) A Notification of Arrival (NOA) must be submitted
Exclusive Economic Zone by all U.S. and foreign vessels bound for or departing
(339) The exclusive economic zone of the United States from ports or places in the United States. (See 33 CFR
extends no more than 200 nm from the territorial sea 160 – Subpart C, Chapter 2). Additionally, tank vessels
baseline and is adjacent to the 12 nm territorial sea of the and non-tank vessels are required to submit an oil spill
United States, including the Commonwealth of Puerto response plan. (See 33 CFR 155– Subparts D and J, not
Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the U.S. Virgin Islands, contained in this Coast Pilot.)
the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and
26 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

(349) (357)
Marine Protected Area (MPA) DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
(350) Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) are particular places
in ocean, coastal and estuarine ecosystems where vital
(358)
natural and cultural resources are given greater protection
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
than in surrounding waters. MPAs have been established
(NOAA)
in the U.S. for more than a century. Currently, there are
(359) The National Oceanic and Atmospheric
over 1,700 MPAs in U.S. marine waters and the Great
Administration (NOAA) conducts research and gathers
Lakes, with levels of protection ranging from a few "no-
data about the global oceans, atmosphere, space and sun,
take" areas that prohibit all extractive uses to the more
and applies this knowledge to improve our understanding
common multiple use areas that allow vessel access,
and stewardship of the environment.
anchoring, fishing and non-consumptive activities. MPAs
(360) NOAA provides services to the nation and the public
are managed by dozens of Federal, state, tribal and local
through five major organizations: the National Ocean
authorities. For detailed information on MPA locations,
Service; the National Weather Service; the National
types, interactive map, purposes and legal restrictions,
Marine Fisheries Service; the National Environmental
visit marineprotectedareas.noaa.gov.
Satellite, Data and Information Service (NESDIS); and
(351) NOAA Research; and numerous special program units.
Archaeological Resource Preservation In addition, NOAA research and operational activities are
(352) Under Federal and state laws it is illegal to destroy, supported by the Nation’s seventh uniformed service, the
deface, collect, transport, sell or trade archaeological, NOAA Corps, a commissioned officer corps of men and
cultural, submerged and historic resources without women who operate NOAA ships and aircraft and serve
authorization. Applicable laws include, but are not limited in scientific and administrative positions.
to, the Historic Sites Act, the Archaeological Resource
(361)
Protection Act, the National Historic Preservation Act
National Ocean Service (NOS)
the Abandoned Shipwreck Act, and the Sunken Military
(362) The National Ocean Service's primary concern is
Craft Act. These laws protect archaeological resources
the health and safety of our Nation's coastal and oceanic
on lands administered by the National Park Service, U.S.
environment. Within NOS, the Office of Coast Survey
Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Land Management,
is responsible for producing and maintaining the suite
and National Marine Sanctuaries as well as state, private
of over 1000 nautical charts and the Coast Pilots that
and Native lands.
cover the coastal waters of the U.S. and its territories.
(353) Nautical charts are published primarily for the use of
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE the mariner but serve the public interest in many other
ways. Cartographers in Coast Survey receive and
(354) compile information from a variety of government and
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service non-governmental sources for portrayal on nautical
(355) The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service charts and the Coast Pilots. In addition, Coast Survey
is responsible for protecting the Nation’s animal hydrographers, as well as private contractors, conduct
population, food and fiber crops and forests from invasion new surveys that are used to update these products. The
by foreign pests. They administer agricultural quarantine principal facilities of Coast Survey are located at NOAA
and restrictive orders issued under authority provided in headquarters in Silver Spring, MD; Norfolk, VA (Marine
various acts of Congress. The regulations prohibit or Operations Center Atlantic); and Seattle, WA (Western
restrict the importation or interstate movement of live Regional Center).
animals, meats, animal products, plants, plant products, (363) The Center for Operational Oceanographic
soil, injurious insects, and associated items that may Products and Services (CO-OPS) collects and
introduce or spread plant pests and animal diseases which distributes observations and predictions of water levels
may be new to or not widely distributed within the United and currents to ensure safe, efficient and environmentally
States or its territories. Inspectors examine imports at sound maritime commerce. Users can find a variety of
ports of entry as well as the vessel, its stores and crew or information, including water level, tidal predictions,
passenger baggage. observed water levels and currents data, tides online
(356) The Service also provides an inspection and (including a listing of all water level stations currently in
certification service for exporters to assist them in storm surge mode), sea levels online, Great Lakes online
meeting the quarantine requirements of foreign countries. and PORTS at tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov.
(See Appendix A for a list of ports where agricultural (363) <Deleted Paragraph>
inspectors are located and inspections conducted.) (364) PORTS® (Physical Oceanographic Real-Time
System) is a centralized data acquisition and dissemination
system that provides real-time water levels, currents and
other oceanographic and meteorological data from bays
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 27

and harbors. This information is provided via telephone (368) Caution–When using the Tide Tables, slack water
voice response (for most ports) and the Internet. Accurate should not be confused with high or low water. For ocean
real-time water level information allows U.S. port stations there is usually little difference between the time
authorities and maritime shippers to make sound decisions of high or low water and the beginning of ebb or flood
regarding loading of tonnage (based on available bottom currents, but for places in narrow channels, landlocked
clearance), maximizing loads, and limiting passage harbors or on tidal rivers, the time of slack current may
times, without compromising safety. differ by several hours from the time of high or low water.
(365) There are PORTS in several areas of the United The relation of the times of high or low water to the
States—the table below lists the ports and the telephone turning of the current depends upon a number of factors,
number for voice access to the PORTS data. so that no simple general rule can be given. (To obtain the
(366) times of slack water, refer to the Tidal Current Tables.)
Port or Waterway Voice Access Phone Number
(369) Tidal Current Tables for the coasts of the United
States are computed annually by NOAA and published
Cape Cod, MA Not Available
in October for the upcoming year. These tables include
Charleston Harbor, SC 855–216–2137
daily predictions of the times of slack water and the times
Cherry Point, WA 888–817–7794 and velocities of strength of flood and ebb currents for
Chesapeake Bay North 866–247–6787 a number of waterways, together with differences for
Chesapeake Bay South 866–247–6787 obtaining predictions for numerous other places. Also
Cuyahoga, OH 800–376–1192 included is other useful information such as a method for
Delaware Bay 866–307–6787 obtaining the velocity of current at any time, duration of
Houston/Galveston, TX 866–447–6787 slack, coastal tidal currents, wind currents, combination
Humboldt Bay, CA 855–876–5015 of currents and current diagrams. Some information on
Jacksonville, FL 855–901–1549 the Gulf Stream is included in the tables for the Atlantic
Lake Charles, LA 888–817–7692 coast.
Los Angeles/Long Beach, CA Not Available (370) NOAA Tide Tables and Tidal Current Tables for U.S.
Lower Columbia River 888–537–6787 waters contain the text of all active Notice to Mariners
Lower Mississippi River 888–817–7767
which affect the accuracy and use of tide and tidal current
Matagorda Bay, TX 888–524–9765
predictions they contain. (See Appendix A for list of
Miami, FL 888–270–6145
NOAA Tide and Tidal Current Tables.)
(371) Many local publishers and printers throughout the
Mobile Bay, AL 877–847–6787
country publish regional and localized tide and tidal
Morgan City, LA 888–312–4113
current predictions in booklet, calendar and other formats.
Narragansett Bay, RI 866–757–6787
The data printed in these local and regional publications
New Haven, CT 888–807–6787
is, in many cases, obtained directly from NOAA. For
New London, CT 855–626–0509
availability of localized prediction tables consult marinas
New York/New Jersey Harbor 866–217–6787
and marine supply companies in your area.
Pascagoula, MS 888–257–1857
(372)
Port Fourchon, LA 855–687–2084
National Weather Service (NWS)
Port of Anchorage, AK 866–257–6787
(373)
Sabine Neches, TX 888–257–1859

San Francisco Bay 866–727–6787


National Data Buoy Center Meteorological Buoys
(374) The National Data Buoy Center (NDBC) deploys
Savannah, GA 855–907–3136

Soo Locks, MI 301–713–9596


moored meteorological buoys that provide weather data
directly to the mariner as well as to marine forecasters.
Tacoma, WA 888–607–6787
(375) These buoys have a watch circle radius (WCR) of
Tampa Bay, FL 866–827–6787
2,000 to 4,000 yards from assigned position (AP). In
addition, any mooring in waters deeper than 1,000 feet
(367) Tide Tables are computed annually by NOAA
will have a floating “loop” or catenary that may be as
and published in October for the upcoming year. These
little as 500 feet below the surface. This catenary could
tables include predicted times and heights of high and
be anywhere within the buoy’s WCR. Any underwater
low waters for every day in the year for a number of
activity within this radius may contact the mooring,
reference stations and differences for obtaining similar
causing a failure.
predictions for numerous other places. They also include
(376) To avoid cutting or damaging a mooring, mariners
other useful information such as a method of obtaining
are urged to exercise extreme caution when navigating in
heights of tide at any time, local mean time of sunrise and
the vicinity of meteorological buoys and to remain well
sunset for various latitudes, reduction of local mean time
clear of the watch circle. If a mooring is accidentally
to standard time and time of moonrise and moonset for
contacted or cut, please notify NDBC at 228-688-2835
various ports.
or 228-688-2436.
28 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

(377) For further information relating to these buoys visit program. These displays are meant to warn the public of
ndbc.noaa.gov. approaching storm conditions and visually communicate
(378) that citizens should take personal responsibility for
Marine Weather Forecasts individual safety in the face of an approaching storm.
(379) The NWS provides marine weather forecasts and Anyone observing the signals displayed by the program
warnings for the U.S. coastal waters, the Great Lakes, is urged to tune to the NWS radio broadcasts for the
offshore waters and high seas areas. Scheduled marine latest information. (See National Weather Service
forecasts are issued four times daily from National Coastal Warning Displays illustration for additional
Weather Service Offices with local areas of responsibility information.)
(383) <Deleted Paragraph>
around the United States, Guam, American Samoa and
(385) NWS marine weather products are also disseminated
Puerto Rico. (See Appendix A for NWS Offices located
in the area covered by this Coast Pilot.) to marine users through the broadcast facilities of the
(380) Typically, the forecasts contain information on wind Coast Guard, Navy and commercial marine radio stations.
speed and direction, wave heights, visibility, weather Details on these broadcasts including times, frequencies
and a general synopsis of weather patterns affecting and broadcast content are listed on the NWS internet
the region. The forecasts are supplemented with special site, Marine Product Dissemination Information, nws.
marine warnings and statements, radar summaries, marine noaa.gov/om/marine/home.htm.
(386) Ships of all nations share equally in the effort to
observations, small-craft advisories, gale warnings,
storm warnings and various categories of tropical cyclone report weather observations. These reports enable
warnings, e.g., tropical depression, tropical storm and meteorologists to create a detailed picture of wind,
hurricane warnings. Specialized products such as coastal wave and weather patterns over the open waters that no
flood, seiche, and tsunami warnings, heavy surf advisories, other data source can provide and upon which marine
low water statements, ice forecasts and outlooks and lake forecasts are based. The effectiveness and reliability of
shore warnings and statements are issued as necessary. these forecasts and warnings plus other services to the
(For further information, go to nws.noaa.gov/om/marine/ marine community are strongly linked to the observations
home.htm.) received from mariners. There is an especially urgent
(381) The principal means of disseminating marine need for ship observations in the coastal waters, and the
weather services and products in coastal areas is NWS asks that these be made and transmitted whenever
NOAA Weather Radio. This network of more than possible. Many storms originate and intensify in coastal
900 transmitters, covering all 50 states, adjacent coastal areas. There may be a great difference in both wind
waters, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and the direction and speed between the open sea, the offshore
U.S. Pacific Territories, is operated by the NWS and waters and on the coast itself.
(387) Information on how ships, commercial fishermen,
provides continuous broadcasts of weather information
for the general public. These broadcasts repeat recorded offshore industries and others in the coastal zone may
messages every 4 to 6 minutes. Messages are updated participate in the marine observation program is available
periodically, usually every 2-3 hours and amended as from National Weather Service Port Meteorological
required to include the latest information. When severe Officers (PMOs). PMOs are located in major U.S. port
weather threatens, routine transmissions are interrupted cities where they visit ships in port to assist masters
and the broadcast is devoted to emergency warnings. (See and mates with the weather observation program,
Appendix A for NOAA Weather Radio Stations covered provide instruction on the interpretation of weather
by this Coast Pilot.) charts, calibrate barometers and other meteorological
(382) In coastal areas, the programming is tailored to the instruments and discuss marine weather communications
needs of the marine community. Each coastal marine and marine weather requirements affecting the ships’
forecast covers a specific area. For example, “Cape operations. (For further information on the Voluntary
Henlopen to Virginia Beach, out 20 miles.” The broadcast Observing Ship Program and PMOs, go to vos.noaa.gov.)
range is about 40 miles from the transmitting antenna site, (388)
depending on terrain and quality of the receiver used. Space Weather Prediction Center (SWPC)
When transmitting antennas are on high ground, the range (389) The Space Weather Prediction Center provides real-
is somewhat greater, reaching 60 miles or more. Some time monitoring and forecasting of solar and geophysical
receivers are equipped with a warning alert device that events that impact satellites, power grids, communications,
can be turned on by means of a tone signal controlled navigation and many other technological systems. (See
by the NWS office concerned. This signal is transmitted Space Weather Prediction Center in Appendix A.)
for 13 seconds preceding an announcement of a severe (390)
weather warning. National Environmental Satellite, Data, and Infor-
(383) Marine weather warnings are displayed to small-craft mation Service (NESDIS)
operators and others within sight of the shore by the flags, (391) Among its functions, NESDIS archives, processes
pennants and lights of the Coastal Warning Display and disseminates the non-real-time meteorological and
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 29

(384)

NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE COASTAL WARNING DISPLAYS


DAYTIME SIGNALS

SMALL CRAFT GALE STORM HURRICANE


ADVISORY WARNING WARNING WARNING

NIGHT (LIGHT) SIGNALS

SMALL CRAFT GALE STORM HURRICANE


ADVISORY WARNING WARNING WARNING

SMALL CRAFT ADVISORY: An advisory issued by coastal and Great Hawaii (HI), Samoa – Sustained winds 25 knots or greater and seas 10
Lakes Weather Forecast Offices (WFO) for areas included in the feet or greater.
Coastal Waters Forecast or Nearshore Marine Forecast (NSH) products.
Thresholds governing the issuance of small craft advisories are specific Guam and the Northern Mariana Islands – Sustained winds 22 to 33 knots
to geographic areas. A Small Craft Advisory may also be issued when and/or combined seas of 10 feet or more. “Frequent gusts”are typically
sea or lake ice exists that could be hazardous to small boats. There is long duration conditions (greater than 2 hours).
no precise definition of a small craft. Any vessel that may be adversely
affected by Small Craft Advisory criteria should be considered a small For a list of NWS Weather Offices by Region, refer to the following web-
craft. Other considerations include the experience of the vessel operator, site: http://www.nws.noaa.gov/organization.php
and the type, overall size, and sea worthiness of the vessel. There is no
legal definition of “small craft”. The Small Craft Advisory is an advisory in GALE WARNING: To indicate winds within the range 34 to 47 knots are
Coastal Waters and Nearshore forecasts for sustained winds, frequent forecast for the area.
gusts, or sea/wave conditions, exceeding defined thresholds specific to
geographic areas. A Small Craft Advisory may also be issued when sea or STORM WARNING: To indicate winds 48 knots and above, no matter how
lake ice exists that could be hazardous to small boats. high the speed, are forecast for the area. However, if the winds are associ-
ated with a tropical cyclone (hurricane), the STORM WARNING indicates
Eastern (ME to SC, Lake Erie, Lake Ontario) – Sustained winds or that winds within the range 48-63 knots are forecast.
frequent gusts ranging between 25 and 33 knots (except 20 to 25 knots,
lower threshold area dependent, to 33 knots for harbors, bays, etc.) and/or HURRICANE WARNING: Issued only in connection with a tropical
seas or waves 5 to 7 feet and greater, area dependent. cyclone (hurricane) to indicate that winds 64 knots and above are forecast
for the area.
Central (MN to OH) – Sustained winds or frequent gusts (on the Great
Lakes) between 22 and 33 knots inclusive, and/or seas or waves greater NOTE: A “HURRICANE WATCH” is an announcement issued by the
than 4 feet. National Weather Service via press and television broadcasts whenever a
tropical storm or hurricane becomes a threat to a coastal area. The “Hur-
Southern (GA to TX and Caribbean) – Sustained winds of 20 to 33 knots, ricane Watch” announcement is not a warning, rather it indicates that the
and/or forecast seas 7 feet or greater that are expected for more than 2 hurricane is near enough that everyone in the area covered by the “Watch”
hours. should listen to their radios for subsequent advisories and be ready to take
precautionary action in case hurricane warnings are issued.
Western (WA..CA) - Sustained winds of 21 to 33 knots, potentially in com-
bination with wave heights exceeding 10 feet (or wave steepness values NOTE: A SPECIAL MARINE WARNING is issued whenever a severe local
exceeding local thresholds). storm or strong wind of brief duration is imminent and is not covered by ex-
isting warnings or advisories. No visual displays will be used in connection
Alaska (AK) – Sustained winds or frequent gusts of 23 to 33 knots. A with the Special Marine Warning Bulletin; boaters will be able to receive
small craft advisory for rough seas may be issued for sea/wave conditions thesespecial warnings by keeping tuned to a NOAA Weather Radio station
deemed locally significant, based on user needs, and should be no lower or to Coast Guard and commercial radio stations that transmit marine
than 8 feet. weather information.
30 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

oceanographic data collected by government agencies (399) The USACE has general supervision of location,
and private institutions. Marine weather observations are construction and manner of maintenance of all fishtraps,
collected from ships at sea on a voluntary basis. About one weirs, pounds or other fishing structures in the navigable
million observations are received annually at NESDIS’s waters of the United States. Where state and/or local
National Climatic Center. They come from vessels controls are sufficient to regulate these structures,
representing every maritime nation. These observations, including that they do not interfere with navigation,
along with land data, are returned to the mariners in the USACE leaves such regulation to the state or local
the form of climatological summaries and atlases for authority. (See 33 CFR 330 (not carried in this Pilot)
coastal and ocean areas. They are available in such for applicable Federal regulations.) Construction permits
NOAA publications as the U.S. Coast Pilot, Mariners issued by the Engineers specify the lights and signals
Weather Log and Local Climatological Data, Annual required for the safety of navigation.
Summary. They also appear in the National Geospatial- (400) Fish havens, artificial reefs constructed to attract
Intelligence Agency’s Pilot Chart Atlases and Sailing fish, can be established in U.S. coastal waters only as
Directions Planning Guides. authorized by a USACE permit; the permit specifies the
(392)
location, extent and depth over these mounds of rubble.
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (401)
Naval Observatory
(402) The United States Naval Observatory (USNO)
(393)
provides a wide range of astronomical data and products
National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA)
and serves as the official source of time for the U.S.
(394) The National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency
Department of Defense and a standard of time for
provides hydrographic, navigational, topographic,
the entire United States. The USNO provides earth
and geodetic data, charts, maps and related products
orientation products such as the latest 24-hour and 48-
and services to the Armed Forces, other Federal
hour sets of GPS satellite orbits, the latest determinations
Agencies, the Merchant Marine and mariners in general.
and predictions for polar motion and information for GPS
Publications include Sailing Directions, List of Lights,
users. The USNO also maintains a reference for precise
Distances Between Ports, Radio Navigational Aids,
time (USNO Master Clock) and monitors the GPS
International Code of Signals, American Practical
constellation. For extensive information on the USNO
Navigator (Bowditch) and Notice to Mariners. (See NGA
products available, visit www.usno.navy.mil or contact by
Procurement Information in Appendix A.)
telephone at 202-762-1467.
(395)
(403)
Army Corps of Engineers
(396) The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers has charge of DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SER-
the improvement of the rivers and harbors of the United VICES
States and of miscellaneous other civil works, which
include the administration of certain Federal laws enacted (404)
for the protection and preservation of navigable waters Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
of the United States; the establishment of regulations (405) Under the provisions of the Control of Communicable
for the use, administration, and navigation of navigable Diseases Regulations (21 CFR 1240) and Interstate
waters; the establishment of harbor lines; the removal Conveyance Sanitation Regulations (21 CFR 1250),
of sunken vessels obstructing or endangering navigation; vessel companies operating in interstate traffic must
and the granting of permits for structures or operations obtain potable water for drinking and culinary purposes
in navigable waters and for discharges and deposits of only at watering points found acceptable to the FDA.
dredged and fill materials in these waters. Water supplies used in watering point operations must
(397) Restricted areas in most places are defined and also be inspected to determine compliance with applicable
regulations governing them are established by the Interstate Quarantine Regulations (42 CFR 72). These
USACE. The regulations are enforced by the authority regulations are based on authority contained in the Public
designated in the regulations, and the areas are shown Health Service Act (PL 78–410). Penalties for violation
on the large-scale charts of the National Ocean Service. of any regulation prescribed under authority of the Act
Copies of the regulations may be obtained at the District are provided for under Section 368 (42 USC 271) of the
offices of the USACE. The regulations also are included Act.
in the appropriate Coast Pilot. (406)
(398) Information concerning the various ports, Vessel Watering Points
improvements, channel depths, navigable waters and the (407) FDA annually publishes a list of Acceptable Vessel
condition of the Intracoastal Waterways in the areas under Watering Points. This list is available from most FDA
their jurisdiction may be obtained direct from the District offices or from Interstate Travel Sanitation Subprogram
Engineer Offices. (See Appendix A for addresses.) Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition, FDA
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 31

(HFF-312), 200 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20204. an immigration officer. A list of the offices covered by
Current status of watering points can be ascertained this Coast Pilot is given in Appendix A.
by contacting any FDA office. (See Appendix A for (420)
addresses.) U.S. Coast Guard
(408) (421) The U.S. Coast Guard has among its duties the
Public Health Service enforcement of the laws of the United States on the high
(409) The Public Health Service administers foreign seas and in coastal and inland waters of the U.S. and its
quarantine procedures at U.S. ports of entry. possessions; enforcement of navigation and neutrality
(410) All vessels arriving in the United States are subject laws and regulations; establishment and enforcement
to public health inspection. Vessels subject to routine of navigational regulations upon the Inland Waters
boarding for quarantine inspection are only those which of the United States, including the establishment of a
have had on board during the 15 days preceding the date demarcation line separating the high seas from waters
of expected arrival or during the period since departure upon which U.S. navigational rules apply; administration
(whichever period of time is shorter) the occurrence of any of the Oil PollutionAct of 1990, as amended; establishment
death or ill person among passengers or crew (including and administration of vessel anchorages; approval of
those who have disembarked or have been removed). bridge locations and clearances over navigable waters;
The master of a vessel must report such occurrences administration of the alteration of obstructive bridges;
immediately by radio to the quarantine station at or regulation of drawbridge operations; inspection of vessels
nearest the port at which the vessel will arrive. of the Merchant Marine; admeasurement of vessels;
(411) In addition, the master of a vessel carrying 13 or documentation of vessels; preparation and publication of
more passengers must report by radio 24 hours before merchant vessel registers; registration of stack insignia;
arrival the number of cases (including zero) of diarrhea port security; issuance of Merchant Marine licenses and
in passengers and crew recorded in the ship’s medical log documents; search and rescue operations; investigation
during the current cruise. All cases that occur after the 24 of marine casualties and accidents and suspension
hour report must also be reported not less than 4 hours and revocation proceedings; destruction of derelicts;
before arrival. operation of aids to navigation; publication of Light
(412) Ill person means a person who: Lists and Local Notices to Mariners; and operation of
(413) 1. Has a temperature of 100°F (or 38°C) or greater, ice-breaking facilities.
accompanied by a rash, glandular swelling or jaundice, (422) Issuance of certificates of registry (more commonly
or which has persisted for more than 48 hours; or referred to as Certificates of Documentation) with
(414) 2. Has diarrhea, defined as the occurrence in a 24 endorsements indicating eligibility of vessels that
hour period of three or more loose stools or of a greater measure at least 5 net tons to engage in various trades
than normal (for the person) amount of loose stools. for commercial vessels and certain recreational vessels
(415) Vessels arriving at ports under control of the United that are numbered either by the Coast Guard or by a state
States are subject to sanitary inspection to determine having an approved numbering system (the latter is the
whether measures should be applied to prevent the most common) and the administration of the various laws
introduction, transmission or spread of communicable pertaining thereto are functions of the Coast Guard and
disease. specifically the National Vessel Documentation Center.
(416) Specific public health laws, regulations, policies Owners of vessels may obtain the necessary information
and procedures may be obtained by contacting U.S. from the National Vessel Documentation Center either by
Quarantine Stations, U.S. Consulates or the Chief mail to the National Vessel Documentation Center, 792
Program Operations, Division of Quarantine, Centers T.J. Jackson Drive, Falling Waters, WV 25419-9502; via
for Disease Control, Atlanta, GA 30333. (See Appendix toll free number: 800-799-8362; or via the Internet at
A for addresses of U.S. Public Health Service Quarantine uscg.mil/hq/cg5/nvdc.
Stations.) (423)

(417) U.S. Customs and Border Protection


DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (424) The U.S. Customs and Border Protection administers
certain laws relating to:
(425) – entry and clearance of vessels and permits for
(418)
certain vessel movements between points in the United
Citizenship and Immigration Services
States
(419) The U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Service
(426) – prohibitions against coastwise transportation of
(USCIS) is the federal agency that oversees lawful
passengers and merchandise
immigration to the United States. the Service enhances
(427) – salvage
security and improves the efficiency of national
(428) – dredging and towing by foreign vessels
immigration services by exclusively focusing on the
(429) – certain activities of vessels in the fishing trade
administration of benefit applications. No person may
(430) – regular and special tonnage taxes on vessels
enter the United States until they have been inspected by
32 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

(431) – landing and delivery of foreign merchandise abating and controlling pollution on a systematic basis.
(including unlading, appraisement, lighterage, drayage, The ocean dumping permit program of the EPA provides
warehousing and shipment in bond) that except when authorized by permit, the dumping of
(432) – collection of customs duties, including duty on any material into the ocean is prohibited by the “Marine
imported pleasure boats and yachts and 50% duty on Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act of 1972, Public
foreign repairs to American vessels engaged in trade Law 92–532,” as amended (33 USC 1401 et seq.).
(433) – customs treatment of sea and ship's stores while in (442) Permits for the dumping of dredged material into
port and the baggage of crewmen and passengers waters of the United States, including the territorial sea,
(434) – illegally imported merchandise and into ocean waters are issued by the U.S. Army Corps
(435) – remission of penalties or forfeiture if customs or of Engineers. Permits for the dumping of fill material into
navigation laws have been violated. waters of the United States, including the territorial sea,
(436) Customs and Border Protection also cooperates are also issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
with many other Federal agencies in the enforcement Permits for the dumping of other material in the territorial
of statutes for which they are responsible for. Customs sea and ocean waters are issued by the EPA.
districts and ports of entry, including customs stations, (443) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers regulations relating
are listed in Appendix A. to the above are contained in 33 CFR 323 and 324; EPA
(437) The Customs and Border Protection office may regulations are in 40 CFR 220 though 228. (See Disposal
issue, without charge, a cruising license, normally valid Sites, this chapter.)
for one year, to a yacht of a foreign country that has a (444) Persons or organizations who want to file for an
reciprocal agreement with the United States. A foreign application for an ocean dumping permit should write
yacht holding a cruising license is exempt from having the EPA Regional Office for the region in which the port
to undergo formal entry and clearance procedures such as of departure is located. (See Appendix A for addresses of
filing manifests and obtaining permits to proceed as well regional offices and States in the EPA coastal regions.)
as from payment of tonnage tax and entry and clearance (445) The letter should contain the name and address of the
fees at all but the first port of entry. These vessels must applicant, name and address of person or firm, the name
not engage in trade, violate the laws of the United States and usual location of the conveyance to be used in the
or visit a vessel not yet inspected by a Customs Agent and transportation and dumping of the material involved, a
does, within 24 hours of arrival at each port or place in physical description where appropriate, and the quantity
the United States, report the fact of arrival to the nearest to be dumped and proposed dumping site.
customhouse. Countries that have reciprocal agreements (446) Everyone who writes EPA will be sent information
granting these privileges to U.S. yachts are: about a final application for a permit as soon as possible.
(438) This final application is expected to include questions
Argentina Honduras about the description of the process or activity giving rise
Australia Ireland to the production of the dumping material, information
Austria Italy on past activities of applicant or others with respect
Bahama Islands Jamaica to the disposal of the type of material involved, and a
Belguim Liberia description about available alternative means of disposal
Bermuda Marshall Islands of the material with explanations about why an alternative
Canada Netherlands
is thought by the applicant to be inappropriate.
Denmark New Zealand
Finland Norway (447)

France Sweden FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION


Germany Switzerland (FCC)
Great Britain Turkey
Greece (448) The Federal Communications Commission controls
non-government radio communications in the United
(439) Further information concerning cruising licenses States, Guam, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands.
may be obtained from the headquarters port for the Commission inspectors have authority to board ships to
customs district in which the license is desired or at cbp. determine whether their radio stations comply with
gov. U.S. yacht owners planning cruises to foreign ports international treaties, Federal laws and Commission
may contact the nearest customs district headquarters as regulations. The commission has field offices in the
to customs requirements. principal U.S. ports. (See Appendix A for addresses.)
(440) Information concerning ship radio regulations and service
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) documents may be obtained from the Federal
Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554,
(441) The U.S. EPA provides coordinated governmental or from any of the field offices.
action to ensure the protection of the environment by (452) <452-456 Deleted>
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  
 ¢ 
  
 33

(448.0010)

Measurements and Equivalencies


nautical mile — 1,852 meters / 6,076.12 feet acre — 43,560 square feet / 4,046.82 square meters
statute mile — 5,280 feet / 1,609.3 meters / 1.6093 kilometers gram — 0.0022046 pound (avoirdupois) / 0.035274 ounce
cable — 0.1 nautical mile (CN) / 720 feet (US) meter — 39.37 inches / 3.281 feet / 1.0936 yards
fathom — 6 feet / 1.8288 meters short ton — 2,000 pounds
foot — 0.3048 meter long ton — 2,240 pounds
inch — 2.54 centimeters metric ton — 2,204.6 pounds
pound (avoirdupois) — 453.59 gram kilogram — 2.2 pounds
kilometer — 1,000 meters liter — 1.0567 quarts
knot — 1.6877 feet per second / 0.5144 meters per second barrel (petroleum) — 42 gallons (US)
miles/hour (statute) — 1.466 feet per second / 0.44704 meters per second

Conversion Factors
Linear
inches — muiltiply by 25.40 — millimeters meters — multiply by 3.2808 — feet
inches — multiply by 2.540 — centimeters meters — multiply by 1.094 — yards
centimeters — multiply by 0.032808 — feet meters — multiply by 0.0005399 — nautical miles
feet — multiply by 30.48 — centimeters statute miles — multiply by 0.86897 — nautical miles
feet — multiply by 0.3048 — meters statute miles — multiply by 1.6093 — kilometers
feet — multiply by 0.00016458 — nautical miles statute miles — multiply by 1,609.3 — meters
yard — multiply by 0.9144 — meters nautical miles — multiply by 1.151 — statute miles
Area
acres — multiply by 4,046.9 — square meters square feet — multiply by 0.0929 — square meters
acres — multiply by 43,560 — square feet square feet — multiply by 0.00002296 — acres
acres — multiply by 0.404685 — hectare square meters — multiply by 10.764 — square feet
hectare — multiply by 2.471054 — acres square meters — multiply by 0.0002471 — acres
hectare — multiply by 10,000 — square meters
hectare — multiply by 1.07639x105 — square feet
Depths
fathoms — multiply by 1.8288 — meters meters — multiply by 0.54681 — fathoms
feet — multiply by 0.3048 — meters meters — multiply by 3.2808 — feet
Rate
feet/second — multiply by 0.5925 — knots knots — multiply by 1.151 — miles/hour
feet/second — multiply by 0.6818 — miles/hour knots — multiply by 0.5144 — meters/second
feet/second — multiply by 30.48 — centimeters/second knots — multiply by 1.6878 — feet/second
statute miles/hour — multiply by 0.8689 — knots centimeters/second — multiply by 0.01944 — miles/hour
statute miles/hour — multiply by 1.467 — feet/second centimeters/second — multiply by 0.02237 — miles/hour
statute miles/hour — multiply by 0.447 — meters/second centimeters/second — multiply by 0.032808 — feet/second
Mass
grams — multiply by 0.035275 — ounces long tons — multiply by 2,240 — pounds
grams — multiply by 0.002205 — pounds long tons — multiply by 1.12 — short tons
ounces — multiply by 28.349 — grams long tons — multiply by 1.016 — metric tons
pounds — multiply by 0.45359 — kilograms metric tons — multiply by 1,000 — kilograms
short tons — multiply by 2,000 — pounds metric tons — multiply by 0.9842 — long tons
short tons — multiply by 0.89286 — long tons metric tons — multiply by 1.1023 — short tons
short tons — multiply by 0.9072 — metric tons metric tons — multiply by 2,204.6 — pounds
Volume
barrels (petroleum) — multiply by 42 — gallons (US) gallons (US) — multiply by 0.02381 — barrels (petroleum)
barrels (petroleum) — multiply by 158.99 — liters gallons (US) — multiply by 3.7854 — liters
barrels (liquid, US) — multiply by 31.5 — gallons (US) liters — multiply by 0.26417 — gallons (US)
barrels (liquid, US) — multiply by 26.229 — gallons (British)
barrels (liquid, US) — multiply by 119.24 — liters
34 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 1  16 SEP 2018

(448.0020)

Tips for Boating Clean and Green


• Practice Preventive Engine Maintenance. Keep your engine well tuned and practice preventative en-
gine maintenance by regularly checking hoses and lines for chaffing or deterioration.

• Use Oil Absorbents. Place and secure an oil absorbent under the engine and in the bilge. Avoid using
bilge cleaners as they may get discharged overboard. It is illegal to use soap to disperse fuel and oil
spills. Report oil and chemical spills by calling the EPA National Response Center at 800–424–8802.

• Spill-Proof Your Fueling Practices. Use a spill proof system like a portable oil change pump to change
your oil. Use oil absorbents when fueling and changing the oil. Do not top-off your fuel tank; leave it
10 percent empty to allow fuel to expand as it warms.

• Reduce Greywater Discharges. Use shore-side facilities for laundry, showers and dish washing when-
ever possible. Use only phosphate-free and biodegradable soaps. The legality of discharging greywater
into a marina or within three miles off the coast varies from place to place. In some areas, there are local
ordinances and codes that allow harbor patrol to issue citations for any discharge that is not “clean and
clear”. To avoid any potential fines and to protect the aquatic environment, do not discharge greywater
overboard.

• Dispose of Hazardous Waste Properly: Recycle and properly dispose of absorbents, used oil, oil filters,
paint, and batteries at your local household hazardous waste collection site.

• Minimize boat cleaning and maintenance conducted on the water. Use more elbow grease. Use prod-
ucts that are water-based, biodegradable, phosphate-free, and labeled as less toxic. Check out less toxic
cleaning alternatives for all types of uses by visiting: http://www.coastal.ca.gov/ccbn/lesstoxic.html. Buy
only the amount that you need and use products for spot cleaning only. Properly handle and store materi-
als. Dispose of hazardous waste legally and safely.

• Reduce Discharges from Bottom Paints. Consider alternative, non-biocide hull coatings. Clean the bot-
tom with a soft, non-abrasive sponge. Use hull cleaning companies who use green management practices
such as monitoring their divers and using non-abrasive scrubbing agents that do not release paint into the
water. For more information visit: http://www.ucanr.org/sites/coast.

• Stow it, Don’t Throw it. Keep your trash on-board. Recycle plastic, glass, metal, and paper. Avoid
excess packaging.

• Dump at the Pump! It is illegal to discharge untreated sewage anywhere within the three-mile
territorial limit including lakes, rivers, reservoirs or coastal waters. Never discharge treated sewage into
“restricted waters” such as a marina, swimming/wading areas, a sanctuary, poorly flushed areas, lakes,
reservoirs, or freshwater impoundments and federal No Discharge Zones. Use sewage pumpouts, dump
stations, or mobile-pumpout services.

• Prevent the Spread of Aquatic Invasive Species. Before leaving any body of water, examine your boat
and equipment and remove any visible mud, plants, or animals before transporting equipment. Never
release plants or animals into a body of water or storm drains unless they came out of that body of water.
Clean and dry anything that came in contact with the water. For cleaning procedures visit:
http://www.protectyourwaters.net/

For hazardous waste recycling or collection centers call 800 – CLEAN–UP or visit
http://www.earth911.org
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 35

Navigation Regulations

(1) This chapter contains extracts from Code of Federal (2.005) United States Army Corps of Engineers—33 CFR
Regulations (CFR) that are of importance to mariners 207 and 334
in the area covered by this Coast Pilot. Sections of little (2.006) Environmental Protection Agency—40 CFR 140
value to the mariner are sometimes omitted. Omitted (3) <3-30 Deleted>
sections are signified by the following [...] (31)
(2) Extracts from the following titles are contained in
TITLE 33–NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE WA-
this chapter.
(2.001)
TERS
Title 33: Navigation and Navigable Waters
Part 26—Vessel Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Regulations (32)
Part 80—COLREGS Demarcation Lines Part 26–VesselBridge-to-Bridge Radiotele-
Part 81—72 COLREGS: Implementing Rules phone Regulations
Part 82—72 COLREGS: Interpretive Rules
Part 88—Annex V: Pilot Rules
(33)
Part 89—Inland Navigation Rules: Implementing Rules
Part 90—Inland Rules: Interpretive Rules
§26.01 Purpose
(34) (a) The purpose of this part is to implement the
Part 110—Anchorage Regulations
Part 117—Drawbridge Operation Regulations
provisions of the Vessel Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone
Act. This part–
Part 157—Rules for the Protection of the Marine Environment
Relating to Tank Vessels Carrying Oil in Bulk (in part) (35) (1) Requires the use of the vessel bridge-to-bridge
Part 160—Ports and Waterways Safety-General radiotelephone;
Part 162—Inland Waterways Navigation Regulations (36) (2) Provides the Coast Guard’s interpretation of the
Part 164—Navigation Safety Regulations (in part) meaning of important terms in the Act;
Part 165—Regulated Navigation Areas and Limited Access Areas (37) (3) Prescribes the procedures for applying for an
Part 166—Shipping Safety Fairways exemption from the Act and the regulations issued under
Part 167—Offshore Traffic Separation Schemes the Act and a listing of exemptions.
Part 169—Ship Reporting Systems (38) (b) Nothing in this part relieves any person from the
Part 207—Navigation Regulations obligation of complying with the rules of the road and the
Part 334—Danger Zones and Restricted Area Regulations applicable pilot rules.
Title 40: Protection of Environment (39)
Part 140—Marine Sanitation Device Standard
§26.02 Definitions.
Title 46: Shipping (40) For the purpose of this part and interpreting the Act–
Part 15—Manning Requirements
(41) Secretary means the Secretary of the Department in
Title 50: Wildlife and Fisheries
which the Coast Guard is operating;
Part 222—General Endangered and Threatened Marine Species
(42) Act means the “Vessel Bridge-to-Bridge
Part 224—Endangered Marine and Anadromous Species
Radiotelephone Act”, 33 U.S.C. sections 1201–1208;
Part 226—Designated Critical Habitat
(43) Length is measured from end to end over the deck
excluding sheer;
(2.002) These regulations can only be amended by the
(44) Power-driven vessel means any vessel propelled by
enforcing agency or other authority cited in the regulations.
machinery; and
Accordingly, requests for changes to these regulations
(45) Towing vessel means any commercial vessel engaged
should be directed to the appropriate agency for action.
in towing another vessel astern, alongside, or by pushing
In those regulations where the enforcing agency is not
ahead.
cited or is unclear, recommendations for changes should
(46) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) means a service
be directed to the following Federal agencies for action:
implemented under Part 161 of this chapter by the United
(2.003) National Oceanic and Atmospheric
States Coast Guard designed to improve the safety and
Administration—50 CFR 222, 224 and 226
efficiency of vessel traffic and to protect the environment.
(2.004) United States Coast Guard—33 CFR 26, 80, 81,
The VTS has the capability to interact with marine traffic
82, 88, 89, 90, 110, 117, 157, 160, 162, 164, 165, 166,
and respond to traffic situations developing in the VTS
167 and 169; 46 CFR 15
area.
36 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(47) Vessel Traffic Service Area or VTS Area means the (61) (3) The full length of the Inner Harbor Navigation
geographical area encompassing a specific VTS area of Canal from its junction with the Mississippi River to that
service as described in Part 161 of this chapter. This area canal’s entry to Lake Pontchartrain at the New Seabrook
of service may be subdivided into sectors for the purpose vehicular bridge.
of allocating responsibility to individual Vessel Traffic (62) (f) In addition to the radiotelephone required by
Centers or to identify different operating requirements. paragraph (b) of this section, each vessel described in
(48) Note: Although regulatory jurisdiction is limited to paragraph (a) of this section while transiting any waters
the navigable waters of the United States, certain vessels within a Vessel Traffic Service Area, must have on board
will be encouraged or may be required, as a condition of a radiotelephone capable of transmitting and receiving
port entry, to report beyond this area to facilitate traffic on the VTS designated frequency in Table 161.12(c)
management within the VTS area. (VTS and VMRS Centers, Call Signs/MMSI, Designated
(49) Frequencies, and Monitoring Areas).
§26.03 Radiotelephone required. (63) Note: A single VHF–FM radio capable of scanning
(50) (a) Unless an exemption is granted under §26.09 and or sequential monitoring (often referred to as “dual
except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, this watch” capability) will not meet the requirements for two
part applies to: radios.
(51) (1) Every power-driven vessel of 20 meters or over (64)
in length while navigating; §26.04 Use of the designated frequency.
(52) (2) Every vessel of 100 gross tons and upward (65) (a) No person may use the frequency designated
carrying one or more passengers for hire while navigating; by the Federal Communications Commission under
(53) (3) Every towing vessel of 26 feet or over in length section 8 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 1207 (a), to transmit any
while navigating; and information other than information necessary for the safe
(54) (4) Every dredge and floating plant engaged in or navigation of vessels or necessary tests.
near a channel or fairway in operations likely to restrict or (66) (b) Each person who is required to maintain a
affect navigation of other vessels except for an unmanned listening watch under section 5 of the Act shall, when
or intermittently manned floating plant under the control necessary, transmit and confirm, on the designated
of a dredge. frequency, the intentions of his vessel and any other
(55) (b) Every vessel, dredge, or floating plant described information necessary for the safe navigation of vessels.
in paragraph (a) of this section must have a radiotelephone (67) (c) Nothing in these regulations may be construed
on board capable of operation from its navigational as prohibiting the use of the designated frequency to
bridge, or in the case of a dredge, from its main control communicate with shore stations to obtain or furnish
station, and capable of transmitting and receiving on the information necessary for the safe navigation of vessels.
frequency or frequencies within the 156–162 Mega-Hertz (68) (d) On the navigable waters of the United States,
band using the classes of emissions designated by the channel 13 (156.65 MHz) is the designated frequency
Federal Communications Commission for the exchange required to be monitored in accordance with §26.05(a)
of navigational information. except that in the area prescribed in §26.03(e), channel
(56) (c) The radiotelephone required by paragraph (b) 67 (156.375 MHz) is the designated frequency.
of this section must be carried on board the described (69) (e) On those navigable waters of the United States
vessels, dredges, and floating plants upon the navigable within a VTS area, the designated VTS frequency is an
waters of the United States. additional designated frequency required to be monitored
(57) (d) The radiotelephone required by paragraph (b) of in accordance with §26.05.
this section must be capable of transmitting and receiving (70)
on VHF–FM channel 22A (157.1 MHz). §26.05 Use of radiotelephone.
(58) (e) While transiting any of the following waters, each (71) Section 5 of the Act states that the radiotelephone
vessel described in paragraph (a) of this section also must required by this Act is for the exclusive use of the master
have on board a radiotelephone capable of transmitting or person in charge of the vessel, or the person designated
and receiving on VHF–FM channel 67 (156.375 MHz): by the master or person in charge to pilot or direct the
(59) (1) The lower Mississippi River from the territorial movement of the vessel, who shall maintain a listening
sea boundary, and within either the Southwest Pass safety watch on the designated frequency. Nothing herein
fairway or the South Pass safety fairway specified in 33 shall be interpreted as precluding the use of portable
CFR 166.200, to mile 242.4 AHP (Above Head of Passes) radiotelephone equipment to satisfy the requirements of
near Baton Rouge; this act.
(60) (2) The Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet from the
(72)
territorial sea boundary, and within the Mississippi
§26.06 Maintenance of radiotelephone; failure of
River-Gulf outlet Safety Fairway specified in 33 CFR
radiotelephone.
166.200, to that channel’s junction with the Inner Harbor
(73) Section 6 of the Act states–(a) Whenever
Navigation Canal; and
radiotelephone capability is required by this Act, a
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 37

vessel’s radiotelephone equipment shall be maintained each person to whom 33 U.S.C. 1208(a) applies must
in effective operating condition. If the radiotelephone comply with Articles VII, X, XI, XII, XIII, XV, and
equipment carried aboard a vessel ceases to operate, XVI and Technical Regulations 1–9 of “The Agreement
the master shall exercise due diligence to restore it or Between the United States of America and Canada for
cause it to be restored to effective operating condition Promotion of Safety on the Great Lakes by Means of
at the earliest practicable time. The failure of a vessel’s Radio, 1973.”
radiotelephone equipment shall not, in itself, constitute (85)
a violation of this Act, nor shall it obligate the master of
Part 80–COLREGSDemarcation Lines
any vessel to moor or anchor his vessel; however, the loss
of radiotelephone capability shall be given consideration
in the navigation of the vessel. (86)
§80.01 General basis and purpose of demarcation
(74)
lines.
§26.07 Communications.
(87) (a) The regulations in this part establish the lines
(75) No person may use the service of, and no person
of demarcation delineating those waters upon which
may serve as, a person required to maintain a listening
mariners shall comply with the International Regulations
watch under section 5 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 1204, unless
for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS)
the person can communicate in the English language.
and those waters upon which mariners shall comply with
(76) the Inland Navigation Rules.
§26.08 Exemption procedures. (88) (b) The waters inside of the lines are Inland Rules
(77) (a) The Commandant has redelegated to the waters. The waters outside the lines are COLREGS
Assistant Commandant for Marine Safety, Security waters.
and Environmental Protection, U.S. Coast Guard (89) (c) Geographic coordinates expressed in terms of
Headquarters, with the reservation that this authority latitude or longitude, or both, are not intended for plotting
shall not be further redelegated, the authority to grant on maps or charts whose referenced horizontal datum is
exemptions from provisions of the Vessel Bridge-to- the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD 83), unless
Bridge Radiotelephone Act and this part. such geographic coordinates are expressly labeled NAD
(78) (b) Any person may petition for an exemption from 83. Geographic coordinates without the NAD 83 reference
any provision of the Act or this part; may be plotted on maps or charts referenced to NAD 83
(79) (c) Each petition must be submitted in writing only after application of the appropriate corrections that
to Commandant (CG–DCO–D), Attn: Deputy for are published on the particular map or chart being used.
Operations Policy and Capabilities, U.S. Coast Guard
(90)
Stop 7318, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE.,
§80.165 New York Harbor.
Washington, DC 20593–7318, and must state:
(91) A line drawn from 40°34'56.600"N.,
(80) (1) The provisions of the Act or this part from which
073°45'17.200"W. (East Rockaway Inlet Breakwater
an exemption is requested; and
Light) to 40°27'42.177"N., 074°00'07.309"W. (Sandy
(81) (2) The reasons why marine navigation will not be
Hook Light).
adversely affected if the exemption is granted and if the
exemption relates to a local communication system how (92)

that system would fully comply with the intent of the §80.501 Sandy Hook, NJ to Tom’s River, NJ.
concept of the Act but would not conform in detail if the (93) (a) A line drawn across the seaward extremity of
exemption is granted. Shark River Inlet.
(94) (b) A line drawn across the seaward extremity of
(82)
Manasquan Inlet.
§26.09 List of exemptions.
(95) (c) A line drawn across the seaward extremity of
(83) (a) All vessels navigating on those waters governed
Barnegat Inlet.
by the navigation rules for Great Lakes and their
connecting and tributary waters (33 U.S.C. 241 et seq.) (96)

are exempt from the requirements of the Vessel Bridge- §80.502 Tom’s River, NJ to Cape May, NJ.
to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act and this part until May 6, (97) (a) A line drawn from the seaward tangent of Long
1975. Beach Island to the seaward tangent to Pullen Island
(84) (b) Each vessel navigating on the Great Lakes as across Beach Haven and Little Egg Inlet, thence across
defined in the Inland Navigational Rules Act of 1980 Brigantine Inlet to Brigantine Island.
(33 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.) and to which the Vessel Bridge- (98) (b) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of
to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act (33 U.S.C. 1201–1208) Absecon Inlet.
applies is exempt from the requirements in 33 U.S.C. (99) (c) A line drawn parallel with the general trend
1203, 1204, and 1205 and the regulations under §26.03, of highwater shoreline from the southernmost point of
26.04, 26.05, 26.06, and 26.07. Each of these vessels and Longport at latitude 39°17.6'N., longitude 74°33.1'W.
across Great Egg Harbor Inlet.
38 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(100) (d) A line drawn parallel with the general trend of and whose arrangement is thereby made relatively
highwater shoreline across Corson Inlet. inflexible.
(101) (e) A line formed by the centerline of the Townsend (116.006) Interference with the special function of the vessel
Inlet Highway Bridge. occurs when installation or use of lights, shapes, or sound-
(102) (f) A line formed by the shoreline of Seven Mile signaling appliances under 72 COLREGS prevents or
Beach to 39°00'23.757"N., 074°47'28.017"W. (Hereford significantly hinders the operation in which the vessel is
Inlet Light). usually engaged.
(103) (g) A line drawn across the seaward extremity of (116.007)
Cape May Inlet. §81.3 General.
(104) (116.008) Vessels of special construction or purpose which
§80.503 Delaware Bay. cannot fully comply with the light, shape, and sound
(105) A line drawn from Cape May Light to Harbor of signal provisions of 72 COLREGS without interfering
Refuge Light; thence to the northernmost extremity of with their special function may instead meet alternative
Cape Henlopen. requirements. The Chief of the Marine Safety Division in
(106) each Coast Guard District Office makes this determination
§80.505 Cape Henlopen, DE, to Cape Charles, VA. and requires that alternative compliance be as close as
(107) (a) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of possible with the 72 COLREGS. These regulations set
Indian River Inlet North Jetty to Indian River Inlet South out the procedure by which a vessel may be certified for
Jetty Light. alternative compliance. The information collection and
(108) (b) A line drawn from Ocean City Inlet Light 6, recordkeeping requirements in §§81.5 and 81.18 have
225° true across Ocean City Inlet to the submerged south been approved by the Office of Management and Budget
breakwater. under OMB control No. 1625-0019.
(109) (c) A line drawn from Assateague Beach Tower (116.009)
Light to the tower charted at 37°52.6'N., 75°26.7'W. Alternative Compliance
(110) (d) A line formed by the range of Wachapreague (116.010)
Inlet Light 3 and Parramore Beach Lookout Tower drawn §81.5 Application for a Certificate of Alternative
across Wachapreague Inlet. Compliance.
(111) (e) A line drawn from the lookout tower charted on (116.011) (a) The owner, builder, operator, or agent of a vessel
the northern end of Hog Island to the seaward tangent of of special construction or purpose who believes the vessel
Parramore Beach. cannot fully comply with the 72 COLREGS light, shape,
(112) (f) A line drawn 207° true from the lookout tower or sound signal provisions without interference with
charted on the southern end of Hog Island across Great its special function may apply for a determination that
Machipongo Inlet. alternative compliance is justified. The application must
(113) (g) A line formed by the range of the two cupolas be in writing, submitted to the Chief of the Marine Safety
charted on the southern end of Cobb Island drawn across Division of the Coast Guard District in which the vessel
Sand Shoal Inlet. is being built or operated, and include the following
(114) (h) Except as provided elsewhere in this section from information:
Cape Henlopen to Cape Charles, lines drawn parallel with (116.012) (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the
the general trend of the highwater shoreline across the applicant.
entrances to small bays and inlets. (116.013) (2) The identification of the vessel by its:
(115) (116.014) (i) Official number;
§80.510 Chesapeake Bay Entrance, VA. (116.015) (ii) Shipyard hull number;
(116) A line drawn from Cape Charles Light to Cape (116.016) (iii) Hull identification number; or
Henry Light. (116.017) (iv) State number, if the vessel does not have an

(116.001)
official number or hull identification number.
(116.018) (3) Vessel name and home port, if known.
Part 81–72 COLREGS: IMPLEMENTING RULES
(116.019) (4) A description of the vessel's area of operation.
(116.020) (5) A description of the provision for which
(116.002)
the Certificate of Alternative Compliance is sought,
§81.1 Definitions. including:
(116.003) As used in this part: (116.021) (i) The 72 COLREGS Rule or Annex section number
(116.004) 72 COLREGS refers to the International Regulations
for which the Certificate of Alternative Compliance is
for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, done at London, sought;
October 20, 1972, as rectified by the Proces-Verbal of (116.022) (ii) A description of the special function of the vessel
December 1, 1973, as amended. that would be interfered with by full compliance with the
(116.005) A vessel of special construction or purpose means a
provision of that Rule or Annex section; and
vessel designed or modified to perform a special function
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 39

(116.023) (iii) A statement of how full compliance would (116.044)


interfere with the special function of the vessel. §81.18 Notice and record of certification of vessels
(116.024) (6) A description of the alternative installation that of special construction or purpose.
is in closest possible compliance with the applicable 72 (116.045) (a) In accordance with 33 U.S.C. 1605(c), a notice
COLREGS Rule or Annex section. is published in the Federal Register of the following:
(116.025) (7) A copy of the vessel's plans or an accurate scale (116.046) (1) Each Certificate of Alternative Compliance
drawing that clearly shows: issued under §81.9; and
(116.026) (i) The required installation of the equipment under (116.047) (2) Each Coast Guard vessel determined by the
the 72 COLREGS, Commandant to be a vessel of special construction or
(116.027) (ii) The proposed installation of the equipment for purpose.
which certification is being sought, and (116.048) (b) Copies of Certificate of Alternative Compliance
(116.028) (iii) Any obstructions that may interfere with the and documentation concerning Coast Guard vessels
equipment when installed in: are available for inspection at Marine Transportation
(116.029) (A) The required location; and Systems Directorate, U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters,
(116.030) (B) The proposed location. (CG-5PW), Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Avenue
(116.031) (b) The Coast Guard may request from the applicant SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509.
additional information concerning the application. (116.049) (c) The owner or operator of a vessel issued a

(116.032) Certificate shall ensure that the vessel does not operate
§81.9 Certificate of Alternative Compliance: Con- unless the Certificate of Alternative Compliance or a
tents. certified copy of that Certificate is on board the vessel
(116.033) The Chief of the Marine Safety Division issues the and available for inspection by Coast Guard personnel.
Certificate of Alternative Compliance to the vessel based xxxxxxxxxxx
on a determination that it cannot comply fully with 72 (116.050)
COLREGS light, shape, and sound signal provisions Exemptions
without interference with its special function. This (116.051)
Certificate includes— §81.20 Lights and sound signal appliances.
(116.034) (a) Identification of the vessel as supplied in the
(116.052) Each vessel under the 72 COLREGS, except the
application under §81.5(a)(2); vessels of the Navy, is exempt from the requirements of
(116.035) (b) The provision of the 72 COLREGS for which the the 72 COLREGS to the limitation for the period of time
Certificate authorizes alternative compliance; stated in Rule 38 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g) if:
(116.036) (c) A certification that the vessel is unable to comply
(116.053) (a) Her keel is laid or is at a corresponding stage of
fully with the 72 COLREGS lights, shape, and sound construction before July 15, 1977; and
signal requirements without interference with its special (116.054) (b) She meets the International Regulations for
function; Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1960 (77 Stat. 194, 33
(116.037) (d) A statement of why full compliance would
U.S.C. 1051-1094).
interfere with the special function of the vessel; (117) <117-122 Deleted>
(116.038) (e) The required alternative installation;
(122.001)
(116.039) (f) A statement that the required alternative
installation is in the closest possible compliance with Part 81—72 COLREGS: IMPLEMENTING RULES
the 72 COLREGS without interfering with the special
function of the vessel; (122.002)
(116.040) (g) The date of issuance; §81.1 Definitions.
(116.041) (h) A statement that the Certificate of Alternative (122.003) As used in this part:
Compliance terminates when the vessel ceases to be (122.004) 72 COLREGS refers to the International Regulations
usually engaged in the operation for which the certificate for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, done at London,
is issued. October 20, 1972, as rectified by the Proces-Verbal of
(116.042) December 1, 1973, as amended.
§81.17 Certificate of Alternative Compliance: Termi- (122.005) A vessel of special construction or purpose means a
nation. vessel designed or modified to perform a special function
(116.043) The Certificate of Alternative Compliance and whose arrangement is thereby made relatively
terminates if the information supplied under §81.5(a) or inflexible.
the Certificate issued under §81.9 is no longer applicable (122.006) Interference with the special function of the vessel
to the vessel. occurs when installation or use of lights, shapes, or sound-
signaling appliances under 72 COLREGS prevents or
significantly hinders the operation in which the vessel is
usually engaged.
40 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(122.007) (122.026) (i) The required installation of the equipment under


§81.3 General. the 72 COLREGS,
(122.008) Vessels of special construction or purpose which (122.027) (ii) The proposed installation of the equipment for

cannot fully comply with the light, shape, and sound which certification is being sought, and
signal provisions of 72 COLREGS without interfering (122.028) (iii) Any obstructions that may interfere with the

with their special function may instead meet alternative equipment when installed in:
requirements. The Chief of the Marine Safety Division in (122.029) (A) The required location; and

each Coast Guard District Office makes this determination (122.030) (B) The proposed location.

and requires that alternative compliance be as close as (122.031) (b) The Coast Guard may request from the applicant

possible with the 72 COLREGS. These regulations set additional information concerning the application.
out the procedure by which a vessel may be certified for (122.032)
alternative compliance. The information collection and §81.9 Certificate of Alternative Compliance: Con-
recordkeeping requirements in §§81.5 and 81.18 have tents.
been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (122.033) The Chief of the Marine Safety Division issues the
under OMB control No. 1625-0019. Certificate of Alternative Compliance to the vessel based
(122.009) on a determination that it cannot comply fully with 72
Alternative Compliance COLREGS light, shape, and sound signal provisions
(122.010)
without interference with its special function. This
§81.5 Application for a Certificate of Alternative Certificate includes—
(122.034) (a) Identification of the vessel as supplied in the
Compliance.
(122.011) (a) The owner, builder, operator, or agent of a vessel
application under §81.5(a)(2);
(122.035) (b) The provision of the 72 COLREGS for which the
of special construction or purpose who believes the vessel
cannot fully comply with the 72 COLREGS light, shape, Certificate authorizes alternative compliance;
(122.036) (c) A certification that the vessel is unable to comply
or sound signal provisions without interference with
its special function may apply for a determination that fully with the 72 COLREGS lights, shape, and sound
alternative compliance is justified. The application must signal requirements without interference with its special
be in writing, submitted to the Chief of the Marine Safety function;
(122.037) (d) A statement of why full compliance would
Division of the Coast Guard District in which the vessel
is being built or operated, and include the following interfere with the special function of the vessel;
(122.038) (e) The required alternative installation;
information:
(122.039) (f) A statement that the required alternative
(122.012) (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the
applicant. installation is in the closest possible compliance with
(122.013) (2) The identification of the vessel by its:
the 72 COLREGS without interfering with the special
(122.014) (i) Official number;
function of the vessel;
(122.040) (g) The date of issuance;
(122.015) (ii) Shipyard hull number;
(122.041) (h) A statement that the Certificate of Alternative
(122.016) (iii) Hull identification number; or
(122.017) (iv) State number, if the vessel does not have an
Compliance terminates when the vessel ceases to be
official number or hull identification number. usually engaged in the operation for which the certificate
(122.018) (3) Vessel name and home port, if known.
is issued.
(122.019) (4) A description of the vessel's area of operation. (122.042)

(122.020) (5) A description of the provision for which §81.17 Certificate of Alternative Compliance: Termi-
the Certificate of Alternative Compliance is sought, nation.
including: (122.043) The Certificate of Alternative Compliance
(122.021) (i) The 72 COLREGS Rule or Annex section number terminates if the information supplied under §81.5(a) or
for which the Certificate of Alternative Compliance is the Certificate issued under §81.9 is no longer applicable
sought; to the vessel.
(122.022) (ii) A description of the special function of the vessel (122.044)
that would be interfered with by full compliance with the §81.18 Notice and record of certification of vessels
provision of that Rule or Annex section; and of special construction or purpose.
(122.023) (iii) A statement of how full compliance would (122.045) (a) In accordance with 33 U.S.C. 1605(c), a notice
interfere with the special function of the vessel. is published in the Federal Register of the following:
(122.024) (6) A description of the alternative installation that (122.046) (1) Each Certificate of Alternative Compliance
is in closest possible compliance with the applicable 72 issued under §81.9; and
COLREGS Rule or Annex section. (122.047) (2) Each Coast Guard vessel determined by the
(122.025) (7) A copy of the vessel's plans or an accurate scale Commandant to be a vessel of special construction or
drawing that clearly shows: purpose.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 41

(122.048) (b) Copies of Certificate of Alternative Compliance mooring buoys or other similar device attached to the sea
and documentation concerning Coast Guard vessels or river floor. Such a barge may be lighted as a vessel at
are available for inspection at Marine Transportation anchor in accordance with Rule 30, or may be lighted on
Systems Directorate, U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, the corners in accordance with 33 CFR 83.30(h) through
(CG-5PW), Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Avenue (l).
SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. (122.066)
(122.049) (c) The owner or operator of a vessel issued a
§82.7 Sidelights for unmanned barges.
Certificate shall ensure that the vessel does not operate (122.067) An unmanned barge being towed may use the
unless the Certificate of Alternative Compliance or a exception of COLREGS Rule 24(h). However, this
certified copy of that Certificate is on board the vessel exception only applies to the vertical sector requirements.
and available for inspection by Coast Guard personnel.
(122.068)
(122.050)
Part 88—ANNEX V: PILOT RULES
Exemptions
(122.051)
(122.069)
§81.20 Lights and sound signal appliances.
§88.01 Purpose and applicability.
(122.052) Each vessel under the 72 COLREGS, except the
(122.070) This part applies to all vessels operating on United
vessels of the Navy, is exempt from the requirements of
States inland waters and to United States vessels operating
the 72 COLREGS to the limitation for the period of time
on the Canadian waters of the Great Lakes to the extent
stated in Rule 38 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g) if:
there is no conflict with Canadian law.
(122.053) (a) Her keel is laid or is at a corresponding stage of
construction before July 15, 1977; and (122.071)

(122.054) (b) She meets the International Regulations for §88.03 Definitions.
Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1960 (77 Stat. 194, 33 (122.072) The terms used in this part have the same meaning
U.S.C. 1051-1094). as the terms defined in part 83 of this subchapter.
(122.073)
(122.055)
§88.05 Law enforcement vessels.
Part 82–72 COLREGS: INTERPRETATIVE RULES
(122.074) (a) Law enforcement vessels may display a flashing
blue light when engaged in direct law enforcement or
(122.056)
public safety activities. This light must be located so
§82.1 Purpose. that it does not interfere with the visibility of the vessel's
(122.057) This part contains the interpretative rules concerning navigation lights.
the 72 COLREGS that are adopted by the Coast Guard (122.075) (b) The blue light described in this section may
for the guidance of the public. be displayed by law enforcement vessels of the United
(122.058) States and the States and their political subdivisions.
§82.3 Pushing vessel and vessel being pushed: (122.076)
Composite unit. §88.07 Public safety activities.
(122.059) Rule 24(b) of the 72 COLREGS states that when
(122.077) (a) Vessels engaged in government sanctioned
a pushing vessel and a vessel being pushed ahead are public safety activities, and commercial vessels
rigidly connected in a composite unit, they are regarded performing similar functions, may display an alternately
as a power-driven vessel and must exhibit the lights under flashing red and yellow light signal. This identification
Rule 23. A “composite unit” is interpreted to be a pushing light signal must be located so that it does not interfere
vessel that is rigidly connected by mechanical means to with the visibility of the vessel's navigation lights.
a vessel being pushed so they react to sea and swell as The identification light signal may be used only as an
one vessel. “Mechanical means” does not include the identification signal and conveys no special privilege.
following: Vessels using the identification light signal during public
(122.060) (a) Lines.
safety activities must abide by the Inland Navigation
(122.061) (b) Hawsers.
Rules, and must not presume that the light or the exigency
(122.062) (c) Wires.
gives them precedence or right of way.
(122.063) (d) Chains.
(122.078) (b) Public safety activities include but are not
(122.064) limited to patrolling marine parades, regattas, or special
§82.5 Lights for moored vessels. water celebrations; traffic control; salvage; firefighting;
(122.065) For the purposes of Rule 30 of the 72 COLREGS, a medical assistance; assisting disabled vessels; and search
vessel at anchor includes a barge made fast to one or more and rescue.
42 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(122.079) (122.095) (iv) State number, if the vessel does not have an
Part 89—INLAND NAVIGATION RULES: IMPLE- official number or hull identification number.
(122.096) (3) Vessel name and home port, if known.
MENTING RULES
(122.097) (4) A description of the vessel's area of operation.
(122.098) (5) A description of the provision for which
(122.080)
the Certificate of Alternative Compliance is sought,
Subpart A—Certificate of Alternative Compliance including:
(122.081) (122.099) (i) The Inland Rules Rule or Annex section number
§89.1 Definitions. for which the Certificate of Alternative Compliance is
(122.082) As used in this subpart: sought;
(122.083) Inland Rules refers to the Inland Navigation Rules (123) (ii) A description of the special function of the vessel
contained in the Inland Navigational Rules Act of 1980 that would be interfered with by full compliance with the
(Pub. L. 96-591) and the technical annexes established provision of that Rule or Annex section; and
under that act. (123.001) (iii) A statement of how full compliance would
(122.084) A vessel of special construction or purpose means a interfere with the special function of the vessel.
vessel designed or modified to perform a special function (123.002) (6) A description of the alternative installation that is
and whose arrangement is thereby made relatively in closest possible compliance with the applicable Inland
inflexible. Navigation Rules Rule or Annex section.
(122.085) Interference with the special function of the vessel (123.003) (7) A copy of the vessel's plans or an accurate scale
occurs when installation or use of lights, shapes, or sound- drawing that clearly shows:
signaling appliances under the Inland Rules prevents or (123.004) (i) The required installation of the equipment under
significantly hinders the operation in which the vessel is the Inland Rules,
usually engaged. (123.005) (ii) The proposed installation of the equipment for

(122.086) which certification is being sought, and


§89.3 General. (123.006) (iii) Any obstructions that may interfere with the

(122.087) Vessels of special construction or purpose which equipment when installed in:
cannot fully comply with the light, shape, and sound (123.007) (A) The required location; and

signal provisions of the Inland Rules without interfering (123.008) (B) The proposed location.

with their special function may instead meet alternative (123.009) (b) The Coast Guard may request from the applicant

requirements. The Chief of the Marine Safety Division in additional information concerning the application.
each Coast Guard District Office makes this determination (123.010)
and requires that alternative compliance be as close as §89.9 Certificate of Alternative Compliance: Con-
possible with the Inland Rules. These regulations set tents.
out the procedure by which a vessel may be certified for (123.011) The Chief of the Marine Safety Division issues the
alternative compliance. The information collection and Certificate of Alternative Compliance to the vessel based
recordkeeping requirements in §§89.5 and 89.18 have on a determination that it cannot comply fully with Inland
been approved by the Office of Management and Budget Rules light, shape, and sound signal provisions without
under OMB control No. 1625-0019. interference with its special function. This Certificate
(122.088) includes:
§89.5 Application for a Certificate of Alternative (123.012) (a) Identification of the vessel as supplied in the

Compliance. application under §89.5(a)(2);


(122.089) (a) The owner, builder, operator, or agent of a vessel (123.013) (b) The provision of the Inland Rules for which the

of special construction or purpose who believes the vessel Certificate authorizes alternative compliance;
cannot fully comply with the Inland Rules light, shape, (123.014) (c) A certification that the vessel is unable to comply

or sound signal provisions without interference with fully with the Inland Rules light, shape, and sound
its special function may apply for a determination that signal requirements without interference with its special
alternative compliance is justified. The application must function;
be in writing, submitted to the Chief of the Marine Safety (123.015) (d) A statement of why full compliance would

Division of the Coast Guard District in which the vessel interfere with the special function of the vessel;
is being built or operated, and include the following (123.016) (e) The required alternative installation;

information: (123.017) (f) A statement that the required alternative

(122.090) (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the installation is in the closest possible compliance with the
applicant. Inland Rules without interfering with the special function
(122.091) (2) The identification of the vessel by its: of the vessel;
(122.092) (i) Official number; (123.018) (g) The date of issuance;

(122.093) (ii) Shipyard hull number; (123.019) (h) A statement that the Certificate of Alternative

(122.094) (iii) Hull identification number; or Compliance terminates when the vessel ceases to be
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 43

usually engaged in the operation for which the certificate (123.039) (g) Flint River.
is issued. (123.040) (h) Chattahoochee River.
(123.041) (i) The Apalachicola River above its confluence with
(123.020)
§89.17 Certificate of Alternative Compliance: Termi- the Jackson River.
nation. (123.042)
(123.021) The Certificate of Alternative Compliance §89.27 Waters upon which Inland Rule 24(i) applies.
terminates if the information supplied under §89.5(a) or (123.043) a) Inland Rule 24(i) applies on the Western Rivers
the Certificate issued under §89.9 is no longer applicable and the specified waters listed in §89.25 (a) through (i).
to the vessel. (123.044) (b) Inland Rule 24(i) applies on the Gulf Intracoastal

(123.022)
Waterway from St. Marks, Florida, to the Rio Grande,
§89.18 Record of certification of vessels of special Texas, including the Morgan City-Port Allen Alternate
construction or purpose. Route and the Galveston-Freeport Cutoff, except that a
(123.023) (a) Copies of Certificates of Alternative Compliance
power-driven vessel pushing ahead or towing alongside
and documentation concerning Coast Guard vessels are shall exhibit the lights required by Inland Rule 24(c),
available for inspection at the offices of the Marine while transiting within the following areas:
(123.045) (1) St. Andrews Bay from the Hathaway Fixed
Transportation Systems Directorate, U.S. Coast Guard
Headquarters (CG-5PW), Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther Bridge at Mile 284.6 East of Harvey Locks (EHL) to the
King Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. DuPont Fixed Bridge at Mile 295.4 EHL.
(123.046) (2) Pensacola Bay, Santa Rosa Sound and Big
(123.024) (b) The owner or operator of a vessel issued a
Certificate shall ensure that the vessel does not operate Lagoon from the Light “10” off of Trout Point at Mile
unless the Certificate of Alternative Compliance or a 176.9 EHL to the Pensacola Fixed Bridge at Mile 189.1
certified copy of that Certificate is on board the vessel EHL.
(123.047) (3) Mobile Bay and Bon Secour Bay from the
and available for inspection by Coast Guard personnel.
Dauphin Island Causeway Fixed Bridge at Mile 127.7
(123.025)
EHL to Little Point Clear at Mile 140 EHL.
Subpart B—Waters Upon Which Certain Inland
(123.048) (4) Mississippi Sound from Grand Island Waterway
Navigation Rules Apply
Light “1” at Mile 53.8 EHL to Light “40” off the West
(123.026) Point of Dauphin Island at Mile 118.7 EHL.
§89.21 Purpose. (123.049) (5) The Mississippi River at New Orleans,
(123.027) Inland Navigation Rules 9(a)(ii), 14(d), and 15(b) Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Canal and the Inner Harbor
apply to the Great Lakes, and along with 24(i), apply Navigation Canal from the junction of the Harvey Canal
on the “Western Rivers” as defined in Rule 3(1), and to and the Algiers Alternate Route at Mile 6.5 West of
additional specifically designated waters. The purpose of Harvey Locks (WHL) to the Michoud Canal at Mile 18
this Subpart is to specify those additional waters upon EHL.
which Inland Navigation Rules 9(a)(ii), 14(d), 15(b), and (123.050) (6) The Calcasieu River from the Calcasieu Lock at
24(i) apply. Mile 238.6 WHL to the Ellender Lift Bridge at Mile 243.6
(123.028) WHL.
§89.23 Definitions. (123.051) (7) The Sabine Neches Canal from mile 262.5 WHL

(123.029) As used in this subpart: to mile 291.5 WHL.


(123.030) Inland Rules refers to the Inland Navigation Rules (123.052) (8) Bolivar Roads from the Bolivar Assembling

contained in the Inland Navigational Rules Act of 1980 Basin at Mile 346 WHL to the Galveston Causeway
(Pub. L. 96-591, 33 U.S.C. 2001 et. seq.) and the technical Bridge at Mile 357.3 WHL.
annexes established under that Act. (123.053) (9) Freeport Harbor from Surfside Beach Fixed

(123.031)
Bridge at Mile 393.8 WHL to the Bryan Beach Pontoon
§89.25 Waters upon which Inland Rules 9(a)(ii), Bridge at Mile 397.6 WHL.
(123.054) (10) Matagorda Ship Channel area of Matagorda
14(d), and 15(b) apply.
(123.032) Inland Rules 9(a)(ii), 14(d), and 15(b) apply on
Bay from Range “K” Front Light at Mile 468.7 WHL to
the Great Lakes, the Western Rivers, and the following the Port O'Connor Jetty at Mile 472.2 WHL.
(123.055) (11) Corpus Christi Bay from Redfish Bay Day
specified waters:
(123.033) (a) Tennessee-Tombigbee Waterway.
Beacon “55” at Mile 537.4 WHL when in the Gulf
(123.034) (b) Tombigbee River.
Intracoastal Waterway main route or from the north
(123.035) (c) Black Warrior River.
end of Lydia Ann Island Mile 531.1A when in the Gulf
(123.036) (d) Alabama River.
Intracoastal Waterway Alternate Route to Corpus Christi
(123.037) (e) Coosa River.
Bay LT 76 at Mile 543.7 WHL.
(123.056) (12) Port Isabel and Brownsville Ship Channel south
(123.038) (f) Mobile River above the Cochrane Bridge at St.
Louis Point. of the Padre Island Causeway Fixed Bridge at Mile 665.1
WHL.
44 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(123.057) authority contained in section 7 of the act of March 4,


Part 90—INLAND RULES: INTERPRETATIVE 1915, as amended (38 Stat. 1053; 33 U.S.C. 471).
(123.070) (c) All bearings in the part are referred to true
RULES
meridian.
(123.071) (d) Geographic coordinates expressed in terms of
(123.058)
latitude or longitude, or both, are not intended for plotting
§90.1 Purpose. on maps or charts whose referenced horizontal datum is
(123.059) This part contains the interpretative rules for the the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD 83), unless
Inland Rules. These interpretative rules are intended as a such geographic coordinates are expressly labeled NAD
guide to assist the public and promote compliance with 83. Geographic coordinates without the NAD 83 reference
the Inland Rules. may be plotted on maps or charts referenced to NAD 83
(123.060) only after application of the appropriate corrections that
§90.3 Pushing vessel and vessel being pushed: are published on the particular map or chart being used.
Composite unit.
(123)
(123.061) Rule 24(b) of the Inland Rules states that when a
pushing vessel and a vessel being pushed ahead are rigidly
Subpart A–Special Anchorage Areas
connected in a composite unit, they are regarded as a
power-driven vessel and must exhibit the lights prescribed (124)
in Rule 23. A “composite unit” is interpreted to be the §110.65 Indian River Bay, DE.
combination of a pushing vessel and a vessel being push (125) Beginning at a point bearing 174°, 300 feet, from a
ahead that are rigidly connected by mechanical means point on the southerly edge of the project channel 5,500
so they react to sea and swell as one vessel. Mechanical feet westerly from the State highway bridge across Indian
means does not include lines, wires, hawsers, or chains. River Inlet; thence 174°, 600 feet; thence 264°, 800 feet;
thence 354°, 600 feet; and thence 84°, 800 feet, to the
(123.062)
point of beginning.
§90.5 Lights for moored vessels.
(123.063) A vessel at anchor includes a vessel made fast to one (126)

or more mooring buoys or other similar device attached to §110.67 Delaware River, Essington, PA.
the ocean floor. Such vessels may be lighted as a vessel at (127) North of Little Tinicum Island, between the
anchor in accordance with Rule 30, or may be lighted on mouth of Darby Creek and Jansen Avenue, Essington,
the corners in accordance with 33 CFR 88.30(h) through bounded as follows: Beginning at a point (approximately
(l). 39°51'31"N., 75°17'43"W.) on a line in prolongation of
the westerly line of Jansen Avenue 135 yards southerly
(123.064)
from the mean high water line; thence 184°, 300 yards;
§90.7 Sidelights for unmanned barges.
thence 274°30', 1,700 yards; thence 04°, 425 yards;
(123.065) An unmanned barge being towed may use the
thence 100°, 1,225 yards; and thence 95°, 490 yards, to
exception of COLREGS Rule 24(h). However, this
the point of beginning.
exception only applies to the vertical sector requirements
for sidelights. (128)
§110.70 Chesapeake and Delaware Canal, easterly
(123.066)
of Courthouse Point, MD.
Part 110–Anchorage Regulations (129) The waters southerly of a line joining the northernmost
extremity of Courthouse Point and the westernmost
(123.067) point of Herring Island; westerly of a line bearing 180°
§110.1 General. from a point on the aforesaid line 220 yards from the
(123.068) (a) The areas described in subpart A of this part are westernmost point of Herring Island; and northerly and
designated as special anchorage areas for the purposes of easterly of the shore line.
rule 30 (33 CFR 83.30) and rule 35 (33 CFR 83.35) of the (130)
Inland Navigation Rules, 33 CFR Chapter I, Subchapter §110.70a Northeast River, North East, MD.
E. Vessels of less than 20 meters in length; and barges, (131) The water area west of North East Heights, Maryland
canal boats, scows, or other nondescript craft, are not enclosed by a line beginning on the shoreline at latitude
required to sound signals required by rule 35 of the Inland (132) 39°34'26"N., 75°57'18"W.; thence westerly to
Navigation Rules. Vessels of less than 20 meters are not (133) 39°34'26"N., 75°57'29"W.; thence northeasterly to
required to exhibit anchor lights or shapes required by (134) 39°34'30"N., 75°57'27"W.; thence easterly to the
rule 30 of the Inland Navigation Rules. shoreline at
(123.069) (b) The anchorage grounds for vessels described in
(135) 39°34'30"N., 75°57'18"W.; thence southerly
Subpart B of this part are established, and the rules and following the shoreline to the point of beginning.
regulations in relation thereto adopted, pursuant to the
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 45

(136) (151)
§110.71 Jacobs Nose Cove, Elk River, MD. Subpart B–Anchorage Grounds
(137) The water area of Jacobs Nose Cove, on the west
side of the mouth of Elk River, Maryland, comprising
(152)
the entire cove south of Jacobs Nose as defined by the
§110.157 Delaware Bay and River.
shoreline and a line bearing 046°–226° true across the
(153) (a) The anchorage grounds–(1) Anchorage A off the
entrance of the cove tangent to the shore on both the north
entrance to Mispillion River. In Delaware Bay southwest
and south sides.
of Brandywine Channel beginning at
(138) (154) 38°53'57"N., 75°08'00"W., thence northwesterly to
§110.71a Cabin Creek, Grasonville, MD (155) 39°01'22"N., 75°13'25"W., thence southwesterly to
(139) The waters of Cabin Creek, Maryland, enclosed by (156) 39°00'49"N., 75°14'57"W., thence southeasterly to
a line drawn from (157) 38°53'22"N., 75°09'26"W., thence northeasterly to
(140) 38°56'34"N., 76°12'49"W., on the western shore to the point of beginning. Supervision over the anchoring
(141) 38°56'28"N., 76°12'29"W., on the eastern shore; of vessels and over all cargo transfer operations in
thence following the general line of the shore to the point Anchorage A is exercised by the Captain of the Port,
of beginning. Philadelphia. The regulations of paragraphs (b)(1) and
(142) (b)(2) of this section do not apply to this anchorage.
§110.71b Wye River, Wye, MD. (158) (2) Anchorage 1 off Bombay Hook Point. On the
(143) The waters of a cove on the western shore of Wye southwest side of the channel along Liston Range, in the
River opposite Drum Point enclosed by a line drawn from waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:
(144) 38°53'17"N., 76°11'23"W., to (159)

(145) 38°53'18"N., 76°11'23"W., to Latitude Longitude


(146) 38°53'18"N., 76°11'13"W.; thence following the 39°17'14.0"N 075°22'21.0"W
shoreline to the point of beginning. 39°16'55.2"N 075°22'50.5"W
(147) 39°20'34.1"N 075°26'56.8"W
§110.72 Blackhole Creek, MD. 39°20'53.5"N 075°26'28.0"W
(148) The waters on the west side of Blackhole Creek, a (DATUM: NAD 83)
tributary of Magothy River, southwest of a line bearing
310°30' from the most northerly tip of an unnamed island (160) (3) Anchorage 2 northwest of Artificial Island. On
located 0.16 mile upstream from the mouth of the creek the east side of the channel along Reedy Island Range,
approximately 660 feet to the west shore of the creek; bounded as follows: Beginning at a point bearing 105°
northwest of a line ranging from the southwesterly tip of from the northernmost point of Reedy Island, 167 yards
the island toward the point of land on the west shore of the easterly of the east edge of the channel along Reedy Island
creek immediately southwest thereof; and north of a line Range; thence 105°, 800 yards; thence 195°, 4,500 yards;
100 feet from and parallel to the shore of the creek to its thence 285°, 800 yards to a point (approximately latitude
intersection with the south property line extended of the 39°28'58", longitude 75°33'37") opposite the intersection
Potapskut Sailing Association, Inc., thence northwesterly of Reedy Island and Baker Ranges; and thence 15°, 4,500
along the said property line extended to the shore. yards, to the point of beginning.
(149) (161) (4) Anchorage 3 southeast of Reedy Point. Southeast
§110.72a Chester River, southeast of Chestertown, of the entrance to the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal at
MD. Reedy Point, in the waters bounded by a line connecting
(150) The waters of the Chester River enclosed by a line the following points:
beginning at a point on the Rolph Marina pier at latitude (162)
39°10'25"N., 76°02'17"W.; thence 327° to a point 400 Latitude Longitude
feet southwest of the entrance to Hambleton Creek at 39°33'09.0"N 075°32'38.0"W
39°10'55"N., 76°02'40"W.; thence northeasterly to the 39°32'34.6"N 075°32'38.2"W
eastern side of the entrance to Hambleton Creek; thence
39°31'29.0"N 075°33'01.0"W
southerly following the shoreline to the Rolph Point
39°31'31.8"N 075°33'16.2"W
Marina pier; thence southwesterly along the Rolph Point
39°32'14.6"N 075°33'08.3"W
Marina pier to the point of beginning.
39°33'09.0"N 075°33'10.0"W
(DATUM: NAD 83)

(163) (5) Anchorage 4 north of Reedy Point. North of the


entrance to the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal at Reedy
Point, on the west side of the river, bounded as follows:
Beginning at a point (approximately 39°33'51"N.,
46 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

75°33'35"W.) 344°58' true, 160 yards from Chesapeake (179) (10) Anchorage 9 near entrance to Mantua Creek.
and Delaware Canal Light 2; thence 306°26', 1,442 yards; On the southeast side of the channel along Mifflin Range,
thence 36°26', 377 yards; thence 126°26', 1,442 yards; bounded as follows: Beginning at a point on the southeast
thence 216°26', 377 yards to the point of beginning. edge of the channel at longitude 75°14'26"; thence
(164) (6) Anchorage 5 southeast of Pea Patch Island. northeasterly along the edge of the channel to longitude
On the northeast side of the channel along New Castle 75°12'01.5"; thence 203°30', 933 yards; thence 233°30',
Range, bounded as follows: Beginning at 39°34'28"N., 3,058 yards; and thence 263°30', 933 yards, to the point of
75°33'06"W.; thence 334°, 2,343 yards; thence 64°, 512 beginning. Vessels must not cast anchor in this anchorage
yards; thence 154°, 2,343 yards; and thence 244°, 512 in such manner as to interfere unreasonably with the
yards, to the point of beginning. passage of other vessels to and from Mantua Creek.
(165) (7) Anchorage 6 off Deepwater Point. East of the (180) (11) Anchorage 10 at Naval Base, Philadelphia. On
entrance to Christina River, in the waters bounded by a the north side of the channel along Eagle Point Range,
line connecting the following points: bounded as follows: Beginning off of the southeasterly
(166) corner of Pier 1 at 39°53'07"N., 075°10'30"W., thence south
Latitude Longitude to the to the north edge of the channel along Eagle Point
39°43'00.0"N 075°30'20.0"W Range to 39°52'58"N., 075°10'29"W., thence east along
39°42'51.5"N 075°29'44.9"W
the edge of the channel to 39°52'56"N., 075°09'53"W.,
thence north to 39°53'07"N., 075°09'54"W., thence
39°42'05.4"N 075°30'25.2"W
continuing west to the beginning point at 39°53'07"N.,
39°41'47.3"N 075°30'37.5"W
075°10'30"W. These coordinates are based on WGS 84.
39°41'34.7"N 075°30'39.9"W
(181) (12) Anchorage 11 at Gloucester. (i) East of the
39°41'36.6"N 075°30'51.1"W channel south of the Walt Whitman Bridge at Gloucester,
(DATUM: NAD 83) in the waters bounded by a line connecting the following
points:
(167) (8) Anchorage 7 off Marcus Hook. (i) On the (182)
southeast side of the channel along Marcus Hook Range, Latitude Longitude
bounded by a line connecting the following points:
39°54'10.0"N 075°07'45.0"W
(168) 39°49'17"N., 75°22'50"W.
39°54'09.4"N 075°07'43.0"W
(169) 39°48'39"N., 75°23'17"W.
39°54'03.0"N 075°07'41.0"W
(170) 39°47'45"N., 75°25'01"W.
(171) 39°47'43"N., 75°26'00"W. 39°53'30.5"N 075°07'57.7"W

(172) (DATUM: NAD 83) 39°53'09.6"N 075°08'17.0"W


(173) (ii) A vessel that is arriving from or departing for 39°53'36.6"N 075°08'00.6"W
sea and that requires an examination by public health, (DATUM: NAD 83)
customs, or immigration authorities shall anchor in the
preferential area of this anchorage designated for the use (183) (ii) The area between Pier 124S and 122S, along the
of vessels awaiting quarantine inspection, this area being west side of the Delaware River, is restricted to facilitate
the waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of vessel movements. The areas adjacent to working piers
366 yards and with the center located at: are restricted to facilitate the movement of vessels to
(174) 39°48'46"N., 75°23'26"W. and from these piers. Should the anchorage become so
(175) (DATUM: NAD 83) congested that vessels are compelled to anchor in these
(176) (iii) Should the remainder of the anchorage be in restricted areas, they must move immediately when
use, the preferential area, when available, may be used another berth is available.
by vessels not subject to quarantine inspection. (184) (13) Anchorage 12 between Gloucester and
(177) (9) Anchorage 8 off Thompson Point. On the south Camden. (i) East of the channel beginning north of the
side of the channel along Tinicum Range, between Walt Whitman Bridge at Gloucester and ending south of
Thompson Point and the east side of Crab Point, in the the Benjamin Franklin Bridge at Camden, bounded as
waters bounded by a line connecting the following points: follows: Beginning at a point at latitude 39°54'26.0"N,
(178) longitude 75°07'41"W, bounded on the west by a line
Latitude Longitude perpendicular to the channel, 210 yards from the east
39°50'52.0"N 075°18'23.0"W edge of the channel, 5,536 yards north to a point at
39°50'51.1"N 075°17'41.0"W
latitude 39°57'05.0"N, longitude 75°08'04.2"W, and
then bounded by a line connecting the following points,
39°50'44.5"N 075°17'41.6"W
connecting to the point of beginning:
39°50'46.0"N 075°18'23.0"W
(185)
(DATUM: NAD 83)
Latitude Longitude
39°57'04.3"N 075°07'57.3"W
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 47

Latitude Longitude (191) (17) Anchorage 16 between Port Richmond and Five
39°56'51.7"N 075°08'01.3"W
Mile Point. On the northwest side of the channel, bounded
as follows: Beginning at a point on the northwest edge of
39°56'35.5"N 075°08'03.1"W
the channel at longitude 75°05'35"; thence northeasterly
39°56'02.8"N 075°08'02.0"W
along the edge of the channel to longitude 75°04'20";
39°55'34.7"N 075°07'54.5"W
thence 328°, 125 yards; thence 243°, 450 yards; thence
39°54'45.7"N 075°07'32.5"W 251°, 475 yards; thence 257°, 1,042 yards; thence 174°30',
39°54'33.8"N 075°07'32.9"W 122 yards, to the point of beginning. When necessary, this
39°54'25.2"N 075°07'36.1"W anchorage will be reserved for vessels under the custody
(DATUM: NAD 83) of the United States, at which time other vessels may be
required by the Captain of the Port to shift position.
(186) (ii) The area between No.2 Broadway pier and No.1 (192) (b) General regulations. (1) Except in cases of great
Broadway pier is restricted to facilitate vessel movements. emergency, no vessel shall be anchored in Delaware Bay
The areas adjacent to working piers are restricted to and River between Ship John Light and The Pennsylvania
facilitate the movement of vessels to and from these piers. Railroad Company bridge at Delair, New Jersey, outside
Should the anchorage become so congested that vessels of the anchorage areas established in this section, or within
are compelled to anchor in these restricted areas, they a cable or pipe line area shown on a Government chart,
must move immediately when another berth is available. or be moored, anchored, or tied up to any pier, wharf, or
(187) (14) Anchorage 13 at Camden. East of the channel, other vessel in such manner as to obstruct or endanger the
north of the Benjamin Franklin Bridge to Cooper Point, passage of any vessel. When an emergent condition exists
Camden, NJ, in the waters bounded by a line connecting due to congestion in the prescribed anchorage areas in the
the following points: Delaware River, the Captain of the Port may authorize the
(188) anchorage of vessels in locations other than the prescribed
Latitude Longitude areas. Vessels so anchored must not be anchored within
39°57'17.0"N 075°07'58.0"W the channel limits. Any vessel anchored outside of the
39°57'22.3"N 075°07'55.9"W
prescribed anchorage limits must move to a prescribed
anchorage area when space becomes available.
39°57'32.0"N 075°07'49.4"W
(193) (2) No vessel shall occupy any prescribed anchorage
39°57'39.2"N 075°07'39.7"W
for a longer period than 48 hours without a permit from
39°57'34.9"N 075°07'34.7"W
the Captain of the Port. Vessels expecting to be at anchor
39°57'21.2"N 075°07'49.8"W more than 48 hours shall obtain a permit from the Captain
39°57'15.1"N 075°07'52.7"W of the Port for that purpose. No vessel in such condition
(DATUM: NAD 83) that it is likely to sink or otherwise become a menace or
obstruction to navigation or anchorage of other vessels
(189) (15) Anchorage 14 opposite Port Richmond. On shall occupy an anchorage except in an emergency, and
the southeast side of the channel, north of Petty Island, then only for such period as may be permitted by the
bounded as follows: Beginning at a point on the southeast Captain of the Port.
edge of the channel at longitude 75°05'43"; thence 163°, (194) (3) Whenever, in the opinion of the Captain of the
248 yards; thence 253°, 1,978 yards, to the southeast edge Port such action may be necessary, he may require any
of the channel; and thence northeasterly along the edge or all vessels in any designated anchorage area to moor
of the channel to the point of beginning. Vessels having with two or more anchors.
a draft of less than 20 feet must anchor southwest of Pier (195) (4) (Reserved)
No. 11, Port Richmond. The area off the Cities Service (196) (5) Anchors shall be placed well within the anchorage
Oil Company wharves, Petty Island, shall be restricted areas, so that no portion of the hull or rigging will at any
to facilitate the movement of vessels to and from the time extend outside of the anchorage area.
wharves. (197) (6) Light-draft barges using the anchorages shall be
(190) (16) Anchorage 15 off northeasterly end of Petty anchored away from the deeper portions of the anchorages,
Island. On the southeast side of the channel, bounded so as not to interfere with the anchoring of deep-draft
as follows: Beginning at a point on the southeast vessels. Any barges towed in tandem to an anchorage
edge of the channel at longitude 75°05'34.7"; thence area shall be bunched together when anchoring.
northeasterly along the southeast edge of the channel to (198) (7) Upon approval of the District Engineer, Corps of
longitude 75°05'09.5"; thence 171°, 198 yards; thence Engineers, the Captain of the Port may permit wrecking
260°30', 667 yards; and thence 351°, 198 yards, to the plant or other vessels legally engaged in recovering
point of beginning. When necessary, this anchorage will sunken property, or in laying or repairing pipe lines or
be reserved for vessels under the custody of the United cables, or plant engaged in dredging operations, to anchor
States, at which time other vessels may be required by in channels. Such permission is not necessary for plant
the Captain of the Port to shift position. engaged upon works of river and harbor improvement
under the supervision of the District Engineer, but the
48 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

District Engineer will notify the Captain of the Port in Parts 171–177, or on which such explosives are to be
advance of all such proposed work. loaded, shall obtain a permit from the Captain of the Port,
(199) (8) (Reserved) except as provided in paragraph (c)(5) of this section. The
(200) (9) A vessel upon being notified to shift its position maximum amount of explosives for which a permit is
shall get under way at once or signal for a tug and shall required in 49 CFR Parts 171–177, which may be carried
change position as directed with reasonable promptness. or loaded at any time by a vessel shall not exceed 800
(201) (10) Nothing in this section shall be construed as tons, except in cases of great emergency or by special
relieving any vessel or the owner or person in charge permit from the Captain of the Port. This written permit
of any vessel from the penalties of law for obstructing shall be obtained from the Captain of the Port before
navigation or for obstructing or interfering with range vessels carrying explosives or on which explosives are to
lights, or for not complying with the laws relating to lights be loaded within the weight limit specified in paragraph
and fog signals or other navigation laws and regulations. (c)(1) of this section, may anchor in any anchorage.
(202) (11) Annually from September 1 until December 31, Permits will not be issued for Anchorage 2 under any
additional requirements and restrictions in this paragraph circumstances. Such permit may be revoked at any time.
for the use of anchorages defined in paragraphs (a)(7), (a) All vessels used in connection with loading, or unloading
(8), and (a)(10) of this section apply. explosives shall carry written permits from the Captain of
(203) (i) Before anchoring in Anchorage 7 off Marcus the Port, and shall show such permit whenever required
Hook, as described in paragraph (a)(8) of this section, by him or his representative.
a vessel must first obtain permission from the Captain (211) (2) Vessels handling explosives shall be anchored so
of the Port, Philadelphia, at least 24 hours in advance as to be at least 2,200 feet from any other vessel, but the
of arrival. Permission to anchor will be granted on a number of vessels which may anchor in an anchorage at
“first-come, first-served” basis. The Captain of the Port, any one time shall be at the discretion of the Captain of
Philadelphia, will allow only one vessel at a time to be at the Port. This provision is not intended to prohibit barges
anchor in Anchorage 7, and no vessel may remain within or lighters from tying up alongside the vessels for the
Anchorage 7 for more than 12 hours. Any vessel arriving transfer of cargo.
from or departing to sea that requires an examination (212) (3) Whenever a vessel or barge not mechanically
by the public health service, customs or immigration self-propelled anchors while carrying explosives or while
authorities will be directed to an anchorage for the awaiting the loading of explosives, the Captain of the Port
required inspection by the Captain of the Port on a case- may require the attendance of a tug upon such vessel or
by-case basis. barge when in his judgment such action is necessary.
(204) (ii) ForAnchorage 6 off Deepwater Point, as described (213) (4) Fishing and navigation are prohibited within an
in paragraph (a)(7) of this section, and Anchorage 9 as anchorage whenever occupied by an anchored vessel
described in paragraph (a)(10) of this section. displaying a red flag.
(205) (A) Any vessel 700 feet or greater in length requesting (214) (5) The District Engineer, U.S. Army Corps of
anchorage shall obtain permission from the Captain of Engineers, may authorize, in writing, a vessel carrying
the Port, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, at least 24 hours in explosives for use on river and harbor works or on other
advance. work under Department of the Army permit, to anchor
(206) (B) Any vessel from 700 to 750 feet in length shall in or near the vicinity of such work. The Captain of the
have one tug alongside at all times while the vessel is at Port will prescribe the conditions under which explosives
anchor. shall be stored and handled in such cases.
(207) (C) Any vessel greater than 750 feet in length shall (215) (6) Vessels carrying explosives or on which
have two tugs alongside at all times while the vessel is at explosives are to be loaded, within the weight limit
anchor. specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, shall comply
(208) (D) The Master, owner or operator of a vessel at with the general regulations in paragraph (b) of this
anchor shall ensure that any tug required by this section section when applicable.
is of sufficient horsepower to assist with necessary (216) (7) Nothing in this section shall be construed as
maneuvers to keep the vessel clear of the navigation relieving any vessel or the owner or person-in-charge
channel. of any vessel, and all others concerned, of the duties
(209) (iii) As used in this section, Captain of the Port and responsibilities imposed upon them to comply
means the Commander of Sector Delaware Bay or any with the regulations governing the handling, loading
Coast Guard commissioned, warrant or petty officer who or discharging of explosives entitled “Subchapter
has been authorized by the Captain of the Port to act on C-Hazardous Materials Regulations” (49 CFR Parts 171
his behalf. The Captain of the Port may be contacted by through 177).
telephone at 215–271–4807 or via VHF marine band (217)
radio, channel 16. §110.158 Baltimore Harbor, MD.
(210) (c) Regulations for vessels carrying and handling (218) North American Datum 1983.
explosives. (1) All vessels carrying explosives as defined (219) (a) Anchorage Grounds.
in and subject to, Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations,
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 49

(220) (1) Anchorage No. 1, general anchorage. (265) (ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more
(221) (i) The waters bounded by a line connecting the than 72 hours without permission from the Captain of the
following points: Port.
(222) 39°15'13.51"N., 76°34'07.76"W. (266) (6) Anchorage No. 5, general anchorage.
(223) 39°15'11.01"N., 76°34'11.69"W. (267) (i) The waters bounded by a line connecting the
(224) 39°14'52.98"N., 76°33'52.67"W. following points:
(225) 39°14'47.90"N., 76°33'40.73"W. (268) 39°14'07.89"N., 76°32'58.23"W.
(226) (ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more (269) 39°13'34.82"N., 76°32'23.66"W.
than 12 hours without permission from the Captain of the (270) 39°13'22.25"N., 76°32'28.90"W.
Port. (271) 39°13'21.20"N., 76°33'11.94"W.
(227) (2) Anchorage No. 2, general anchorage. (272) (ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more
(228) (i) The waters bounded by a line connecting the than 72 hours without permission from the Captain of the
following points: Port.
(229) 39°14'46.23"N., 76°33'25.82"W. (273) (7) Anchorage No. 6, general anchorage.
(230) 39°14'56.96"N., 76°33'37.15"W. (274) (i) The waters bounded by a line connecting the
(231) 39°15'08.55"N., 76°33'37.65"W. following points:
(232) 39°15'19.28"N., 76°33'24.49"W. (275) 39°13'42.98"N., 76°32'19.11"W.
(233) 39°15'19.33"N., 76°33'14.32"W. (276) 39°13'20.65"N., 76°31'55.58"W.
(234) 39°15'14.19"N., 76°32'57.76"W. (277) 39°13'34.00"N., 76°31'33.50"W.
(235) 39°15'06.87"N., 76°32'45.48"W. (278) 39°14'01.95"N., 76°32'02.65"W.
(236) 39°14'41.37"N., 76°32'27.38"W. (279) 39°13'51.01"N., 76°32'18.71"W.
(237) 39°14'30.93"N., 76°32'33.52"W. (280) (ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more
(238) 39°14'46.27"N., 76°32'49.69"W. than 72 hours without permission from the Captain of the
(239) 39°14'43.76"N., 76°32'53.62"W. Port.
(240) 39°14'57.51"N., 76°33'08.13"W. (281) (8) Anchorage No. 7, Dead ship anchorage.
(241) (ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more (282) (i) The waters bounded by a line connecting the
than 72 hours without permission from the Captain of the following points:
Port. (283) 39°13'00.40"N., 76°34'10.40"W.
(242) (3) Anchorage No. 3, Upper, general anchorage. (284) 39°13'13.40"N., 76°34'10.81"W.
(243) (i) The waters bounded by a line connecting the (285) 39°13'13.96"N., 76°34'05.02"W.
following points: (286) 39°13'14.83"N., 76°33'29.80"W.
(244) 39°14'32.48"N., 76°33'11.31"W. (287) 39°13'00.40"N., 76°33'29.90"W.
(245) 39°14'46.23"N., 76°33'25.82"W. (288) (ii) The primary use of this anchorage is to lay up dead
(246) 39°14'57.51"N., 76°33'08.13"W. ships. Such use has priority over other uses. Permission
(247) 39°14'43.76"N., 76°32'53.62"W. from the Captain of the Port must be obtained prior to the
(248) (ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more use of this anchorage for more than 72 hours.
than 24 hours without permission from the Captain of the (289) (b) Definitions. As used in this section: Class 1
Port. (explosive) materials means Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and
(249) (4) Anchorage No. 3, Lower, general anchorage. 1.4 explosives, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50; Dangerous
(250) (i) The waters bounded by a line connecting the cargo means certain dangerous cargo as defined in
following points: §160.202 of this chapter.
(251) 39°14'32.48"N., 76°33'11.31"W. (290) (c) General regulations. (1) Except as otherwise
(252) 39°14'46.27"N., 76°32'49.69"W. provided, this section applies to vessels over 20 meters
(253) 39°14'30.93"N., 76°32'33.52"W. long and all vessels carrying or handling dangerous cargo
(254) 39°14'24.40"N., 76°32'39.87"W. or Class 1 (explosive) materials while anchored in an
(255) 39°14'15.66"N., 76°32'53.58"W. anchorage ground described in this section.
(256) (ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more (291) (2) Except in cases where unforeseen circumstances
than 72 hours without permission from the Captain of the create conditions of imminent peril, or with the permission
Port. of the Captain of the Port, no vessel shall be anchored
(257) (5) Anchorage No. 4, general anchorage. in Baltimore Harbor and Patapsco River outside of the
(258) (i) The waters bounded by a line connecting the anchorage areas established in this section for more than
following points: 24 hours. No vessel shall anchor within a tunnel, cable
(259) 39°13'52.91"N., 76°32'29.60"W. or pipeline area shown on a government chart. No vessel
(260) 39°14'05.91"N., 76°32'43.30"W. shall be moored, anchored, or tied up to any pier, wharf, or
(261) 39°14'07.30"N., 76°32'43.12"W. other vessel in such manner as to extend into established
(262) 39°14'17.96"N., 76°32'26.41"W. channel limits. No vessel shall be positioned so as to
(263) 39°14'05.32"N., 76°32'13.09"W. obstruct or endanger the passage of any other vessel.
(264) 39°14'00.46"N., 76°32'17.77"W.
50 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(292) (3) Except in an emergency, a vessel that is likely on the north by latitude 38°58'00"; on the east by a
to sink or otherwise become a menace or obstruction line bearing 203° from latitude 38°58'00", longitude
to navigation or the anchoring of other vessels may not 76°24'00"; on the south by latitude 38°56'30"; and on the
occupy an anchorage, unless the vessel obtains a permit west by a line bearing 139° from Greenbury Point Shoal
from the Captain of the Port. Light. This anchorage is reserved for deep draft naval
(293) (4) The Captain of the Port may grant a revocable vessels. Berths in the area will be assigned on application
permit to a vessel for a habitual use of an anchorage. Only to the Superintendent, U.S. Naval Academy.
the vessel that holds the revocable permit may use the (305) (2) Middle Ground Anchorage. Beginning at a point
anchorage during the period that the permit is in effect. in the Severn River 139°, 620 yards from Triton Light
(294) (5) Upon notification by the Captain of the Port to (located at the intersection of the northeast and southeast
shift its position, a vessel at anchor shall get underway seawall of the Naval Academy grounds); thence easterly
and shall move to its new designated position within 2 to a point 112°30', 970 yards from Triton Light; thence
hours after notification. southeasterly to a point 274°, 1,045 yards from the
(295) (6) The Captain of the Port may prescribe specific radio tower at the tip of Greenbury Point; thence south-
conditions for vessels anchoring within the anchorages southeasterly to a point 233°30', 925 yards from the radio
described in this section, including, but not limited to, the tower at the tip of Greenbury Point; thence west to a point
number and location of anchors, scope of chain, readiness 295°, 1,015 yards from Greenbury Point Shoal Light;
of engineering plant and equipment, usage of tugs, and thence northwesterly to the point of beginning.
requirements for maintaining communication guards on (306) (3) South Anchorage. In the Severn River, beginning
selected radio frequencies. at a point on the shoreline at Horn Point, Eastport, 168°,
(296) (7) No vessel at anchor or at a mooring within an 1,190 yards from Triton Light; thence east to a point 294°,
anchorage may transfer oil to or from another vessel 1,075 yards from Greenbury Point Shoal Light; thence
unless the vessel has given the Captain of the Port the northwest to a point 143°, 595 yards from Triton Light;
four hours advance notice required by §156.118 of this thence westerly to a point 209°, 700 yards from Triton
chapter. Light; thence 180° to a point on the shoreline at Eastport.
(297) (8) No vessel shall anchor in a “dead ship” status No vessel shall anchor within 100 feet of any wharf,
(propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) marine railway, or other structure without the permission
without prior approval of the Captain of the Port. of the owner thereof.
(298) (d) Regulations for vessels handling or carrying (307) (4) Naval Anchorage for Small Craft. In the Severn
dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials. (1) River, beginning at a point 80 feet off the southeast
This paragraph (d) applies to every vessel, except a U.S. seawall of the Naval Academy bearing 132° from Triton
naval vessel, handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Light; thence easterly to a point 072°30', 285 yards from
Class 1 (explosive) materials. Triton Light; thence southeasterly to a point 109°, 785
(299) (2) The Captain of the Port may require every person yards from Triton Light; thence westerly to a point 211°,
having business aboard a vessel handling or carrying 537 yards from Triton Light; thence northwesterly to
dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials while a point 45 yards off the southeast seawall of the Naval
in an anchorage, other than a member of the crew, to hold Academy bearing 214°, 535 yards from Triton Light;
a form of identification prescribed in the vessel’s security thence northeasterly to the point of beginning. Except
plan. in the case of emergency, no vessel shall be anchored in
(300) (3) Each person having business aboard a vessel this area without the permission of the Superintendent,
handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 U.S. Naval Academy. Anchorages will be assigned upon
(explosive) materials while in an anchorage, other than request to the Superintendent, U.S. Naval Academy.
a member of the crew, shall present the identification (308) (5) Spa Creek Anchorage. In Spa Creek, those waters
prescribed by paragraph (d)(2) of this section to any bounded by a line connecting the following points:
Coast Guard Boarding Officer who requests it. (309) 38°58'37.3"N., 76°28'48.1"W.
(301) (4) Each non-self-propelled vessel handling or (310) 38°58'36.1"N., 76°28'57.8"W.
carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) (311) 38°58'31.6"N., 76°29'03.3"W.
materials must have a tug in attendance at all times while (312) 38°58'26.7"N., 76°28'59.5"W.
at anchor. (313) Datum: NAD 83
(302) (5) Each vessel handling or carrying dangerous (314) Note.–The City Council of Annapolis has
cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials while at anchor promulgated local ordinances to control the building
must display by day a bravo flag in a prominent location of structures, and mooring and anchorage of vessels in
and by night a fixed red light. anchorages (a)(3), and (a)(5). These local ordinances will
(303) be enforced by the local harbormaster.
(315) (b) The regulations. (1) Except in the case of
§110.159 Annapolis Harbor, MD.
(304) (a) The Anchorage Grounds–(1) Naval Anchorage emergency, no vessel shall be anchored in the area to
for Deep Draft Vessels. In the Chesapeake Bay, bounded the north and east of the Annapolis Channel bounded
on the east by Greenbury Point; on the south by a line
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 51

bearing 270° from the southern tip of Greenbury Point; (329) 37°18'05"N., 76°35'01"W.; thence to
on the west by the Annapolis Channel; on the north by the (330) 37°17'20"N., 76°34'07"W.; thence to
southern boundary of the cable area and the shoreline of (331) 37°16'33.5"N., 76°32'34"W., and thence to the point
the Government reservation and Carr Creek. of beginning.
(316) (2) Except in the case of emergency, no vessel shall (332) (b) The regulations. This anchorage is reserved for
be anchored in Annapolis Harbor to the westward of the the exclusive use of naval vessels and except in cases of
dredged channel and northward of the southern boundary emergency, no other vessel shall anchor therein without
of the South Anchorage outside of the established permission from the local naval authorities, obtained
anchorage areas, except in Spa Creek and the area to through the Captain of the Port, Norfolk, Virginia.
the southwestward of the Naval anchorage for small Movement of vessels through the anchorage will not be
craft. No vessel shall be so anchored that any part of the restricted.
vessel extends at any time within this area. Any vessel (333)
anchoring, under great emergency, within this area shall §110.168 Hampton Roads, Virginia, and adjacent
be placed as close to an anchorage area as practicable, waters (Datum: NAD 83).
and shall move away immediately after the emergency (334) (a) Anchorage Grounds. (1) Anchorage A [Naval
ceases. Anchorage]. The waters bounded by the shoreline and a
(317) (3) No vessel shall be anchored in the cable and line connecting the following points:
pipeline area, lying between the Naval Academy and the (335) 36°55'36.2"N., 76°02'46.3"W.
Naval Ship Research and Development Laboratory and (336) 36°57'03.3"N., 76°03'01.4"W.
having the following limits: Southeastern limit, from (337) 36°56'45.5"N., 76°01'28.8"W.
Triton Light 072° to white “Cable Crossing” sign at (338) 36°55'55.7"N., 76°01'35.7"W.
the Naval Ship Research and Development Laboratory; (339) (2) Chesapeake Bay, Thimble Shoals Channel
northwestern limit, a line bearing 054° from the Capitol Anchorages.
Dome. (340) (i) Anchorage B [Naval Anchorage]. The waters
(318) (4) Except in the case of emergency, no vessel shall bounded by a line connecting the following points:
be anchored, without permission of the Superintendent, (341) 36°57'58.5"N., 76°06'05.8"W.
U.S. Naval Academy, in the Naval Academy Drill area (342) 36°57'11.5"N., 76°03'00.9"W.
described as follows: (343) 36°55'49.3"N., 76°03'12.8"W.
(319) That portion of the Severn River lying to the (344) 36°56'32.3"N., 76°06'05.8"W.
northeastward of the Naval Academy, bounded on the (345) 36°57'04.5"N., 76°06'05.8"W.
north by the State Highway Bridge and on the south (346) 36°57'09.0"N., 76°06'23.3"W.
by the northern limit of the cable and pipeline area, (347) (ii) Anchorage C [Naval Anchorage]. The waters
excluding that area off the eastern shoreline enclosed bounded by a line connecting the following points:
by a line bearing approximately 131° from the eastern (348) 36°58'55.3"N., 76°09'40.3"W.
abutment of the State Highway Bridge to the vicinity of (349) 36°58'19.3"N., 76°07'16.8"W.
Ferry Point. This drill area also includes the lower part of (350) 36°57'27.5"N., 76°07'36.3"W.
Dorseys Creek below the Naval Academy Drawbridge. (351) 36°58'04.5"N., 76°09'58.8"W.
Requests to anchor in this drill area shall be made to the (352) (iii) Anchorage D [Naval Anchorage]. The waters
Superintendent, U.S. Naval Academy. bounded by the shoreline a line connecting the following
(320) (5) The restrictions in this section do not apply to points:
the anchoring or marking by buoys or apparatus used for (353) 36°55'49.5"N., 76°10'31.6"W.
the purpose of taking seafood, except within the cable (354) 36°58'04.5"N., 76°10'00.9"W.
or pipeline area described in paragraph (b)(3) of this (355) 36°57'31.7"N., 76°07'53.6"W.
subsection. (356) 36°55'24.6"N., 76°08'27.6"W.
(321) (6) The regulations in paragraph (b) shall be enforced (357) (iv) Anchorage E [Commercial Explosives
by the Superintendent, U.S. Naval Academy, and such Anchorage]. The waters bounded by a line connecting
agencies as he may designate. the following points:
(322) (358) 36°59'59.2"N., 76°13'45.8"W.
§110.166 York River, VA, naval anchorage. (359) 36°59'08.7"N., 76°10'32.6"W.
(323) (a) The anchorage grounds. Between Yorktown and (360) 36°58'13.5"N., 76°10'50.6"W.
the Naval Mine Depot, beginning at (361) 36°59'02.5"N., 76°14'08.9"W.
(324) 37°15'34"N., 76°31'25"W.; thence to (362) (v) Explosives Handling Berth E–1 [Explosives
(325) 37°15'25"N., 76°31'39.5"W.; thence to Anchorage Berth]. The waters bounded by the arc of a
(326) 37°16'21.5"N., 76°32'46"W.; thence to circle with a radius of 500 yards and the center located
(327) 37°17'07.5"N., 76°34'17"W.; thence to at:
(328) 37°17'55"N., 76°35'14.5"W.; thence to (363) 36°59'05.5"N., 76°11'21.8"W.
52 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(364) (3) Hampton Roads Anchorages. (i) Anchorage F, (403) (ii) Anchorage Berth I–1. The waters bounded by the
Hampton Bar. The waters bounded by a line connecting arc of a circle with a radius of 400 yards and the center
the following points: located at:
(365) 36°59'25.5"N., 76°20'05.8"W. (404) 36°57'09.0"N., 76°25'20.4"W.
(366) 36°59'52.1"N., 76°19'10.8"W. (405) (iii) Anchorage Berth I–2. The waters bounded by
(367) 36°59'25.7"N., 76°18'47.3"W. the arc of a circle with a radius of 400 yards and with the
(368) 36°58'49.6"N., 76°19'32.6"W. center located at:
(369) (ii) Anchorage Berth F–1. The waters bounded by (406) 36°57'23.8"N., 76°25'46.0"W.
the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards and the center (407) (iv) Anchorage J, Newport News Middle Ground.
located at: The waters bounded by a line connecting the following
(370) 36°59'29.6"N., 76°19'13.9"W. points:
(371) (iii) Anchorage G, Hampton Flats (Naval Explosives (408) 36°55'59.9"N., 76°22'11.7"W.
Anchorage). The waters bounded by a line connecting the (409) 36°55'59.9"N., 76°24'00.0"W.
following points: (410) 36°56'25.3"N., 76°23'48.0"W.
(372) 36°59'25.0"N., 76°20'07.0"W. (411) 36°57'10.2"N., 76°24'09.9"W.
(373) 36°58'49.1"N., 76°19'33.8"W. (412) 36°57'12.0"N., 76°23'47.3"W.
(374) 36°57'41.4"N., 76°21'07.7"W. (413) 36°56'38.5"N., 76°21'39.1"W.
(375) 36°57'34.6"N., 76°21'26.7"W. (414) 36°56'38.5"N., 76°20'47.0"W.
(376) 36°57'31.1"N., 76°22'01.9"W. (415) (v) Anchorage K, Newport News Middle Ground.
(377) 36°58'07.0"N., 76°22'03.0"W. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following
(378) 36°58'54.8"N., 76°21'42.6"W. points:
(379) (iv) Explosives Handling Berth G–1. The waters (416) 36°57'56.4"N., 76°20'30.5"W.
bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards (417) 36°57'08.5"N., 76°20'31.0"W.
and the center located at: (418) 36°56'48.8'N., 76°20'22.5"W.
(380) 36°57'50.5"N., 76°21'37.8"W. (419) 36°56'45.0"N., 76°20'32.0"W.
(381) (v) Explosives Handling Berth G–2. The waters (420) 36°56'45.0"N., 76°21'37.7"W.
bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards (421) 36°57'14.1"N., 76°23'29.1"W.
and the center located at: (422) 36°57'28.1"N., 76°21'11.7"W.
(382) 36°58'14.5"N., 76°21'00.3"W. (423) (vi) Anchorage Berth K–1. The waters bounded by
(383) (vi) Explosives Handling Berth G–3. The waters the arc of a circle with a radius of 400 yards and with the
bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards center located at:
and with the center located at: (424) 36°57'30.5"N., 76°20'45.3"W.
(384) 36°58'34.2"N., 76°20'31.4"W. (425) (vii) Anchorage Berth K–2. The waters bounded by
(385) (vii) Explosives Handling Berth G–4. The waters the arc of a circle with a radius of 400 yards and with the
bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards center located at:
and with the center located at: (426) 36°57'16.8"N., 76°21'09.5"W.
(386) 36°58'54.9"N., 76°20'03.2"W. (427) (viii) Anchorage Berth L, Craney Island Flats. The
(387) (viii) Anchorage H, Newport News Bar. The waters waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:
bounded by a line connecting the following points: (428) 36°55'59.9"N., 76°22'11.7"W.
(388) 36°57'38.8"N., 76°24'18.5"W. (429) 36°56'38.5"N., 76°20'45.5"W.
(389) 36°57'52.3"N., 76°22'29.7"W. (430) 36°56'30.0"N., 76°20'24.3"W.
(390) 36°58'07.4"N., 76°22'01.8"W. (431) 36°56'04.2"N., 76°20'26.2"W.
(391) 36°57'31.6"N., 76°22'00.6"W. (432) (5) Elizabeth River Anchorages. (i) Anchorage M,
(392) 36°57'18.7"N., 76°24'10.1"W. Port Norfolk. The waters bounded by a line connecting
(393) (4) James River Anchorages. (i) Anchorage I, the following points:
Newport News. The waters bounded by a line connecting (433) 36°51'45.7"N., 76°19'31.5"W.
the following points: (434) 36°51'45.8"N., 76°19'20.7"W.
(394) 36°58'49.0"N., 76°27'09.8"W. (435) 36°51'37.8"N., 76°19'24.3"W.
(395) 36°58'35.9"N., 76°26'37.2"W. (436) 36°51'32.5"N., 76°19'31.1"W.
(396) 36°57'52.2"N., 76°26'01.6"W. (437) 36°51'40.7"N., 76°19'37.3"W.
(397) 36°57'31.1"N., 76°25'33.3"W. (438) 36°51'45.7"N., 76°19'31.5"W.
(398) 36°57'07.2"N., 76°24'43.1"W. (439) (ii) Anchorage N, Hospital Point. The waters
(399) 36°56'23.1"N., 76°24'26.8"W. bounded by a line connecting the following points:
(400) 36°56'03.5"N., 76°24'35.8"W. (440) 36°51'05.4"N., 76°18'22.4"W.
(401) 36°57'54.2"N., 76°26'40.3"W. (441) 36°50'50.0"N., 76°18'00.0"W.
(402) 36°58'23.5"N., 76°27'09.8"W. (442) 36°50'36.7"N., 76°17'52.8"W.
(443) 36°50'33.6"N., 76°17'58.8"W.
(444) 36°50'49.3"N., 76°18'09.0"W.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 53

(445) 36°50'50.3"N., 76°18'07.8"W. (468) (7) If an application is for the long-term lay up of
(446) 36°50'56.2"N., 76°18'12.5"W. a vessel, the Captain of the Port may establish special
(447) 36°51'01.8"N., 76°18'32.3"W. conditions in the permit with which the vessel must
(448) (iii) Anchorage O, The Hague. The waters of the comply.
basin known as ‘The Hague’, north of the Brambleton (469) (8) Upon notification by the Captain of the Port to
Avenue Bridge, except for the area within 100 feet of the shift its position within an anchorage, a vessel at anchor
bridge span that provides access to and from the Elizabeth must get underway at once or signal for a tug. The vessel
River. must move to its new location within 2 hours after
(449) (6) Anchorage Q. Quarantine Anchorage. The notification.
waters bounded by a line connecting the following points: (470) (9) The Captain of the Port may prescribe specific
(450) 37°17'13.7"N., 76°06'41.6"W. conditions for vessels anchoring within the anchorages
(451) 37°17'30.3"N., 76°05'53.9"W. described in this section, including, but not limited to, the
(452) 37°16'25.0"N., 76°05'18.4"W. number and location of anchors, scope of chain, readiness
(453) 37°16'08.4"N., 76°06'06.0"W. of engineering plant and equipment, usage of tugs, and
(454) (i) Anchorage Berth Q–1. The waters bounded by requirements for maintaining communications guards on
the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards and with the selected radio frequencies.
center located at: (471) (10) A vessel that does not have a sufficient crew
(455) 37°17'05.7"N., 76°06'08.9"W. on board to weigh anchor at any time must have two
(456) (ii) Anchorage Berth Q–2. The waters bounded by anchors in place, unless the Captain of the Port waives
the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards with the this requirement. Members of the crew may not be
center located at: released until the required anchors have been set.
(457) 37°16'33.0"N., 76°05'51.1"W. (472) (11) No vessel at anchor or at a mooring within an
(458) (b) Definitions. As used in this section– anchorage may transfer oil to another vessel unless the
(459) Class 1 (explosive) materials means Division 1.1, vessel has given the Captain of the Port the four hours
1.2, 1.3, and 1.4 explosives, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50. advance notice required by §156.118 of this title.
(460) Dangerous cargo means “certain dangerous cargo” (473) (12) Barges may not anchor in the deeper portions of
as defined in §160.202 of this chapter. anchorages or interfere with the anchoring of deep-draft
(461) U.S. naval vessel means any vessel owned, vessels.
operated, chartered, or leased by the U.S. Navy; any pre- (474) (13) Barges towed in tandem to an anchorage must
commissioned vessel under construction for the U.S. be nested together when anchored.
Navy, once launched into the water; and any vessel under (475) (14) Any vessel anchored or moored in an anchorage
the operational control of the U.S. Navy or a Combatant adjacent to the Chesapeake Bay Bridge Tunnel or Monitor-
Command. Merrimac Bridge Tunnel (MMBT) must be capable
(462) (c) General regulations. (1) Except as otherwise of getting underway within 30 minutes with sufficient
provided, this section applies to vessels over 20 meters power to keep free of the bridge tunnel complex.
long and vessels carrying or handling dangerous cargo (476) (15) A vessel may not anchor or moor in an anchorage
or Class 1 (explosive) materials while anchored in an adjacent to the Chesapeake Bay Bridge Tunnel or
anchorage ground described in this section. Monitor-Merrimac Bridge Tunnel (MMBT) if its steering
(463) (2) Except as otherwise provided, a vessel may not or main propulsion equipment is impaired.
occupy an anchorage for more than 30 days, unless the (477) (d) Regulations for vessels handling or carrying
vessel obtains permission from the Captain of the Port. dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials.
(464) (3) Except in an emergency, a vessel that is likely This paragraph applies to every vessel, except a naval
to sink or otherwise become a menace or obstruction to vessel, handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class
navigation or to the anchoring of other vessels, may not 1 (explosive) materials.
occupy an anchorage, unless the vessel obtains permission (478) (1) Unless otherwise directed by the Captain of
from the Captain of the Port. the Port, each commercial vessel handling or carrying
(465) (4) The Captain of the Port may, upon application, dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials must
assign a vessel to a specific berth within an anchorage for be anchored or moored within Anchorage Berth E–1.
a specified period of time. (479) (2) Each vessel, including each tug and stevedore
(466) (5) The Captain of the Port may grant a revocable boat, used for loading or unloading dangerous cargoes or
permit to a vessel for a habitual use of a berth. Only the Class 1 (explosive) materials in an anchorage, must have
vessel that holds the revocable permit may use the berth permission issued by the Captain of the Port.
during the period that the permit is in effect. (480) (3) The Captain of the Port may require every person
(467) (6) The Commander, Fifth Coast Guard District, having business aboard a vessel handling or carrying
may authorize the establishment and placement of dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials while
temporary mooring buoys within a berth. Placement of in an anchorage, other than a member of the crew, to hold
a fixed structure within an anchorage may be authorized a form of valid identification.
by the District Engineer, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
54 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(481) (4) Each person having business aboard a vessel vessel that is receiving or offloading Class 1 (explosive)
handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 materials, may anchor within 1,000 yards of the
(explosive) materials while in an anchorage, other than Ammunition Barge Mooring Facility. Vessels transferring
a member of the crew, must present the identification class 1 (explosive) materials must display by day a red
prescribed by paragraph (d)(3) of this section to any flag (Bravo flag) in a prominent location and by night a
Coast Guard boarding officer who requests it. fixed red light.
(482) (5) Each non-self-propelled vessel handling or (494) (iv) Whenever a vessel is handling or transferring
carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) Class 1 (explosive) materials while at anchor in Anchorage
materials must have a tug in attendance at all times while G, no other vessel may anchor in Anchorage G without
at anchor. the permission of the Captain of the Port. The Captain of
(483) (6) Each vessel handling or carrying dangerous the Port must consult with the Commander, Naval Station
cargoes or Class 1(explosive) materials while at anchor Norfolk, before granting a vessel permission to anchor in
must display by day a red flag (Bravo flag) in a prominent Anchorage G.
location and by night a fixed red light. (495) (v) A vessel located within Anchorage G may not
(484) (e) Regulations for Specific Anchorages. (1) handle or transfer Class 1 (explosive) materials within
Anchorages A, B, C, and D. Except for a naval vessel, 400 yards of Norfolk Harbor Entrance Reach.
military support vessel, or vessel in an emergency (496) (vi) A vessel may not handle or transfer Class
situation, a vessel may not anchor in Anchorages A, B, C, 1 (explosive) materials within 850 yards of another
or D without the permission of the Captain of the Port. The anchored vessel, unless the other vessel is also handling
Captain of the Port must consult with the Commander, or transferring Class 1 (explosive) materials.
Naval Amphibious Base Little Creek, before granting a (497) (vii) A vessel may not handle or transfer Class 1
vessel permission to anchor in Anchorages A, B, C, or D. (explosive) materials within 850 yards of Anchorage F
(485) (2) Anchorage E. (i) A vessel may not anchor in or H.
Anchorage E without permission from the Captain of (498) (5) Anchorage I: Anchorage Berths I–1 and I–2. A
the Port. vessel that is 500 feet or less in length or that has a draft
(486) (ii) The Captain of the Port must give commercial of 30 feet or less may not anchor in Anchorage Berth I–1
vessels priority over naval and public vessels. or I–2 without the permission of the Captain of the Port.
(487) (iii) The Captain of the Port may at any time revoke (499) (6) Anchorage K: Anchorage Berths K–1 and K–2. A
permission to anchor in Anchorage E issued under the vessel that is 500 feet or less in length or that has a draft
authority of paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section. of 30 feet or less may not anchor in Anchorage Berth K–1
(488) (iv) A vessel may not anchor in Anchorage Berth or K–2 without the permission of the Captain of the Port.
E–1, unless it is handling or carrying dangerous cargoes (500) (7) Anchorage N. Portions of this anchorage are
or Class 1 (explosive) materials. a special anchorage area under §110.72aa of this part
(489) (v) A vessel may not anchor within 500 yards of during marine events regulated under Sec. 100.501 of
Anchorage Berth E–1 without the permission of the this chapter.
Captain of the Port, if the berth is occupied by a vessel (501) (8) Anchorage O. (i) A vessel may not anchor in
handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 Anchorage O unless it is a recreational vessel.
(explosive) materials. (502) (ii) No float, raft, lighter, houseboat, or other craft
(490) (3) Anchorage F. A vessel having a draft less than may be laid up for any reason in Anchorage O without
45 feet may not anchor in Anchorage F without the the permission of the Captain of the Port.
permission of the Captain of the Port. No vessel may (503) (9) Anchorage Q: Quarantine Anchorage. (i) A
anchor in Anchorage F for a longer period than 72 hours vessel that is arriving from or departing for sea and that
without permission from the Captain of the Port. Vessels requires an examination by public health, customs, or
expecting to be at anchor for more than 72 hours must immigration authorities shall anchor in Anchorage Q.
obtain permission from the Captain of the Port. Vessels not needing examination may use Anchorage Q
(491) (4) Anchorage G. (i) Except for a naval vessel, a at any time.
vessel may not anchor in Anchorage G without the (504) (ii) Every vessel using Anchorage Q must be
permission of the Captain of the Port. prepared to move promptly under its own power to
(492) (ii) When handling or transferring Class 1 another location when directed by the Captain of the
(explosive) materials in Anchorage G, naval vessels Port, and must promptly vacate Anchorage Q after being
must comply with Department of Defense Ammunition examined and released by authorities.
and Explosives Safety Standards, or the standards in this (505) (iii) Any non-self-propelled vessel using Anchorage
section, whichever are the more stringent. Q must have a tugboat in attendance while undergoing
(493) (iii) When barges and other vessels are berthed examination by quarantine, customs, or immigration
at the Ammunition Barge Mooring Facility, located at authorities, except with the permission of the Captain of
36°58'34"N., 76°21'12"W., no other vessel, except a the Port.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 55

(506) not adversely affect the vessel’s piloting, propulsion,


Part 117–DrawbridgeOperation Regulations control, or collision-avoidance capabilities.
(523) Public vessel means a vessel that is owned and
operated by the United States Government and is not
(507)
engaged in commercial service, as defined in 46 U.S.C.
Subpart A–General Requirements 2101.
(524) Remotely operated drawbridge means a drawbridge
(508) that is operated by remote control from a location away
§117.1 Purpose. from the drawbridge.
(509) (a) This part prescribes the general and special (525) Removable span bridge means a bridge that requires
drawbridge operating regulations that apply to the the complete removal of a span by means other than
drawbridges across the navigable waters of the United machinery installed on the bridge to open the bridge to
States and its territories. The authority to regulate navigation.
drawbridges across the navigable waters of the United (526) Untended means that there is no drawtender at the
States is vested in the Secretary of Homeland Security. drawbridge.
(510) (b) Subpart A contains the general operation (527)
requirements that apply to all drawbridges. §117.5 When the drawbridge must open.
(511) (c) Subpart B contains specific requirements for (528) Except as otherwise authorized or required by this
operation of individual drawbridges. These requirements part, drawbridges must open promptly and fully for the
are in addition to or vary from the general requirements in passage of vessels when a request or signal to open is
Subpart A. Specific sections in subpart B that vary from given in accordance with this subpart.
a general requirement in Subpart A supersede the general
(529)
requirement. All other general requirements in Subpart
§117.7 General requirements of drawbridge own-
A, that are not at variance, apply to the drawbridges and
ers.
removable span bridges listed in Subpart B.
(530) Except for drawbridges that have been authorized,
(512) before January 3, 2007, to remain closed to navigation or
§117.3 [Removed]. as otherwise specified in subpart B, drawbridge owners
(513) must:
§117.4 Definitions. (531) (a) Provide the necessary drawtender(s) for the safe
(514) The following definitions apply to this part: and prompt opening of the drawbridge.
(515) Appurtenance means an attachment or accessory (532) (b) Maintain the working machinery of the
extending beyond the hull or superstructure that is not an drawbridge in good operating condition.
integral part of the vessel and is not needed for a vessel’s (533) (c) Cycle the drawspan(s) periodically to ensure
piloting, propelling, controlling, or collision avoidance operation of the drawbridge.
capabilities. (534) (d) Ensure that the drawbridge operates in accordance
(516) Automated drawbridge means a drawbridge that is with the requirements of this part.
operated by an automated mechanism, not a drawtender. (535) (e) Any drawbridge allowed to remain closed to
An automated drawbridge is normally kept in the open navigation prior to January 3, 2007, when necessary, must
to navigation position and closes when the mechanism is be returned to operable condition within the designated
activated. time set forth by the District Commander and will become
(517) Deviation means a District Commander’s action subject to the requirements of this part.
authorizing a drawbridge owner to temporarily not (536)
comply with the drawbridge opening requirements in §117.8 Permanent changes to drawbridge opera-
this part. tion.
(518) Drawbridge means a bridge with an operational span (537) (a) Anyone may submit a written request to the
that is intended to be opened for the passage of waterway District Commander for a permanent change to a
traffic. drawbridge operating requirement. The request must
(519) Drawspan means the operational span of a include documentation supporting or justifying the
drawbridge. requested change.
(520) Lowerable means a non-structural vessel (538) (b) If after evaluating the request, the District
appurtenance that is or can be made flexible, hinged, Commander determines that the requested change is not
collapsible, or telescopic so that it can be mechanically needed, he or she will respond to the request in writing and
or manually lowered. provide the reasons for denial of the requested change.
(521) Nonstructural means that the item is not rigidly fixed (539) (c) If the District Commander decides that a change
to the vessel and can be relocated or altered. may be needed, he or she will begin a rulemaking to
(522) Not essential to navigation means that a nonstructural implement the change.
vessel appurtenance, when in the lowered position, would
56 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(540) one prolonged blast followed by one short blast sounded


§117.9 Delaying opening of a draw. not more than 30 seconds after the requesting signal.
(541) No person shall unreasonably delay the opening of (555) (5) When the draw cannot be opened immediately,
a draw after the signals required by §117.15 have been or is open and shall be closed promptly, the sound signal
given. to acknowledge a request to open the draw is five short
(542) Note.–Trains are usually controlled by the block blasts sounded in rapid succession not more than 30
method. That is, the track is divided into blocks or seconds after the vessel’s opening signal. The signal shall
segments of a mile or more in length. When a train is be repeated until acknowledged in some manner by the
in a block with a drawbridge, the draw may not be able requesting vessel.
to open until the train has passed out of the block and (556) (c) Visual signals. (1) The visual signal to request
the yardmaster or other manager has “unlocked” the the opening of a draw is–
drawbridge controls. The maximum time permitted for (557) (i) A white flag raised and lowered vertically; or
delay is defined in Subpart B for each affected bridge. (558) (ii) A white, amber, or green light raised and lowered
Land and water traffic should pass over or through the vertically.
draw as soon as possible in order to prevent unnecessary (559) (2) When the draw can be opened immediately, the
delays in the opening and closure of the draw. visual signal to acknowledge a request to open the draw,
(543)
given not more than 30 seconds after the vessel’s opening
§117.11 Unnecessary opening of the draw. signal, is–
(560) (i) A white flag raised and lowered vertically;
(544) No vessel owner or operator shall–
(561) (ii) A white, amber, or green light raised and lowered
(545) (a) Signal a drawbridge to open if the vertical
clearance is sufficient to allow the vessel, after all vertically, or
(562) (iii) A fixed or flashing white, amber, or green light
lowerable nonstructural vessel appurtenances that are not
essential to navigation have been lowered, to safely pass or lights.
(563) (3) When the draw cannot be opened immediately,
under the drawbridge in the closed position; or
(546) (b) Signal a drawbridge to open for any purpose or is open and must be closed promptly, the visual signal
other than to pass through the drawbridge opening. to acknowledge a request to open the draw is–
(564) (i) A red flag or red light swung back and forth
(547)
horizontally in full sight of the vessel given not more
§117.15 Signals. than 30 seconds after the vessel’s opening signal; or
(548) (a) General. (1) The operator of each vessel requesting
(565) (ii) A fixed flashing red light or lights given not more
a drawbridge to open shall signal the drawtender and the
than 30 seconds after the vessel’s opening signal.
drawtender shall acknowledge that signal. The signal
(566) (4) The acknowledging signal when the draw cannot
shall be repeated until acknowledged in some manner by
open immediately or is open and must be closed promptly
the drawtender before proceeding.
shall be repeated until acknowledged in some manner by
(549) (2) The signals used to request the opening of the
the requesting vessel.
draw and to acknowledge that request shall be sound
(567) (d) Radiotelephone communications. (1)
signals, visual signals, or radiotelephone communications
Radiotelephones may be used to communicate the same
described in this subpart.
information provided by sound and visual signals.
(550) (3) Any of the means of signaling described in this
(568) (2) The vessel and the drawtender shall monitor the
subpart sufficient to alert the party being signaled may be
frequency used until the vessel has cleared the draw.
used.
(569) (3) When radiotelephone contact cannot be initiated
(551) (b) Sound signals. (1) Sound signals shall be made
or maintained, sound or visual signals under this section
by whistle, horn, megaphone, hailer, or other device
shall be used.
capable of producing the described signals loud enough
(570)
to be heard by the drawtender.
(552) (2) As used in this section, “prolonged blast” means §117.17 Signalling for contiguous drawbridges.
(571) When a vessel must pass two or more drawbridges
a blast of four to six seconds duration and “short blast”
means a blast of approximately one second duration. close together, the opening signal is given for the first
(553) (3) The sound signal to request the opening of a bridge. After acknowledgment from the first bridge that
draw is one prolonged blast followed by one short blast it will promptly open, the opening signal is given for the
sounded not more than three seconds after the prolonged second bridge, and so on until all bridges that the vessel
blast. For vessels required to be passed through a draw must pass have been given the opening signal and have
during a scheduled closure period, the sound signal to acknowledged that they will open promptly.
request the opening of the draw during that period is five (572)

short blasts sounded in rapid succession. §117.19 Signaling when two or more vessels are
(554) (4) When the draw can be opened immediately, the approaching a drawbridge.
sound signal to acknowledge a request to open the draw is (573) When two or more vessels are approaching the same
drawbridge at the same time, or nearly the same time,
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 57

whether from the same or opposite directions, each vessel (587)


shall signal independently for the opening of the draw §117.31 Drawbridge operations for emergency
and the drawtender shall reply in turn to the signal of vehicles and emergency vessels.
each vessel. The drawtender need not reply to signals by (588) (a) Upon receiving notification that an emergency
vessels accumulated at the bridge for passage during a vehicle is responding to an emergency situation, a
scheduled open period. drawtender must make all reasonable efforts to have
(574) the drawspan closed at the time the emergency vehicle
§117.21 Signalling for an opened drawbridge. arrives.
(575) When a vessel approaches a drawbridge with the (589) (b) When a drawtender receives notice, or a proper
draw in the open position, the vessel shall give the signal as provided in §117.15 of this part, the drawtender
opening signal. If no acknowledgment is received within shall take all reasonable measures to have the draw
30 seconds, the vessel may proceed, with caution, through opened, regardless of the operating schedule of the
the open draw. draw, for passage of the following, provided this opening
does not conflict with local emergency management
(576)
procedures which have been approved by the cognizant
§117.23 Installation of radiotelephones.
Coast Guard Captain of the Port:
(577) (a) When the District Commander deems it
(590) (1) Federal, State, and local government vessels
necessary for reasons of safety of navigation, the District
used for public safety;
Commander may require the installation and operation of
(591) (2) Vessels in distress where a delay would endanger
a radiotelephone on or near a drawbridge.
life or property;
(578) (b) The District Commander gives written notice of
(592) (3) Commercial vessels engaged in rescue or
the proposed requirement to the bridge owner.
emergency salvage operations; and
(579) (c) All comments the owner wishes to submit shall
(593) (4) Vessels seeking shelter from severe weather.
be submitted to the District Commander within 30 days
of receipt of the notice under paragraph (b) of this section. (594)

(580) (d) If, upon consideration of the comments received, §117.33 Closure of draw for natural disasters or
the District Commander determines that a radiotelephone civil disorders.
is necessary, the District Commander notifies the bridge (595) Drawbridges need not open for the passage of vessels
owner that a radiotelephone shall be installed and gives during periods of natural disasters or civil disorders
a reasonable time, not to exceed six months, to install the declared by the appropriate authorities unless otherwise
radiotelephone and commence operation. provided for in Subpart B or directed to do so by the
District Commander.
(581)
§117.24 Radiotelephone installation identification. (596)

(582) (a) The Coast Guard authorizes, and the District §117.35 Temporary change to a drawbridge operat-
Commander may require the installation of a sign on ing schedule.
drawbridges, on the upstream and downstream sides, (597) (a) For any temporary change to the operating
indicating that the bridge is equipped with and operates schedule of a drawbridge, lasting less than or equal to
a VHF radiotelephone in accordance with §117.23. 180 days, the District Commander may issue a deviation
(583) (b) The sign shall give notice of the radiotelephone approval letter to the bridge owner and publish a “Notice
and its calling and working channels– of temporary deviation from regulations” in the Federal
(584) (1) In plain language; or Register.
(585) (2) By a sign consisting of the outline of a telephone (598) (b) If the time period for a temporary change to the
handset with the long axis placed horizontally and a operating schedule of a drawbridge will be greater then
vertical three-legged lightning slash superimposed over 180 days, the District Commander will follow appropriate
the handset. The slash shall be as long vertically as the rulemaking procedures and publish a temporary rule in
handset is wide horizontally and normally not less than the Federal Register prior to the start of the action.
27 inches and no more than 36 inches long. The preferred (599) (c) Request for change. (1) To temporarily change
calling channel should be shown in the lower left quadrant the drawbridge-operating requirements the bridge owner
and the preferred working channel should be shown in the must submit a written request to the District Commander
lower right quadrant. for approval of the change.
(586) Note.–It is recommended that the radio-telephone (600) (2) The request must describe the reason for the
sign be similar in design to the Service Signs established deviation and the dates and times scheduled for the start
by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) in U.S. and end of the change.
Road Symbol Signs using Reflective Blue and Reflective (601) (3) Requests should be submitted as early as
White colors. Color and design information is available possible, preferably 90 days before the start of the action.
from the District Commander of the Coast Guard District District Commanders have discretion to accept requests
in which the bridge is located. submitted less than 90 days before a needed change if
58 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

those requests can be processed before the date of the (619) (1) Authorize physical changes to the drawbridge
needed change. structure, or
(602) (d) Determination. The District Commander’s (620) (2) Authorize removal of the operating machinery.
determination to allow the schedule change is normally (621) (e) Drawbridges authorized under this section
forwarded to the bridge owner within ten working days to remain closed to navigation and to be untended are
after receipt of the request. If the request is denied, identified in subpart B of this part.
the reasons for the denial will be set out in the District (622)
Commander’s decision letter. §117.40 Advance notice for drawbridge opening.
(603) (e) The drawbridge must return to its regular operating (623) (a) Upon written request by the owner of a drawbridge,
schedule immediately at the end of the designated time the District Commander may authorize a drawbridge
period. to operate under an advance notice for opening. The
(604) (f) If the authorized deviation period for an event is drawbridge tender, after receiving the advance notice,
broken into separate time periods on the same day or on must open the drawbridge at the requested time and allow
consecutive days, the drawbridge must provide openings for a reasonable delay in arrival of the vessel giving the
for navigation between authorized schedule changes. advance notice.
(605) (g) The District Commander will also announce the (624) (b) If the request is approved, a description of the
change to the operating schedule in the Local Notice to advanced notice for the drawbridge will be added to
Mariners and other appropriate local media. subpart B of this part.
(606)
(625)
§117.36 Closure of drawbridge for emergency §117.41 Maintaining drawbridges in the fully open
repair. position.
(607) (a) When a drawbridge unexpectedly becomes (626) (a) Drawbridges permanently maintained in the fully
inoperable, or should be immediately rendered inoperable open to navigation position may discontinue drawtender
because of mechanical failure or structural defect, the service as long as the drawbridge remains fully open to
drawbridge owner must notify the District Commander navigation. The drawbridge must remain in the fully open
of the closure without delay and give the reason for the position until drawtender service is restored.
emergency closure of the drawbridge and an estimated (627) (b) If a drawbridge is normally maintained in the
time when the drawbridge will be returned to operating fully open to navigation position, but closes to navigation
condition. for the passage of pedestrian, vehicular, rail, or other
(608) (b) The District Commander will notify mariners traffic, the drawbridge must be tended unless:
about the drawbridge status through Broadcast Notices (628) (1) Special operating requirements are established
to Mariners, Local Notice to Mariners and any other in subpart B of this part for that drawbridge; or
appropriate local media. (629) (2) The drawbridge is remotely operated or
(609) (c) Repair work under this section must be performed automated.
with all due speed in order to return the drawbridge to
(630)
operation as soon as possible.
§117.42 Remotely operated and automated draw-
(610)
bridges.
§117.37 [Removed]. (631) (a) Upon written request by the owner of a
(611) drawbridge, the District Commander may authorize a
§117.39 Authorized closure of drawbridge due to drawbridge to operate under an automated system or from
infrequent requests for openings. a remote location.
(612) (a) When there have been no requests for drawbridge (632) (b) If the request is approved, a description of the
openings for at least two years, a bridge owner may full operation of the remotely operated or automated
request in writing that the District Commander authorize drawbridge will be added to subpart B of this part.
the drawbridge to remain closed to navigation and to be (633)
untended. §117.43 [Removed].
(613) (b) The District Commander may:
(634)
(614) (1) Authorize the closure of the drawbridge;
§117.45 [Removed].
(615) (2) Set out any conditions in addition to the
requirement in paragraph (d): and (635)

(616) (3) Revoke an authorization and order the drawbridge §117.47 Clearance gauges.
returned to operation when necessary. (636) (a) Clearance gauges are required for drawbridges
(617) (c) All drawbridges authorized to remain closed to across navigable waters of the United States discharging
navigation, under this section, must be maintained in into the Atlantic Ocean south of Delaware Bay (including
operable condition. the Lewes and Rehoboth Canal, DE) or into the Gulf
(618) (d) Authorization under this section does not: of Mexico (including coastal waterways contiguous
thereto and tributaries to such waterways and the Lower
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 59

Atchafalaya River, LA), except the Mississippi River and bridge or fender system, the District Commander may
its tributaries and outlets. require the owner of an operational drawbridge listed in
(637) (b) Except for provisions in this part which specify this subpart to have the bridge attended full time and open
otherwise for particular drawbridges, clearance gauges on signal.
shall be designed, installed, and maintained according (653)
to the provisions of 33 CFR 118.160 (not carried in this DELAWARE
Coast Pilot).
(654)
(638) Note.–Clearance gauge requirements, if any, for
§117.231 Brandywine Creek.
drawbridges other than those referred to in this section
(655) The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 1.1, the Church
are listed in Subpart B under the appropriate bridge.
Street bridge, mile 1.3, and the Sixteenth Street bridge,
(639)
mile 1.7, all at Wilmington, need not be opened for the
§117.49 Process of violations. passage of vessels.
(640) (a) Complaints of alleged violations under this part
(656)
are submitted to the District Commander of the Coast
§117.233 Broad Creek.
Guard District in which the drawbridge is located.
(657) The draws of the Norfolk Southern bridge, mile
(641) (b) Penalties for violations under this part are
8.0, the Poplar Street Bridge, mile 8.2 and the U.S. 13A
assessed and collected under Subpart 1.07 of Part 1 of
Bridge, mile 8.25, all in Laurel, need not open for the
this chapter (not published in this Coast Pilot; see 33 CFR
passage of vessels.
1.07).
(658)
(642)
§117.234 Cedar Creek.
Subpart B–Specific Requirements (659) The SR 36 Bridge, mile 0.5 in Cedar Beach, shall
open on signal. From April 1 through November 30 from
(643) 2 a.m. to 4 a.m.; and from December 1 through March 31
§117.51 General. from 6:30 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if
(644) The drawbridges in this subpart are listed by the at least four hours notice is given.
state in which they are located and by the waterway they (660)
cross. Waterways are arranged alphabetically by state. §117.235 Chesapeake and Delaware Canal.
The drawbridges listed under a waterway are generally (661) The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 7.7, shall open
arranged in order from the mouth of the waterway moving on signal. The following light signals, located in the
upstream. The drawbridges on the Atlantic Intracoastal center of the drawspan on both sides of the bridge, shall
Waterway are listed from north to south and on the Gulf be used:
Intracoastal Waterway from east to west. (662) (a) When the draw is to be opened immediately, one
(645) fixed amber light.
§117.53 [Removed]. (663) (b) When the draw is not ready to be opened, one
(646) flashing red light.
§117.55 Posting of requirements. (664)
(647) (a) The owner of each drawbridge under this subpart, §117.237 Christina River.
other than removable span bridges, must ensure that a (665) (a) The owners of the bridges on this waterway:
sign summarizing the requirements in this subpart (666) (1) Shall provide and keep in good legible condition
applicable to the drawbridge is posted both upstream and two board gages painted white with black figures not less
downstream of the drawbridge. The requirements to be than six inches high, to indicate the vertical clearance
posted need not include those in Subpart A or §§117.51 under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gages
through 117.59 of this part. shall be so placed on the bridges that they are plainly
(648) (b) The signs shall be of sufficient size and so located visible to the operator of each vessel approaching the
as to be easily read at any time from an approaching bridges either up or downstream.
vessel. (667) (2) Shall open on signal except that the draw of a
(649) (c) If advance notice is required to open the draw, railroad bridge need not be opened when a train is in the
the signs shall also state the name, address, and telephone bridge block, approaching the bridge, or within 5 minutes
number of the person to be notified. of the passage of a passenger train; but in no event shall
(650) the opening of the draw be delayed more than 10 minutes.
§117.57 [Removed]. (668) (b) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railroad
Bridge, mile 1.4 at Wilmington, shall operate as follows:
(651)
(669) (1) The draw shall remain in the open position
§117.59 Special requirements due to hazards.
for navigation. The draw shall only be closed for
(652) For the duration of occurrences hazardous to safety
train crossings or periodic maintenance authorized in
or navigation, such as floods, freshets, and damage to the
accordance with subpart A of this part.
60 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(670) (2) The bridge shall be operated by the controller at notice is given. From 8 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draws need not
the Harrisburg, PA Dispatcher’s Office. The controller be opened for the passage of vessels.
shall monitor vessel traffic with closed circuit cameras and (677)
infrared sensors covering the swing radius. Operational §117.239 Lewes and Rehoboth Canal.
information will be provided 24 hours a day on marine (678) (a) The draw of the Savannah Road/SR 18 Bridge,
channel 13 and via telephone 717–541–2140. at mile 1.7, in Lewes shall open on signal if at least four
(671) (3) The bridge shall not be operated from the remote hours notice is given.
location in the following events: Failure or obstruction of (679) (b) The draw of the SR 14A Bridge, at mile 6.7, in
the infrared sensors, closed-circuit cameras or marine- Rehoboth shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice
radio communications, or anytime controller’s visibility is given.
is inhibited. In these situations, a bridge tender with
(680)
Norfolk Southern must be called and on-site within 30
§117.241 Mispillion River.
minutes.
(681) The draw of the Route 1/Rehoboth Blvd. Bridge, at
(672) (4) Before the bridge closes for any reason, the
mile 11.0, at Milford shall open on signal if at least 24
remote operator will monitor waterway traffic in the
hours notice is given.
area. The bridge shall only be closed if the off-site remote
operator’s visual inspection shows that the channel is (682)

clear and there are no vessels transiting in the area. While §117.243 Nanticoke River.
the bridge is moving, the operator shall maintain constant (683) (a) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railway
surveillance of the navigation channel. Bridge, mile 39.4 in Seaford, will operate as follows:
(673) (5) Before closing the draw, the channel traffic lights (684) (1) From March 15 through November 15, the draw
would change from flashing green to flashing red, the will open on signal for all vessels except that from 11 p.m.
horn will sound five short blasts, and an audio voice to 5 a.m. at least 2.5 hours notice will be required.
warning stating, “Attention, Attention. Norfolk Southern (685) (2) At all times, from November 16 through March
Railroad Bridge over Christina River at milepost 1.4 will 14, the draw will open on signal if at least 2.5 hours notice
be closing to river traffic.” Five short blasts of the horn is given.
will continue until the bridge is seated and locked down (686) (3) When notice is required, the owner operator
to vessels. The channel traffic lights will continue to flash of the vessel must provide the train dispatcher with an
red. estimated time of passage by calling 717–215–0379 or
(674) (6) When the rail traffic has cleared, the horn will 609–412–4338.
sound one prolonged blast followed by one short blast to (687) (b) The draw of the SR 13 Bridge, mile 39.6, in
indicate the draw is opening to vessel traffic. During the Seaford shall: (1) Open on signal, except from 6 p.m. to
opening swing movement, the channel traffic lights would 8 a.m., from April 1 through October 31; from November
flash red until the bridge returns to the fully open position. 1 through March 31, Monday to Friday and on Saturday
In the full open position to vessels, the bridge channel and Sunday from 3:30 p.m. to 7:30 a.m., if at least four
lights will flash green followed by an announcement hours notice is given.
stating, “Security, security, security. Norfolk Southern (688) (2) Open on signal, on Saturday and Sunday, from
Railroad Bridge over Christina River at mile 1.4 is open 7:31 a.m. through 3:29 p.m., from November 1 through
for river traffic.” Vessels shall stay clear of both channels March 31, if at least 24 hours notice is given.
as to not interfere with infrared detectors, until green (689)
lights are displayed on the swing span. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
(675) (c) In Wilmington DE, the draw of the Third Street (690)
Bridge at mile 2.3, shall open on signal, the draws of the §117.253 Anacostia River.
Walnut Street Bridge at mile 2.8, and the Market Street (691) (a) The draw of the Frederick Douglass Memorial
Bridge at mile 3.0, shall open on signal if at least eight (South Capitol Street) bridge, mile 1.2, shall open on
hours notice is given. From 7 a.m. to 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. signal if at least 24 hours notice is given. The draw is
to 5:30 p.m., Monday through Saturday except holidays, closed to the passage of vessels on each Presidential
the draws of these three bridges need not be opened for Inauguration Day and may occasionally be closed
the passage of vessels. Any vessel which has passed without advance notice to permit uninterrupted transit of
through one or more of these bridges immediately prior dignitaries across the bridge.
to a closed period and which requires passage through (692) (b) The CSX Railroad Bridge, mile 3.4.
the other bridge or bridges in order to continue to its (693) (1) The draw of the bridge to be operated by the
destination shall be passed through the draw or draws of controller at the Benning Yard office shall open on signal;
the bridge or bridges without delay. (694) (i) At all times for public vessels of the United States,
(676) (d) The draws of the Norfolk Southern Railroad state and local government vessels, commercial vessels
bridges, at miles 4.1 and 4.2, both at Wilmington, shall and any vessels in an emergency involving danger to life
open on signal from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m. if at least 24 hours or property.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 61

(695) (ii) Between 9 a.m. and 12 p.m. and between 1 p.m. of that passage at least 12 hours in advance at 703–836–
and 6 p.m. from May 15 through September 30. 2396; and
(696) (iii) Between 6 p.m. and 7 p.m. from May 15 through (711) (ii) The owner or operator of the vessel notifies the
September 30 if notice is given to the controller at the bridge tender at least 4 hours in advance of the requested
Benning Yard office not later than 6 p.m. on the day for time for that passage.
which the opening is requested. (712) (4) Shall open for the passage of a recreational vessel
(697) (iv) At all other times, if at least 48 hours of notice at any time except:
is given to the controller at the Benning Yard office. (713) (i) Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays),
(698) (2) The CSX Railroad Bridge shall not be operated 5 a.m. to 12 midnight;
by the controller at the Benning Yard office in the event of (714) (ii) Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays, 7 a.m. to
failure or obstruction of the motion sensors, laser scanners, 12 midnight, except as provided in paragraph (a)(4)(iii)
video cameras or marine-radio communications. In these of this section;
situations, a bridge tender must be called to operate the (715) (iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this
bridge on-site. section, the bridge may open beginning at 10 p.m. on
(699) (3) Except as provided in §117.31(b), opening of the Saturday, Sunday, or a Federal holiday for the passage of
draw shall not exceed ten minutes after clearance of rail a recreational vessel if the owner or operator of the vessel
traffic. notifies the Bridge Tender of the time of that passage by
(700) (4) A horn will sound one prolonged blast followed not later than 12 hours before that time.
by one short blast to indicate that the CSX Railroad (716) (5) Need not open for the passage of a recreational
Bridge is moving to the full open position for vessel vessel under paragraph (a)(4) of this section unless–
traffic. During open span movement, the channel traffic (717) (i) The owner or operator of the vessel provides the
lights will flash red until the bridge is in the full open bridge tender with an estimate of the approximate time
position to vessels. In the full open position to vessels, of the passage at least 12 hours in advance at 703–736–
the bridge channel traffic lights will flash green. 2396; and
(701) (5) A horn will sound five short blasts, the channel (718) (ii) the owner or operator of the vessel notifies the
traffic lights will flash red, and an audio voice-warning bridge tender at least 4 hours in advance of the requested
device will announce bridge movement during closing time for that passage.
span movement. Five short blasts of the horn will continue (719) (6) A recreational vessel may pass through the
until the bridge is seated in and locked down. When the drawspan at any time it is open for passage of a commercial
bridge is seated and in locked down position to vessels, vessel.
the channel traffic lights will continue to flash red. (720) (b) The draws of all other bridges need not be opened
(702) (6) The owners of the bridge shall provide and keep for the passage of vessels.
in good legible condition two board gauges painted (721) (c) This section is also issued under the authority of
white with black figures not less than six inches high to Pub. L. 102–587, 106 Stat. 5039.
indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at (722)
all stages of the tide. The gauges shall be placed on the MARYLAND
bridge so that they are plainly visible to the operator of
(723)
any vessel approaching the bridge from either upstream
§117.543 Bear Creek.
or downstream.
(724) (a) The draw of the Peninsula Parkway Bridge, mile
(703)
2.1, between Dundalk and Sparrows Point, shall open
§117.255 Potomac River. on signal; except that, from April 16 through November
(704) (a) The draw of the Woodrow Wilson Memorial 15 from 12 midnight to 8 a.m. except Saturdays and
(I–95) bridge, mile 103.8, between Alexandria, Virginia, Sundays, and Federal and State holidays, at least one half
and Oxon Hill, Maryland– hour notice is required.
(705) (1) Shall open on signal at any time only for a vessel (725) (b) The draw of the Baltimore County highway
in distress, notwithstanding the provisions of §117.31: bridge, mile 3.4 at Wise Avenue between Dundalk and
(706) (2) Shall open for the passage of a commercial vessel Sparrows Point, shall open on signal if at least four hours
at any time except: notice is given.
(707) (i) From Monday through Friday (except Federal
(726)
holidays), 5 a.m. to 8 p.m.
§117.547 Bush River.
(708) (ii) Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays, 2 p.m.
(727) The draw of the Amtrak Bridge, mile 6.8 at Perryman,
to 7 p.m.
shall operate as follows:
(709) (3) Need not open for the passage of a commercial
(728) (a) Shall open twice a day from May 1 through
vessel under paragraph (a)(2) of this section unless–
October 31, on Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays
(710) (i) The owner or operator of the vessel provides the
that fall on a Friday or a Monday, when a proper request
bridge tender with an estimate of the approximate time
has been received.
62 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(729) (b) Request for an opening is given to the Amtrak (746)


Assistant Division Engineer at 410–642–1588 and or §117.557 Curtis Creek.
email at BridgeOpeningRequest@Amtrak.com by an (747) The draw of the I695 bridge, mile 1.0 at Baltimore,
authorized representative of the Bush River Yacht Club shall open on signal if at least a one-hour notice is given
no later than noon on the Friday just preceding the day to the Maryland Transportation Authority in Baltimore.
of opening or, if that Friday is a Federal holiday, no later (748)
than noon on the preceding Thursday. §117.559 Isle of Wight (Sinepuxent) Bay.
(730) (c) Amtrak determines the times for openings and (749) The draw of the US 50 Bridge, mile 0.5, at Ocean
shall schedule the times: City, shall open on signal, except:
(731) (1) During daylight hours, six to ten hours apart; and (750) (a) From October 1 through April 30, from 6 p.m.
(732) (2) One opening before noon and one after noon. to 6 a.m., the draw shall open if notice has been given to
(733) (3) In emergent situations after notification is given the bridge tender before 6 p.m.
to the numbers indicated in paragraph (b) of this section (751) (b) From May 25 through September 15, from 9:25
it can take up to six hours for the bridge to open. a.m. to 9:55 p.m., the draw shall open at 25 minutes after
(734) (d) Amtrak shall notify a representative of the Bush and 55 minutes after the hour for a maximum of five
River Yacht Club of the times of all openings for the minutes to let accumulated vessels pass, except that on
weekend (or extended weekend) in question no later than Saturdays, from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m., the draw shall open on
6 p.m., on the Friday just preceding the weekend or, if the hour for all waiting vessels and shall remain in the
that Friday is a Federal holiday, no later than 6 p.m., on open position until all waiting vessels pass.
the preceding Thursday. (752) (c) On July 4, the draw need not open from 10
(735) (e) Each opening shall be of sufficient duration to p.m. until 11 p.m. to accommodate the annual July 4th
pass waiting vessels. fireworks show. Should inclement weather prevent the
(736) (f) At all other times the draw need not open for the fireworks event from taking place as planned, the draw
passage of vessels. need not open from 10 p.m. until 11 p.m. on July 5th to
(737) accommodate the annual July 4th fireworks show.
§117.549 Cambridge Harbor. (753)
(738) The draw of the S342 bridge, mile 0.1 at Cambridge, §117.561 Kent Island Narrows.
shall open on signal from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m.; except that, (754) The draw of the U.S. Route 50/301 bridge, mile 1.0,
from 12 noon to 1 p.m. Monday through Friday, the draw Kent Island Narrows, operates as follows:
need not be opened. The draw need not be opened from (755) (a) From November 1 through April 30, the draw
8 p.m. to 6 a.m. shall open on signal from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. but need not
(739) be opened from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m.
§117.551 Chester River. (756) (b) From May 1 through October 31, the draw shall
(740) The draw of the S213 Bridge, mile 26.8 at open on signal on the hour and half-hour from 6 a.m. to
Chestertown, shall open on signal if at least six hours 9 p.m., but need not be opened from 9 p.m. to 6 a.m.
notice is given. (757) (c) The draw shall open on signal for public vessels
(741) of the United States, state and local government vessels
§117.553 Choptank River. used for public safety purposes, and vessels in distress.
(742) (a) The draw of the Maryland 331 bridge, mile 35.3, Operational information will be available 24 hours a day
at Dover, shall open on signal from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. year- by calling 800–543–2515
round, and the draw shall remain closed from 6 p.m. to 6 (758)
a.m., year-round, unless 24 hours advance notice is given §117.563 Marshyhope Creek.
by calling 301–820–8592 or 301–745–2096. (759) The draw of the S14 bridge, mile 5.8 at Brookview,
(743) (b) The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 50.9 need not be opened for the passage of vessels. The
at Denton, shall open on signal from May 30 through operating machinery shall be maintained in a serviceable
September 30 from sunrise to sunset and at all other times condition.
if at least four hours notice is given. (760)
(744) §117.565 Miles River.
§117.555 College Creek. (761) The draw of the Route S370 bridge, mile 10.0 at
(745) The draws of the Naval Academy highway bridge, Easton, Maryland, shall open on signal; except that from
mile 0.3 at Annapolis, and the Maryland highway bridge, November 1 through March 31, 24 hours a day, and from
mile 0.4 at Annapolis, need not be opened for the passage April 1 through October 31, from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m., a
of vessels. six-hour advance notice to the drawtender is required for
bridge openings.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 63

(762) (775) (a) From May 1 to October 31, Monday through


§117.566 Patapsco River—Middle Branch. Friday, except Federal and State holidays:
(763) (a) The draw of the Hanover Street S2 bridge, mile (776) (1) The draw shall remain closed from 7:30 a.m. to
12.0 across the Middle Branch of the Patapsco River at 9:00 a.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 7:30 p.m., except the
Baltimore, will open on signal from 5 a.m. to 6:30 a.m., draw shall open at 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. for any vessels
9:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., and 6 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. The draw waiting to pass.
need not be opened from 6:30 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. and 4 (777) (2) The draw shall open on the hour and the half-
p.m. to 6 p.m.; however, fire boats, police boats, and other hour, from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
vessels engaged in emergency operations will be passed (778) (3) The draw shall open on the hour and half hour,
immediately during this period. When a vessel desires to from 7:30 p.m. to 7:30 a.m.
pass the draw from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., notice will be given (779) (b) From November 1 to April 30, Monday through
to the superintendent of the bridge, either at the bridge Friday, except Federal and State holidays:
before 9 p.m. or at the superintendent’s residence after 9 (780) (1) The draw shall remain closed from 7:30 a.m. to
p.m. If the notice is given from 5 a.m. to 9 p.m. or if at 9:00 a.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m.
least one half hour has elapsed since the notice was given, (781) (2) The draw shall open on signal from 9:00 a.m. to
the draw will open promptly at the time requested. 4:30 p.m. and from 6:00 p.m. to 7:30 a.m.
(764) (b) The draw of the Western Maryland railroad (782) (c) On Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays year-round,
bridge, mile 12.5 across the Middle Branch of the the draw shall open on the hour and half-hour for vessels
Patapsco River at Baltimore, shall open on signal from waiting to pass. Except on July 4th of every year from
7 a.m. to 12 noon and 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. Monday through 8:30 p.m. to 11 p.m., the draw need not open for vessels,
Friday except legal holidays. At all other times, the draw and in the event of inclement weather, the alternate date
shall open if at least six hours notice is given. Marine is July 5th.
firefighting equipment and pollution control vessels shall (783) (d) The drawspan must always open on signal for
be passed as soon as possible but in no event more than public vessels of the United States.
15 minutes after notice is given. (784)

(765) §117.573 Stoney Creek.


§117.567 Patuxent River. (785) The draw of the Stoney Creek (S173) bridge, mile
(766) The draw of S231 bridge, mile 18.5 at Benedict, 0.9, in Riviera shall open on signal, except:
shall open on signal; except that, from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m., (786) (a) From 6:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 3:30 p.m. to
the draw shall open on signal if notice is given to the Toll 6:30 p.m., Monday through Friday except Federal and
Captain at the Administration Building at the east end of State holidays, the draw need be opened only at 7:30 a.m.
the bridge before 6 p.m. and 5 p.m. if any vessels are waiting to pass.
(787) (b) From 11 a.m. to 7 p.m. on Saturday and from 12
(767)
§117.569 Pocomoke River. p.m. to 5 p.m. on Sunday, the draw need be opened only
(768) (a) The SRNJ railroad bridge, mile 15.2, at Pocomoke on the hour and half hour.
(788) (c) Public vessels of the United States must be
City, shall open on signal, except between November 1
and March 31 the draw must open only if at least five passed as soon as possible.
hours advance notice is given. (789)

(769) (b) The draw of the Route 675 bridge, mile 15.6, §117.575 Susquehanna River.
at Pocomoke City, shall open on signal, except between (790) The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 1.0 at Havre
November 1 and March 31 the draw must open only if at de Grace, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice
least five hours advance notice is given. is given.
(770) (c) The draw of the S12 bridge, mile 29.9, at Snow (791)
Hill, shall open on signal if at least five hours notice is §117.577 Weems Creek.
given. (792) The draw of the S437 bridge, mile 0.7 at West
(771) Annapolis, shall open on signal from sunrise to sunset
§117.570 Sassafras River. from May 1 through September 30. At all other times,
(772) The draw of the Sassafras River (Route 213) bridge, the draw shall open on signal if at least five hours notice
mile 10.0 at Georgetown, Maryland, shall open on signal; is given.
except that from November 1 through March 31, from (793)
midnight to 8 a.m., the draw need only open if at least a §117.579 Wicomico River (North Prong).
six-hour advance notice is given. (794) The draws of the Main Street and U.S. 50 bridges,
(773) mile 22.4, Salisbury, Maryland shall open on signal if at
§117.571 Spa Creek. least four hours notice is given by calling the telephone
(774) The S181 bridge, mile 0.4, at Annapolis, Maryland: contact number at 410–430–7461.
64 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(795) all stages of the tide. The gages shall be so placed on the
NEW JERSEY bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels
(796)
approaching the bridge either up or downstream.
§117.701 Alloway Creek. (813)

(797) (a) The draws of the Salem County bridges, miles 5.1 §117.719 Glimmer Glass (Debbie's Creek).
at Hancocks Bridge, and 6.5 at New Bridge, shall open (814) (a) The draw of the Monmouth County highway
on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given. bridge, mile 0.4 at Manasquan, shall open on signal,
(798) (b) The draw of the S49 bridge, mile 9.5 at Quinton, except as follows:
need not be opened for the passage of vessels. (815) (1) From 4:30 p.m. January 1 through 8 a.m. April
(799)
1, from 4:30 p.m. to 8 a.m., the draw need open only if at
§117.705 Beaver Dam Creek. least four-hours advance notice is given.
(816) (2) From Memorial Day through Labor Day from 7
(800) The draw of the Ocean County bridge, mile 0.5 at
Point Pleasant, shall open on signal from June 1 through a.m. to 8 p.m., the draw need open only on the hour and
September 30 and from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. during April, half hour if any vessels are waiting to pass.
(817) (b) The owners of the bridge shall provide and keep
May, October, and November. At all other times, the draw
shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given. in good legible condition two board gauges painted
white with black figures not less than eight inches high
(801)
to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at
§117.711 Cohansey River. all stages of the tide. The gauges shall be so placed on the
(802) The draw of the Broad Street bridge, mile 18.2 at
bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels
Bridgeton, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.
approaching the bridge either up or downstream.
(803)
(818)
§117.713 Cooper River. §117.720 Great Channel.
(804) (a) The drawspans for the State Street Drawbridge,
(819) The draw of the County of Cape May bridge, mile
mile 0.3 and the Conrail Drawbridge at North River
0.7, between Stone Harbor and Nummy Island, shall open
Avenue, mile 0.9, must open on signal if at least four
on signal except that:
hours notice is given.
(820) (a) From May 15 through October 15 from 10 p.m.
(805) (b) The draw of the Admiral Wilson Boulevard
to 6 a.m., the draw need only open if at least four hours
bridge, mile 1.1 at Camden, need not be opened for the
advance notice is given.
passage of vessels. However, the draw shall be returned
(821) (b) [Suspended]
to operable condition within six months after notification
(822) (c) from 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the fourth Sunday
by the District Commander to do so.
in March of every year, the draw need not open for vessels.
(806) If the fourth Sunday falls on a religious holiday, the draw
§117.714 Corson Inlet. need not open from 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the third
(807) The draw of the Corson Inlet Bridge, mile 0.9, Sunday of March of every year.
at Strathmere, shall open on signal; except that from
(823)
October 1 through May 15 from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. and
§117.721 Grassy Sound Channel.
from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. on December 25 the draw need
(824) The draw of the Grassy Sound Channel Bridge, mile
open only if at least two hours notice is given.
1.0 in Middle Township, shall open on signal from 6 a.m.
(808) to 8 p.m. from May 15 through September 30. From 9:15
§117.716 Delaware River. a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the fourth Sunday in March of every
(809) The following requirements apply at all drawbridges year, the draw need not open for vessels. If the fourth
across the Delaware River: Sunday falls on a religious holiday, the draw need not
(810) (a) The draws of railroad bridges need not be opened open from 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the third Sunday
when there is a train in the bridge block approaching of March of every year. Two hours advance notice is
the bridge with the intention of crossing, or within five required for all other openings by calling 609–368–4591.
minutes of the known time of the passage of a scheduled
(825)
passenger train.
§117.722 Great Egg Harbor Bay.
(811) (b) The opening of a bridge may not be delayed more
(826) The draw of the U.S. Route 9/Beesleys Point Bridge,
than five minutes for a highway bridge or 10 minutes for
mile 3.5, shall open if at least two hours’ notice is given
a railroad bridge, after the signal to open is given.
from October 1 to May 14 from 8 p.m. to 6 a.m., from
(812) (c) The owners of drawbridges shall provide and
May 15 to September 30 from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m., and
keep in good legible condition two board gages painted
from 8 p.m. on December 24 until and including 6 a.m.
white with black figures not less than six inches high to
on December 26 of every year; and shall open on signal
indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at
at all other times.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 65

(827) full open position. The center span light will continue to
§117.725 Manantico Creek. flash red until the bridge is in the fully open position.
(828) The draw of the highway bridge, mile 0.5 at Millville, (840) (10) When the draw cannot be operated from the
need not be opened for the passage of vessels. remote site, a bridge tender must be called to operate
(829)
the bridge in the traditional manner. Personnel shall be
§117.729 Mantua Creek. dispatched to arrive at the bridge as soon as possible, but
(830) (a) The draw of the Conrail automated railroad not more than one hour after malfunction or disability of
bridge, mile 1.4, at Paulsboro, NJ shall operate as follows: the remote system.
(841) (b) The draw of the S.R. 44 bridge, mile 1.7, at
(831) (1) The bridge will be operated remotely by the
South Jersey Train Dispatcher located in Mt. Laurel, NJ. Paulsboro, shall open on signal from May 1 through
Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day October 31 from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m., and shall open on
by telephone at 856–231–2282. signal at all other times upon four hours notice.
(832) (2) From March 1 through November 30, the (842)

draw shall be left in the open position and will only be §117.730 Maurice River.
lowered for the passage of trains and to perform periodic (843) The draw of the Cumberland County bridge, mile
maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of 12.1 at Mauricetown, need not be opened for the passage
this part. of vessels.
(833) (3) From December 1 through the last day of (844)
February, the draw will open on signal if at least 4 hours §117.733 New Jersey Intracoastal Waterway.
notice is given by telephone at 856–231–2282. (845) (a) The draw of the Route 35 Bridge, mile 1.1 across
(834) (4) The timeframe to initiate the bridge closure will Manasquan River at Brielle, shall open on signal except
be not more than 15 minutes before a train will arrive at as follows:
the bridge location. If a train moving toward the bridge (846) (1) From May 15 through September 30:
has crossed the home signal for the bridge, the train may (847) (i) On Saturdays, Sundays and Federal holidays,
continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge prior from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m., the draw need only open 15
to stopping for any reason. Trains shall be controlled so minutes before the hour and 15 minutes after the hour.
that any delay in opening of the draw shall not exceed ten (848) (ii) On Mondays to Thursdays from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m.,
minutes except as provided in §117.31(b). and on Fridays, except Federal holidays from 12 p.m. to
(835) (5) The bridge will be equipped with cameras and 7 p.m., the draw need only open 15 minutes before the
channel sensors to visually and electronically ensure the hour and 15 minutes after the hour.
waterway is clear before the bridge closes. The video and (849) (2) Year-round from 11 p.m. to 8 a.m., the draw need
sensors are located and monitored at the remote operating only open if at least four hours notice is given.
location in Mt. Laurel, NJ. The channel sensors signal (850) (b) The draw of the County Route 528 Bridge, mile
will be a direct input to the bridge control system. In the 6.3 across Barnegat Bay at Mantoloking, shall open on
event of failure or obstruction of the infrared channel signal; except that from Memorial Day through Labor
sensors, the bridge will automatically stop closing and Day on Saturdays, Sundays and Federal holidays from
the South Jersey Train Dispatcher will return the bridge to 9 a.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need only open on the hour,
the open position. In the event of video failure the bridge twenty minutes after the hour, and forty minutes after the
will remain in the full open position. hour.
(836) (6) The Conrail Railroad center span light will (851) (c) The draw of the S37 Bridge across Barnegat Bay,
change from fixed green to flashing red anytime the mile 14.1 at Seaside Heights, shall open on signal except
bridge is not in the full open position. as follows:
(837) (7) Prior to downward movement of the span, the (852) (1) From December 1 through March 31, the draw
horn will sound two prolonged blasts, followed by a need only open if at least four hours notice is given.
pause, and then two short blasts until the bridge is seated (853) (2) From April 1 through November 30 from 11 p.m.
and locked down. At the time of movement, the center to 8 a.m., the draw need only open if at least four hours
span light will change from fixed green to flashing red notice is given.
and remain flashing until the bridge has returned to its (854) (3) From Memorial Day through Labor Day from 8
full open position. a.m. to 8 p.m., the draw need only open on the hour and
(838) (8) When the train controller at Mt. Laurel has half hour.
verified that rail traffic has cleared, they will sound the (855) (d) The draw of the AMTRAK New Jersey Transit
horn five times to signal the draw is about to return to its Rail Operations (NJTRO) automated railroad swing
full open position. bridge across Beach Thorofare, mile 68.9 at Atlantic City
(839) (9) During upward movement of the span, the horn shall operate as follows:
will sound two prolonged blasts, followed by a pause, (856) (1) Open on signal from 11 p.m. to 6 a.m. From 6
and then sound two short blasts until the bridge is in the a.m. to 11 p.m., the draw shall open on signal from 20
66 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

minutes to 30 minutes after each hour and remain open (869) (i) From 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. and from 6 p.m. to 9 p.m.
for all waiting vessels. the draw need only open on the hour and half hour; and
(857) (2) Opening of the draw span may be delayed for (870) (ii) From 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. the draw need not open.
ten minutes except as provided in §117.31(b). However, (871) (3) On July 4, the draw need not open from 9:40
if a train is moving toward the bridge and has crossed the p.m. until 11:15 p.m. to accommodate the annual July 4th
home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting fireworks show. Should inclement weather prevent the
opening of the bridge is given, that train may continue fireworks event from taking place as planned, the draw
across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks need not open from 9:40 p.m. until 11:15 p.m. on July
before stopping. 5th to accommodate the annual July 4th fireworks show.
(858) (3) When the bridge is not tended locally and/or is (872) (4) On the third or fourth Wednesday of August, the
operated from a remote location, sufficient closed circuit draw will open every two hours on the hour from 10 a.m.
TV cameras shall be operated and maintained at the until 4 p.m. and need not open from 4 p.m. until 8 p.m. to
bridge site to enable the remotely located bridge/train accommodate the annual Air Show.
controller to have full view of both river traffic and the (873) (g) The draw of the Dorset Avenue Bridge across
bridge. Inside Thorofare, mile 72.1 at Ventnor City, shall open
(859) (4) Radiotelephone Channel 13 (156.65 MHz) on signal except that from June 1 through September 30,
VHF–FM, shall be maintained and utilized to facilitate from 9:15 a.m. to 9:15 p.m., the draw need only open at
communication in both remote and local control 15 and 45 minutes after the hour.
locations. The bridge shall also be equipped with (874) (h) The draw of the Stone Harbor Boulevard Bridge,
directional microphones and horns to receive and deliver mile 102.0 across Great Channel, at Stone Harbor, shall
signals to vessels within a mile that are not equipped with open on signal except that:
radiotelephones. (875) (1) From October 1 through March 31 from 10 p.m.
(860) (5) Whenever the remote control system equipment to 6 a.m. the draw need only open if at least eight hours
is partially disabled or fails for any reason, the bridge notice is given.
shall be physically tended and operated by local control. (876) (2) From Memorial Day through Labor Day from
Personnel shall be dispatched to arrive at the bridge as soon 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays and Federal
as possible, but not more that one hour after malfunction holidays, the draw need open only on the hour, 20 minutes
or disability of the remote system. Mechanical bypass and after the hour, and 20 minutes before the hour.
override capability of the remote operation system shall (877) (3) From 10 p.m. on December 24 until 6 a.m. on
be provided and maintained. December 26, the draw need open only if at least two
(861) (6) When the draw is opening and closing, or is hours notice is given.
closed, yellow flashing lights located on the ends of the (878) (i) [Reserved]
center piers shall be displayed continuously until the (879) (j) The draw of Two-Mile Bridge, mile 112.2, across
bridge is returned to the fully open position. Middle Thorofare in Wildwood Crest, shall open on
(862) (e) The draw of the Route 30 Bridge across Beach signal except:
Thorofare, mile 67.2 at Atlantic City, shall open on signal (880) (1) From 9:15 a.m. to 10:30 a.m. on the fourth
but only if at least four hours of notice is given; except Sunday in March of every year, the draw need not open
that: for vessels. If the fourth Sunday falls on a religious
(863) 1) From April 1 through October 31, from 7 a.m. to holiday, the draw need not open for vessels from 9:15
11 p.m. the draw need only open on the hour. a.m. to 10:30 a.m. on the third Sunday of March of every
(864) (2) On July 4, the draw need not open from 9:40 year.
p.m. until 11:15 p.m. to accommodate the annual July 4th (881) (2) From 10:30 p.m. on December 24 until 10:30
fireworks show. Should inclement weather prevent the p.m. on December 26, the draw need open only if at least
fireworks event from taking place as planned, the draw two hours notice is given.
need not open from 9:40 p.m. until 11:15 p.m. on July (882) (k) The draw of the Route 35 Bridge, mile 1.1 across
5th to accommodate the annual July 4th fireworks show. Manasquan River at Brielle, shall open on signal except
(865) (3) On the third or fourth Wednesday of August the as follows:
draw will open every two hours on the hour from 10 a.m. (883) (1) From May 15 through September 30:
until 4 p.m. and need not open from 4 p.m. until 8 p.m. to (884) (i) On Saturdays, Sundays and Federal holidays,
accommodate the annual Air Show. from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m., the draw need only open 15
(866) (f) The draw of the US40–322 (Albany Avenue) minutes before the hour and 15 minutes after the hour.
Bridge, mile 70.0 across Inside Thorofare, at Atlantic (885) (ii) On Mondays to Thursdays from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m.
City, shall open on signal except that: and on Fridays, except Federal holidays from 12 p.m. to
(867) (1) Year-round, from 11 p.m. to 7 a.m.; and from 7 p.m., the draw need only open 15 minutes before the
November 1 through March 31 from 3 p.m. to 11 p.m., hour and 15 minutes after the hours.
the draw need only open if at least four hours notice is (886) (2) Year-round, unless otherwise provided by
given; paragraph (l)(3) of this section, from 11 p.m. to 8 a.m.,
(868) (2) From June 1 through September 30:
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 67

the draw need only open if at least four hours notice is (898)
given. §117.741 Raccoon Creek.
(887) (3) From 8 a.m. on November 1, 2006 until 5 p.m. (899) (a) The draw of the Route 130 highway bridge, mile
March 1, 2007; from 8 a.m. on November 1, 2007 until 1.8 at Bridgeport, shall open on signal:
5 p.m. March 1, 2008; and from 8 a.m. on November 1, (900) (1) May 1 through October 31, from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m.
2008 until 5 p.m. March 1, 2009, the Route 35 Bridge, (901) (2) At all other times, if at least four hours notice is
mile 1.1, at Brielle may remain in the closed position to given.
navigation. (902) (b) The draw of the SRNJ Railroad Bridge, mile 2.0
(888) (l) The draw of Cape May Canal Railroad Bridge at Bridgeport, shall operate as follows:
across Cape May Canal, mile 115.1, at Cape May shall (903) (1) From March 1 through November 30, the draw
operate as follows: shall be left in the open position at all times and will only
(889) (1) The draw shall be maintained in the open position; be closed for the passage of trains and to perform periodic
the draw may close only for the crossing of trains and maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of
maintenance of the bridge. When the draw is closed for this part.
a train crossing a bridge tender shall be present to reopen (904) (i) Trains shall be controlled so that any delay in
the draw after the train has cleared the bridge. When the opening of the draw shall not exceed ten minutes except
draw is closed for maintenance a bridge tender shall be as provided in § 117.31(b).
present to open the draw upon signal. (905) (ii) Before the bridge closes for any reason, a train
(890) (2) Train service generally operates as follows crewmember will observe the waterway for approaching
(please contact Cape May Seashore Lines for current craft, which will be allowed to pass. A train crewmember
train schedules): will then operate the bridge by radiophone. The bridge
(891) (i) Winter (generally December through March): In shall only be closed if a train crewmember’s visual
general, there is no train service, therefore the bridge is inspection shows that the channel is clear and there are
unmanned and placed in the full open position. no vessels transiting in the area.
(892) (ii) Spring (generally April through May and Fall (906) (iii) While the SRNJ Railroad Bridge is moving
(generally September through November): Generally from the full open to the full closed position, a train
weekend service only: Friday through Sunday train crewmember will maintain constant surveillance of the
service starts at 10 a.m. and ends at 7:30 p.m. Monday navigational channel to ensure no conflict with maritime
thru Thursday the bridge generally unmanned and in the traffic exists. In the event of failure or obstruction, the
open position. train crewmember will stop the bridge and return the
(893) (iii) Summer Service (generally June through bridge to the open position.
August): Daily train service starting at 10 a.m. and ending (907) (iv) The SRNJ Railroad channel traffic lights will
7:30 p.m. change from flashing green to flashing red anytime the
(894) (3) When a vessel approaches the drawbridge with bridge is not in the full open position.
the draw in the open position, the vessel shall give (908) (v) During closing of the span, the channel traffic
the opening signal. If no acknowledgment is received lights will change from flashing green to flashing red,
within 30 seconds, the vessel may proceed, with caution, the horn will sound four times, followed by a pause, then
through the open draw. When the draw is open and will the four blasts will be repeated and the bridge will close.
be closing promptly, the drawbridge will generally signal When the rail traffic has cleared the swing span, the horn
using sound signals or radio telephone. will automatically sound five times to signal the draw of
(895) (4) Opening of the draw span may be delayed for the SRNJ Railroad Bridge is about to return to its full
ten minutes after a signal to open except as provide in open position.
(117.31(b). However, if a train is moving toward the (909) (vi) During open span movement, the channel traffic
bridge and has crossed the home signal for the bridge lights will be flashing red, the horn will sound four times,
before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is followed by a pause, then four blasts will be repeated until
given, the train may continue across the bridge and must the bridge is in the full open position. In the full open
clear the bridge interlocks as soon possible in order to position, the channel traffic lights will then turn from
prevent unnecessary delays in the opening of the draw. flashing red to flashing green.
(896) (910) (2) At all other times, the draw may be left in the
§117.737 Oldmans Creek. closed position and opened on signal if at least four hours
(897) The draws of the US30 bridge, mile 3.1 at notice is given by telephone at 856–231–2393.
Nortonville, the SRNJ railroad bridge, mile 4.0 at Jumbo, (911)
and the Salem County bridge, mile 5.1 at Pedricktown, §117.745 Rancocas Creek.
need not be opened for the passage of vessels. However, (912) (a) The following requirements apply to all bridges
the draws of any of these bridges shall be restored to across the Rancocas River (Creek):
operable condition within six months after notification (913) (1) Public vessels of the United States must be
by the District Commander to do so. passed through the drawspan of each drawbridge as soon
68 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

as possible without delay at anytime. The opening signal the bridges that they are plainly visible to operators of
from these vessels is four or more short blasts of a whistle vessels approaching the bridges either up or downstream.
or horn, or a radio request. (928)
(914) (2) The owners of these bridges shall provide and §117.757 Townsend Inlet.
keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each (929) The draw of Townsend Inlet Bridge, mile 0.3 in
draw with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, Avalon, shall open on signal except:
installed and maintained according to the provisions of (930) (a) From 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the fourth Sunday
§118.160 of this chapter. in March of every year, the draw need not open for vessels.
(915) (3) Trains and locomotives shall be controlled so that If the fourth Sunday falls on a religious holiday, the draw
any delay in opening the draw span shall not exceed ten need not open from 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the third
minutes. However, if a train moving toward the bridge Sunday of March of every year.
has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the (931) (b) From 11 p.m. on December 24 until 11 p.m. on
signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, that train December 25, the draw need open only if at least two
may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge hours notice is given.
interlocks before stopping or reversing.
(932)
(916) (b) The drawspans for the Riverside-Delanco/SR
§117.758 Tuckahoe River.
#543 Drawbridge, mile 1.3 at Riverside must operate as
(933) The draw of the State highway bridge, mile 8.0 at
follows:
Tuckahoe, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice
(917) (1) From April 1 through October 31 open on signal
is given.
from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m.
(918) (2) From November 1 through March 31 from 7 (934)

a.m. to 11 p.m., open on signal if at least 24 hours notice PENNSYLVANIA


is given, except as provided in paragraph (a)(1) of this (935)
section. §117.901 Chester Creek.
(919) (3) Year round from 11 p.m. to 7 a.m. need not (936) The draw of the Front Street bridge, mile 0.1 at
open for the passage of vessels, except as provided in Chester, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is
paragraph (a)(1) of this section. given.
(920) (c) The draw of the Centerton County Route 635 (937)
Bridge, mile 7.8, at Mt. Laurel, need not open for the §117.904 Delaware River.
passage of vessels. (938) See §117.716, Delaware River, listed under New
(921) Jersey.
§117.749 Salem River. (939)
(922) The draw of the S49 bridge, mile 3.5 at Salem, shall §117.905 Schuylkill River.
open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given. (940) (a) The following requirements apply to all
(923) drawbridges across the Schuylkill River:
§117.751 Shark River (South Channel). (941) (1) The draws of railroad bridges need not be opened
(924) The draws of the S71 Bridge, mile 0.8, and the when there is a train in the bridge block approaching
Railroad Bridge, mile 0.9, both at Avon, operate as the bridge with the intention of crossing, or within five
follows: minutes of the known time of the passage of a scheduled
(925) (a) The bridges operate as one unit. The owners shall passenger train.
provide signal systems so connected that the operator of (942) (2) The opening of a bridge may not be delayed more
either bridge may simultaneously notify the operator of than five minutes for a highway bridge or 10 minutes for
the other bridge. The operator of the first bridge to be a railroad bridge, after the signal to open is given.
passed shall be responsible for observing the approach (943) (3) The owners of drawbridges shall provide and
vessels, for receiving and acknowledging signals, and for keep in good legible condition two board gages painted
coordinating the opening of the other draw. white with black figures not less than six inches high to
(926) (b) The draws shall open on signal; except that, from indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at
May 15 through September 30 from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m. all stages of the tide. The gages shall be so placed on the
Monday through Friday except Federal holidays and bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels
from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, approaching the bridge either up or downstream.
the draw need be opened only on the hour and half hour (944) (b) The Passyunk Avenue bridge, mile 3.5 at
if a vessel is waiting to pass. Philadelphia, shall open on signal at all times if at least
(927) (c) The owners of the bridges shall provide and four hours notice is given. Public vessels of the United
keep in good legible condition two board gages painted States shall be passed as soon as possible at any time.
white with black figures not less than eight inches high (945) (c) The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 5.5 at Grays
to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw Ferry Avenue, Philadelphia, shall open on signal; except
at all stages of the tide. The gages shall be so placed on that, on Saturdays and Sundays, the draw shall open on
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 69

signal if at least two hours notice is given. Public vessels the bridge shall not be operated by the off-site bridge/
of the United States shall be passed as soon as possible train controller from the remote location.
at any time. (959) (7) If the off-site bridge/train controller’s visibility
(946) (d) The draw of the University Avenue bridge, mile of the navigational channel is less than ¾ of a mile, the
6.2 at Philadelphia, shall open on signal at all times if bridge shall not be operated from the remote location.
at least two hours notice is given. Public vessels of the (960) (8) When the draw cannot be operated from the
United States shall be passed as soon as possible at any remote site, a bridgetender must be called to operate the
time. bridge in the traditional on- site manner.
(947) (e) The draw of the CSX Bridge, mile 6.4 near (961) (9) The Belt Line mid-channel lights will change
Christian Street, Philadelphia, need not be opened for from green to red anytime the bridge is not in the full
the passage of vessels. open position.
(962) (10) During the downward and upward span
(948)
VIRGINIA movement, a warning alarm will sound until the bridge
is seated and locked down or in the full open position.
(949)
(963) (11) When the bridge has returned to its full up
§117.995 Appomattox River.
position, the mid-channel light will turn from red to
(950) The draw of the Seaboard System Railroad bridge,
green, and the controller will announce over marine radio
mile 2.5 at Hopewell, shall open on signal if at least 24
channel 13, “Security, security, security, the Belt Line
hours notice is given to the Seaboard System Agent at
bridge is open for river traffic.” Operational information
Hopewell. However, a drawtender shall be in constant
will be provided 24 hours a day on marine channel 13 and
attendance and the draw shall open on signal upon 30 days
via telephone 757–543–1996 or 757–545–2941.
notice, in writing, to do so from the District Commander.
(964) (b) The draw of the Norfolk and Western railroad
(951) bridge across the South Branch of the Elizabeth River,
§117.997 Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway, South mile 3.6 at Portsmouth-Chesapeake, shall be maintained
Branch of the Elizabeth River to the Albemarle and in the open position; except the draw may close for the
Chesapeake Canal. crossing of trains and maintenance of the bridge. When
(952) (a) The draw of the Belt Line Railroad Bridge, the draw is closed, a drawtender shall be present and draw
mile 2.6, in Portsmouth and Chesapeake will operate as shall open on signal.
follows: (965) (c) [Suspended]
(953) (1) The bridge will be left in the open position at (966) (d) The draw of the Norfolk Southern #7 Railroad
all times and will only be lowered for the passage of Bridge, mile 5.8 in Chesapeake, shall operate as follows:
trains and to perform periodic maintenance authorized (967) (1) The draw shall be remotely controlled by the
in accordance with Subpart A of this part. operator at the Norfolk Southern #5 Railroad Bridge
(954) (2) The bridge will be operated by the controller at office over the Eastern Branch of the Elizabeth River, at
the Berkley Yard office. mile 1.1, in Norfolk.
(955) (3) The controller will monitor waterway traffic in (968) (2) The draw shall be left in the open position to
the bridge and directly beneath the bridge with closed vessels and will only be closed for the passage of trains
circuit cameras mounted on top of the bridge and with and to perform periodic maintenance authorized in
surface navigational radar. accordance with subpart A of this part.
(956) (4) When the bridge closes for any reason, the (969) (3) Trains shall be controlled so that any delay in
controller will announce 30 minutes in advance, 15 opening of the draw shall not exceed ten minutes except
minutes in advance, immediately proceeding the actual as provided in §117.31(b).
lowering, over marine channel 13, that the Belt Line (970) (4) Before the bridge closes for any reason, the off-
Railroad Bridge is closing for river traffic. In each of these site remote operator will monitor waterway traffic in
three announcements, the bridge/train controller will the area with closed circuit cameras and motion sensors
request all concerned river traffic to please acknowledge mounted on the bridge. The bridge will only be closed
on marine channel 13. if the off-site remote operator’s visual inspection shows
(957) (5) The bridge shall only be operated from the that the channel is clear and there are no vessels transiting
remote site if closed circuit visual and radar information in the area.
shows there are no vessels in the area and no opposing (971) (5) While the bridge is moving from the full open
radio communications have been received. position to the full closed position, the off-site remote
(958) (6) While the Belt Line Bridge is moving from the operator will maintain constant surveillance of the
full open position to the full closed position, the bridge/ navigation channel to ensure that no conflict with maritime
train controller will maintain constant surveillance of the traffic exists. In the event of failure or obstruction, the off-
navigational channel to ensure no conflict with maritime site remote operator will stop and return the bridge to the
traffic exists. In the event of failure of a camera or the full open position to vessels. In the event of a failure or
radar system, or loss of marine-radio communications, obstruction, a bridge tender must be called by the off-site
70 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

remote operator and must be on-site within 30 minutes of emergency condition which presents danger to life or
the call to operate the bridge. property shall be passed at any time.
(972) (6) During closing of the span, the channel traffic (983) (h) The draw of the Albemarle & Chesapeake
lights will change from flashing green to flashing red, Railroad bridge, mile 13.9, in Chesapeake, Virginia, shall
the horn will sound twice, and an audio voice warning be maintained in the open position; the draw may close
device will announce bridge movement, then two repeat only for the crossing of trains and maintenance of the
blasts of the horn will sound until the bridge is seated and bridge. When the draw is closed, a bridgetender shall be
locked down. When the bridge is seated and locked down present to reopen the draw after the train has cleared the
to vessels, the channel traffic lights will flash red. bridge.
(973) (7) During the open span movement, the channel (984) (i) The draw of the Centerville Turnpike (SR170)
traffic lights will flash red, the horn will sound twice, bridge across the Albemarle and Chesapeake Canal, mile
followed by a pause, and then five repeat blasts of the 15.2, at Chesapeake:
horn will sound until the bridge is in the full open position (985) (1) Shall open on signal at any time for commercial
to vessels. In the full open position to vessels, the bridge vessels carrying liquefied flammable gas or other
channel traffic lights will turn from flashing red to flashing hazardous materials.
green then an audio warning device will announce bridge (986) (2) From 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to
movement by stating “Security, security, security, the 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays:
Norfolk Southern #7 Railroad Bridge at mile 5.8 is open (987) (i) Need not open for the passage of recreational or
for river traffic”. commercial vessels that do not qualify under paragraph
(974) (8) Operational information will be provided 24 (i)(2)(ii) of this section.
hours a day on marine channel 13 and via telephone (988) (ii) Need not open for commercial cargo vessels,
757–924–5320. including tugs, and tugs with tows, unless 2 hours advance
(975) (e) The draw of the I–64 bridge across the South notice has been given to the Centerville Turnpike bridge
Branch of the Elizabeth River, mile 7.1 at Chesapeake, at 757–547–3632.
shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given. (989) (3) From 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through
(976) (f) The draw of the Dominion Boulevard (US 17) Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need only be
bridge, mile 8.8 in Chesapeake: opened on the hour and half hour.
(977) (1) Shall open on signal at any time for commercial (990) (4) If any vessel is approaching the bridge and
vessels carrying liquefied flammable gas or other cannot reach the draw exactly on the hour or half hour,
hazardous materials. the drawtender may delay the opening ten minutes past
(978) (2) From 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4 p.m. to 6 p.m., the hour or half hour for the passage of the approaching
Monday through Friday, need not open for the passage vessel and any other vessels that are waiting to pass.
of recreational vessels, and need open for commercial (991) (5) Shall open on signal at all other times.
cargo vessels not carrying hazardous materials, including (992) (j) The draw of the Gilmerton (US13/460) Bridge,
tugs and tugs with tows, only when notice has been given mile 5.8, in Chesapeake.
at least 2 hours in advance to the Dominion Boulevard (993) (1) Shall open on signal at any time for commercial
Bridge at 757–547–0521. vessels carrying liquefied flammable gas or other
(979) (3) From 6 a.m. to 7 a.m. and from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m., hazardous materials.
Monday to Friday, and from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. on Saturdays, (994) (2) From 6:30 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. and from 3:30 p.m.
Sundays, and Federal holidays, the draw need only be to 6:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal
opened every hour on the hour, except the draw shall holidays:
open on signal for commercial vessels that qualify under (995) (i) Need not open for the passage of recreational or
paragraphs (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this section. commercial vessels that do not qualify under paragraph
(980) (4) If any vessel is approaching the bridge and cannot (j)(2)(ii) of this section.
reach the draw exactly on the half hour, the drawtender (996) (ii) Need not open for commercial cargo vessels,
may delay the opening up to ten minutes past the half hour including tugs, and tugs with tows, unless 2 hours
for the passage of the approaching vessel and any other advance notice has been given to the Gilmerton Bridge
vessels that are waiting to pass. at 757–485–5567.
(981) (5) Shall open on signal at all other times. (997) (3) From 9:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. Monday through
(982) (g) The draw of the S168 bridge, mile 12 at Friday and from 6:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. Saturdays, Sunday
Chesapeake (Great Bridge), shall open on signal; except and Federal Holidays, the draw need only be opened every
that, from 6 a.m. to 7 p.m., the draw need be opened only hour on the half hour, except the draw shall open on signal
on the hour. If any vessel is approaching the bridge and for commercial vessels that qualify under paragraphs (j)
cannot reach the draw exactly on the hour, the drawtender (1) and (j)(2)(ii) of this section.
may delay the hourly opening up to 10 minutes past (998) (4) If any vessel is approaching the bridge and cannot
the hour for the passage of the approaching vessel and reach the draw exactly on the half hour per paragraph (j)
any other vessels that are waiting to pass. Vessels in an (3) of this section, the draw tender may delay the opening
up to 10 minutes past the half hour for passage of the
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 71

approaching vessel and any other vessels that are waiting the bridge is moving, the operator shall maintain constant
to pass. surveillance of the navigation channel.
(999) (5) If the Norfolk & Southern Railroad Bridge #7, (1013) (5) Before closing the draw, the channel traffic lights
at mile 5.8, is not opened during a particular scheduled will change from flashing green to flashing red, the horn
opening for the Gilmerton Bridge and vessels were will sound five short blasts, and an audio voice warning
delayed, the draw tender at the Gilmerton Bridge may stating, “Attention, Attention. Norfolk Southern’s
provide a single opening for waiting vessels, once the Railroad Bridge over the Eastern Branch of the Elizabeth
Norfolk & Southern Railroad Bridge #7 reopens for River at milepost 2.7 will be closing to river traffic.” Five
vessels. short blasts of the horn will continue until the bridge is
(1000) (6) Shall open on signal at all other times. seated and locked down to vessels, the channel traffic
(1001) lights will continue to flash red.
(1014) (6) When the rail traffic has cleared, the horn will
§117.1001 Cat Point Creek.
(1002) The draw of the S634 bridge, mile 0.3 at Naylors, sound one prolonged blast followed by one short blast
need not be opened for the passage of vessels. to indicate that the draw is opening to vessel traffic.
During the opening swing movement, the channel traffic
(1003)
lights will flash red until the bridge returns to the fully
§117.1003 Chickahominy River.
open position. In the full open position to vessels, the
(1004) The draw of the highway bridge, mile 1.5 at Barrets
bridge channel lights will flash green followed by an
Ferry, shall open on signal; except that, from 11 p.m. to
announcement stating, “Security, security, security.
7 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours
Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge at mile 2.7 is open for
notice is given.
river traffic.” Vessels shall stay clear of both channels as
(1005) to not interfere with infrared detectors, until green lights
§117.1005 Chincoteague Channel. are displayed on the swing span.
(1006) The draw of the SR 175 Bridge, mile 3.5, at (1015) (b) The draw of the Berkley Bridge, mile 0.4 in
Chincoteague shall open on demand; except from 7 Norfolk:
a.m. to 5 p.m. on the last consecutive Wednesday and (1016) (1) Shall remain closed one hour prior to the
Thursday in July, the draw need not be opened. published start of a scheduled marine event regulated
(1007) under §100.501 of this chapter, and shall remain closed
§117.1007 Elizabeth River–Eastern Branch. until one hour following the completion of the event
(1008) (a) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railroad unless the Patrol Commander designated under § 100.501
Bridge (NS #V2.8), mile 2.7 at Norfolk, shall operate as of this chapter allows the bridge to open for commercial
follows: vessel traffic.
(1009) (1) The draw shall remain in the open position (1017) (2) Shall open on signal at any time for vessels
for navigation. The draw shall only be closed for carrying, in bulk, cargoes regulated by 46 CFR
train crossings or periodic maintenance authorized in subchapters D or O, or Certain Dangerous Cargoes as
accordance with subpart A of this part. defined in 33 CFR 160.202.
(1010) (2) The bridge shall be operated by the controller (1018) (3) For all other vessels, the draw shall open on
at the Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge (NS #5), mile signal at any time, except from 5 a.m. to 7 p.m., Monday
1.1, over the Eastern Branch of the Elizabeth River through Friday, except Federal holidays. During these
in Norfolk, VA. The controller shall monitor vessel times, the draw shall:
traffic with closed circuit cameras and infrared sensors (1019) (i) Open for commercial vessels with a draft of 18
covering the swing radius. Operational information will feet or more, provided at least 6 hours notice was given
be provided 24 hours a day on marine channel 13 and via to the Berkley Bridge Traffic Control room at 757–494–
telephone 757–446–5320. 2490.
(1011) (3) The bridge shall not be operated from the remote (1020) (ii) Open on signal at 9 a.m., 11 a.m., 1 p.m. and 2:30
location in the following events: Failure or obstruction of p.m.
the infrared sensors, closed-circuit cameras or marine- (1021) (4) If the bridge is not opened during a particular
radio communications, or anytime controller’s visibility scheduled opening per paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section
is inhibited. In these situations, a bridge tender with and a vessel has made prior arrangements for a delayed
Norfolk Southern must be called to operate the bridge opening, the draw tender may provide a single opening
on-site. up to 30 minutes past that scheduled opening time for that
(1012) (4) Before the bridge closes for any reason, the signaling vessel, except at 2:30 p.m. The draw tender may
remote operator will monitor waterway traffic in the provide a single opening up to 20 minutes past the 2:30
area. The bridge shall only be closed if the off-site remote p.m. scheduled opening time for a signaling vessel that
operator’s visual inspection shows that the channel is made prior arrangements for a delayed opening. A vessel
clear and there are no vessels transiting in the area. While may make prior arrangements for a delayed opening by
contacting the Berkley Bridge Traffic Control room at
757–494–2490.
72 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(1022) (1040) (2) Any other vessel that enters or operates in the
§117.1013 Kinsale Creek. navigable waters of the United States, or that operates,
(1023) The draw of the state highway bridge, mile 4.0, at conducts lightering under 46 U.S.C 3715, or receives
Kinsale need not be opened for the passage of vessels. cargo from or transfers cargo to a deepwater port under
(1024)
33 U.S.C. 1501 et seq, in the United States Exclusive
§117.1015 Mattaponi River. Economic Zone, as defined in 33 U.S.C. 2701(8).
(1041) (b) This part does not apply to a vessel exempted
(1025) The draws of the Lord Delaware (S33) bridge, mile
0.8 at West Point, and the S629 bridge, mile 28.5 at under 46 U.S.C. 2109 or 46 U.S.C. 3702.
Walkerton, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice (1042)

is given. The drawtender service for either bridge shall be §157.03 Definitions.
increased to the degree determined to be adequate within (1043) Except as otherwise stated in a subpart:
30 days after written notice is received from the District (1044) Amidships means the middle of the length.
Commander to do so. (1045) Animal fat means a non-petroleum oil, fat, or grease
(1026)
derived from animals and not specifically identified
§117.1021 North Landing River. elsewhere in this part.
(1046) Ballast voyage means the voyage that a tank vessel
(1027) The draw of the S165 bridge, mile 20.2 at Chesapeake,
shall open on signal; except that, from 6 a.m. to 7 p.m., the engages in after it leaves the port of final cargo discharge.
(1047) Breadth or B means the maximum molded breadth
draw need be opened only on the hour and half hour for
the passage of pleasure craft. Public vessels of the United of a vessel in meters.
(1048) Cargo tank length means the length from the forward
States, commercial vessels, and vessels in an emergency
endangering life or property shall be passed at any time. bulkhead of the forward most cargo tanks, to the after
(1028) Note: Call signs and radio channels for drawbridges bulkhead of the aftermost cargo tanks.
(1049) Center tank means any tank inboard of a longitudinal
equipped with radiotelephones are included with the
bridge descriptions in chapters 4 through 15. bulkhead.
(1050) Clean ballast means ballast which:
(1029)
(1051) (1) If discharged from a vessel that is stationary into
§117.1023 Pamunkey River. clean, calm water on a clear day, would not–
(1030) The draw of the Eltham Bridge (SR33/30) mile 1.0,
(1052) (i) Produce visible traces of oil on the surface of the
located at West Point, Virginia shall open on signal if at
water or on adjoining shore lines; or
least four hours notice is given at all times.
(1053) (ii) Cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited
(1031) beneath the surface of the water or upon adjoining shore
§117.1025 York River. lines; or
(1032) (a) The Coleman Memorial Bridge, mile 7.0 at (1054) (2) If verified by an approved cargo monitor and
Yorktown, shall open on signal; except from 5 a.m. to control system, has an oil content that does not exceed
8 a.m. and 3 p.m. to 7 p.m., Monday through Friday, 15 p.m.
except Federal holidays, the bridge shall remain closed (1055) Combination carrier means a vessel designed to
to navigation. carry oil or solid cargoes in bulk.
(1033) (b) The bridge shall be opened at anytime for vessels (1056) Crude oil means any liquid hydrocarbon mixture
in an emergency which presents danger to life or property. occurring naturally in the earth, whether or not treated to
(1034) render it suitable for transportation, and includes crude
Part 157–Rulesfor the Protection of the Marine oil from which certain distillate fractions may have
been removed, and crude oil to which certain distillate
Environment relating to Tank Vessels carrying
fractions may have been added.
Oil in Bulk (in part). (1057) Deadweight or DWT means the difference in metric
tons between the lightweight displacement and the total
(1035) displacement of a vessel measured in water of specific
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR gravity 1.025 at the load waterline corresponding to the
157. assigned summer freeboard.
(1036) (1058) Dedicated clean ballast tank means a cargo tank that
Subpart A–General is allocated solely for the carriage of clean ballast.
(1059) Domestic trade means trade between ports or places
within the United States, its territories and possessions,
(1037)
either directly or via a foreign port including trade on the
§157.01 Applicability. navigable rivers, lakes, and inland waters.
(1038) (a) Unless otherwise indicated, this part applies to
(1060) Double bottom means watertight protective spaces
each vessel that carries oil in bulk as cargo and that is:
that do not carry any oil and which separate the bottom of
(1039) (1) Documented under the laws of the United States
(a U.S. vessel); or
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 73

tanks that hold any oil within the cargo tank length from water, fresh water, and feedwater in tanks, consumable
the outer skin of the vessel. stores, and any persons and their effects.
(1061) Double hull means watertight protective space that (1081) Major conversion means a conversion of an existing
do not carry any oil and which separate the sides, bottom, vessel that:
forward end, and aft and aft end of tanks that hold any (1082) (1) Substantially alters the dimensions or carrying
oil within the cargo tank length from the outer skin of the capacity of the vessel, except a conversion that includes
vessel as prescribed in §157.10d. only the installation of segregated ballast tanks, dedicated
(1062) Doubles sides means watertight protective spaces clean ballast tanks, a crude oil washing system, double
that do not carry any oil and which separate the sides of sides, a double bottom, or a double hull;
tanks that hold any oil within the cargo tank length from (1083) (2) Changes the type of vessel;
the outer skin of the vessel. (1084) (3) Substantially prolongs the vessel’s service life;
(1063) Existing vessel means any vessel that is not a new or
vessel. (1085) (4) Otherwise so changes the vessel that it is essentially
(1064) Fleeting or assist towing vessel means any a new vessel, as determined by the Commandant (CG–
commercial vessel engaged in towing astern, alongside, CVC).
or pushing ahead, used solely within a limited geographic (1086) MARPOL 73/78 means the International Convention
area, such as a particular barge fleeting area or commercial for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973,
facility, and used solely for restricted service, such as as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating to that
making up or breaking up larger tows. Convention. A copy of MARPOL 73/78 is available
(1065) Foreign trade means any trade that is not domestic from the International Maritime Organization, 4 Albert
trade. Embankment, London, SE1 7SR, England.
(1066) From the nearest land means from the baseline from (1087) New vessel means:
which the territorial sea of the United States is established (1088) (1) A U.S. vessel in domestic trade that:
in accordance with international law. (1089) (i) Is constructed under a contract awarded after
(1067) Fuel oil means any oil used as fuel for machinery in December 31, 1974;
the vessel in which it is carried. (1090) (ii) In the absence of a building contract, has the keel
(1068) Inland vessel means a vessel that is not oceangoing laid or is at a similar stage of construction after June 30,
and that does not operate on the Great Lakes. 1975;
(1069) Instantaneous rate of discharge of oil content means (1091) (iii) Is delivered after December 31, 1977; or
the rate of discharge of oil in liters per hour at any instant, (1092) (iv) Has undergone a major conversion for which:
divided by the speed of the vessel in knots at the same (1093) (A) The contract is awarded after December 31,
instant. 1974;
(1070) Integrated tug barge means a tug and a tank barge (1094) (B) In the absence of a contract, conversion is begun
with a mechanical system that allows the connection of after June 30, 1975; or
the propulsion unit (the tug) to the stern of the cargo (1095) (C) Conversion is completed after December 31,
carrying unit (the tank barge) so that the two vessels 1977; and
function as a single self-propelled vessel. (1096) (2) A foreign vessel or a U.S. vessel in foreign trade
(1071) Large primary structural member includes any of the that;
following: (1097) (i) Is constructed under a contract awarded after
(1072) (1) Web frames. December 31, 1975;
(1073) (2) Girders. (1098) (ii) In the absence of a building contract, has the keel
(1074) (3) Webs. laid or is at a similar stage of construction after June 30,
(1075) (4) Main brackets. 1976;
(1076) (5) Transverses. (1099) (iii) Is delivered after December 31, 1979; or
(1077) (6) Stringers. (1100) (iv) Has undergone a major conversion for which:
(1078) (7) Struts in transverse web frames when there are 3 (1101) (A) The contract is awarded after December 31,
or more struts and the depth of each is more than 1/15 of 1975;
the total depth of the tank. (1102) (B) In the absence of a contract, conversion is begun
(1079) Length or L means the distance in meters from after June 30, 1976; or
the fore side of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock (1103) (C) Conversion is completed after December 31,
on a waterline at 85 percent of the least molded depth 1979.
measured from the molded baseline, or 96 percent of the (1104) Non-petroleum oil means oil of any kind that is not
total length on that waterline, whichever is greater. In petroleum-based. It includes, but is not limited to, animal
vessels designed with drag, the waterline is measured fat and vegetable oil.
parallel to the designed waterline. (1105) Oceangoing has the same meaning as defined in
(1080) Lightweight means the displacement of a vessel in §151.05 of this chapter.
metric tons without cargo, fuel oil, lubricating oil, ballast (1106) Officer in charge of a navigational watch means
any officer employed or engaged to be responsible for
74 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

navigating or maneuvering the vessel and for maintaining (1123) Product means any liquid hydrocarbon mixture in
a continuous vigilant watch during his or her periods any form, except crude oil, petrochemicals, and liquefied
of duty and following guidance set out by the master, gases.
international or national regulations, and company (1124) Segregated ballast means the ballast water
policies. introduced into a tank that is completely separated from
(1107) Oil means oil of any kind or in any form including, the cargo oil and fuel oil system and that is permanently
but not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, allocated to the carriage of ballast.
and oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil. This (1125) Slop tank means a tank specifically designed for the
includes liquid carbons as well as animal and vegetable collection of cargo drainings, washings, and other oily
oils. mixtures.
(1108) Oil cargo residue means any residue of oil cargo (1126) Tank means an enclosed space that is formed by the
whether in solid, semi-solid, emulsified, or liquid form permanent structure of a vessel, and designated for the
from cargo tanks and cargo pump room bilges, including carriage of liquid in bulk.
but not limited to, drainages, leakages, exhausted oil, (1127) Tank barge means a tank vessel not equipped with a
muck, clingage, sludge, bottoms, paraffin (wax), and means of self-propulsion.
any constituent component of oil. The term “oil cargo (1128) Tank vessel means a vessel that is constructed or
residue” is also known as “cargo oil residue”. adapted primarily to carry, or that carries, oil or hazardous
(1109) Oil residue means– material in bulk as cargo or cargo residue, and that–
(1110) (1) Oil cargo residue; and (1129) (1) Is a vessel of the United States;
(1111) (2) Other residue of oil whether in solid, semi-solid, (1130) (2) Operates on the navigable waters of the United
emulsified, or liquid form, resulting from drainages, States; or
leakages, exhausted oil, and other similar occurrences (1131) (3) Transfers oil or hazardous material in a port or
from machinery spaces. place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. This
(1112) Oil spill response vessel means a vessel that is does not include an offshore supply vessel, or a fishing
exclusively dedicated to operations to prevent or mitigate vessel or fish tender vessel of not more than 750 gross
environmental damage due to an actual or impending tons when engaged only in the fishing industry.
accidental oil spill. This includes a vessel that performs (1132) Tankship means a tank vessel propelled by
routine service as an escort for a tank vessel, but excludes mechanical power or sail.
a vessel that engages in any other commercial activity, (1133) Vegetable oil means a non-petroleum oil or fat not
such as the carriage of any type of cargo. specifically identified elsewhere in this part that is derived
(1113) Oil tanker means a vessel that is constructed or from plant seeds, nuts, kernels, or fruits.
adapted primarily to carry crude oil or products in bulk (1134) Wing tank means a tank that is located adjacent to
as cargo. This includes a tank barge, a tankship, and a the side shell plating.
combination carrier, as well as a vessel that is constructed (1135)
or adapted primarily to carry noxious liquid substances in
Subpart B–Design, Equipment, and Installation
bulk as cargo and which also carries crude oil or products
in bulk as cargo.
(1114) Oil mixture means a mixture, in any form, with any (1136)

oil content. “Oily mixture” includes, but is not limited to– §157.08 Applicability of Subpart B.
(1115) (1) Slops from bilges; (1137) NOTE: An “oil tanker” as defined in §157.03
(1116) (2) Slops from oil cargoes (such as cargo tank includes barges as well as self-propelled vessels.
washings, oily waste, and oily refuse); (1138) (a) Sections 157.10d and 157.11(g) apply to each
(1117) (3) Oil residue; and vessel to which this part applies.
(1118) (4) Oily ballast water from cargo or fuel oil tanks, (1139) (b) Sections 157.11 (a) through (f), 157.12, 157.15,
including any oil cargo residue. 157.19(b)(3), 157.33, and 157.37 apply to each vessel to
(1119) Other non-petroleum oil means an oil of any kind which this part applies that carries 200 cubic meters or
that is not petroleum oil, an animal fat, or a vegetable oil. more of crude oil or products in bulk as cargo, as well as
(1120) Permeability of a space means the ratio of volume to each oceangoing oil tanker to which this part applies
within a space that is assumed to be occupied by water of 150 gross tons or more. These sections do not apply
to the total volume of that space. to a foreign vessel which remains beyond the navigable
(1121) Petroleum oil means petroleum in any form, waters of the United States and does not transfer oil cargo
including but not limited to, crude oil, fuel oil, sludge, at a port or place subject to the jurisdiction of the United
oil residue, and refined products. States.
(1122) Primary towing vessel means any vessel engaged in (1140) (c) Section 157.21 applies to each oil tanker to
towing astern, alongside, or pushing ahead and includes which this part applies of 150 gross tons or more that
the tug in an integrated tug barge. It does not include is oceangoing or that operates on the Great Lakes. This
fleeting or assist towing vessels. section does not apply to a foreign vessel which remains
beyond the navigable waters of the United States and
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 75

does not transfer oil cargo at a port or place subject to the oil exploitation or production facility on the Outer
jurisdiction of the United States. Continental Shelf of the United States.
(1141) (d) Sections in subpart B of 33 CFR part 157 that (1160) (m) Section 157.12 does not apply to a U.S. vessel
are not specified in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this that:
section apply to each oceangoing oil tanker to which this (1161) (1) Is granted an exemption under Subpart F of this
part applies of 150 gross tons or more, unless otherwise part; or
indicated in paragraphs (e) through (m) of this section. (1162) (2) Is engaged solely in voyages that are:
These sections do not apply to a foreign vessel which (1163) (i) Between ports or places within the United States,
remains beyond the navigable waters of the United States its territories or possessions;
and does not transfer oil cargo at a port or place subject (1164) (ii) Of less than 72 hours in length; and
to the jurisdiction of the United States. (1165) (iii) At all times within 50 nautical miles of the
(1142) (e) Sections 157.11 (a) through (f), 157.12, and nearest land.
157.15 do not apply to a vessel, except an oil tanker, (1166) (n) Section 157.10d does not apply to:
that carries less than 1,000 cubic meters of crude oil or (1167) (1) A vessel that operates exclusively beyond the
products in bulk as cargo and which retains oil mixtures navigable waters of the United States and the United
on board and discharges them to a reception facility. States Exclusive Economic Zone, as defined in 33 U.S.C.
(1143) (f) Sections 157.11 (a) through (f), 157.12, 157.13, 2701(8);
and 157.15 do not apply to a tank vessel that carries (1168) (2) An oil spill response vessel;
only asphalt, carbon black feedstock, or other products (1169) (3) Before January 1, 2015–
with similar physical properties, such as specific gravity (1170) (i) A vessel unloading oil in bulk as cargo at a
and cohesive and adhesive characteristics, that inhibit deepwater port licensed under the Deepwater Port Act of
effective product/water separation and monitoring. 1974 (33 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.); or
(1144) (g) Sections 157.11 (a) through (f), 157.12, 157.13, (1171) (ii) A delivering vessel that is offloading oil in bulk
157.15, and 157.23 do not apply to a tank barge that as cargo in lightering activities–
cannot ballast cargo tanks or wash cargo tanks while (1172) (A) Within a lightering zone established under 46
underway. U.S.C. 3715(b)(5); and
(1145) (h) Sections 157.19 and 157.21 do not apply to a tank (1173) (B) More than 60 miles from the territorial sea base
barge that is certificated by the Coast Guard for limited line, as defined in 33 CFR 2.20.
short protected coastwise routes if the barge is otherwise (1174) (4) A vessel documented under 46 U.S.C., Chapter
constructed and certificated for service exclusively on 121, that was equipped with a double hull before August
inland routes. 12, 1992;
(1146) (i) Section 157.09(d) does not apply to any: (1175) (5) A barge of less than 1,500 gross tons as measured
(1147) (1) U.S. vessel in domestic trade that is constructed under 46 U.S.C., Chapter 145, carrying refined petroleum
under a contract awarded before January 8, 1976; in bulk as cargo in or adjacent to waters of the Bering
(1148) (2) U.S. vessel in foreign trade that is constructed Sea, Chuckchi Sea, and Arctic Ocean and waters tributary
under a contract awarded before April 1, 1977; or thereto and in the waters of the Aleutian Islands and the
(1149) (3) Foreign vessel that is constructed under a contract Alaskan Peninsula west of 155 degrees west longitude;
awarded before April 1, 1977. or
(1150) (j) Sections 157.09 and 157.10a do not apply to a (1176) (6) A vessel in the National Defense Reserve Fleet
new vessel that: pursuant to 50 App. U.S.C. 1744.
(1151) (1) Is constructed under a building contract awarded (1177) (o) Section 157.11(h) applies to every oil tanker
after June 1, 1979; delivered on or after January 1, 2010, meaning an oil
(1152) (2) In the absence of a building contract, has the keel tanker—
laid or is at a similar stage of construction after January (1178) (1) For which the building contract is placed on or
1, 1980; after January 1, 2007;
(1153) (3) Is delivered after June 1, 1982; or (1179) (2) In the absence of a building contract, the keel of
(1154) (4) Has undergone a major conversion for which: which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction
(1155) (i) The contract is awarded after June 1, 1979; on or after July 1, 2007;
(1156) (ii) In the absence of a contract, conversion is begun (1180) (3) The delivery of which is on or after January 1,
after January 1, 1980; or 2010; or
(1157) (iii) Conversion is completed after June 1, 1982. (1181) (4) That has undergone a major conversion—
(1158) (k) Sections 157.09(b)(3), 157.10(c)(3), 157.10a(d) (1182) (i) For which the contract is placed on or after
(3), and 157.10b(b)(3) do not apply to tank barges. January 1, 2007;
(1159) (l) Section 157.10b does not apply to tank barges (1183) (ii) In the absence of a contract, the construction
if they do not carry ballast while they are engaged in work of which is begun on or after July 1, 2007; or
trade involving the transfer of crude oil from an offshore (1184) (iii) That is completed on or after January 1, 2010.
76 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(1185) (1205) (3) For a vessel built under a contract awarded after
§157.10d Double hulls on tank vessels. September 11, 1992, within the turn of the bilge or at cross
(1186) (a) With the exceptions stated in §157.08(n), this sections where the turn of the bilge is not clearly defined,
section applies to a tank vessel– tanks containing oil must be located inboard of the outer
(1187) (1) For which the building contract is awarded after shell–
June 30, 1990; (1206) (i) For a vessel of 5,000 DWT and above: At levels
(1188) (2) That is delivered after December 31, 1993; up to 1.5h above the base line, not less than distance h,
(1189) (3) That undergoes a major conversion for which; as shown in Figure 157.10d(c) and specified in paragraph
(1190) (i) The contract is awarded after June 30, 1990; or (c)(2) of this section. At levels greater than 1.5h above
(1191) (ii) Conversion is completed after December 31, the base line, not less than the distance w, as shown in
1993; or Figure 157.10d(c) and specified in paragraph (c)(1) of
(1192) (4) That is otherwise required to have a double hull this section.
by 46 U.S.C. 3703a(c). (1207) (ii) For a vessel of less than 5,000 DWT: Not less
(1193) (b) Each vessel to which this section applies must be the distance h above the line of the mid-ship flat bottom,
fitted with: as shown in Figure 157.10d(c)(3)(ii) and specified in
(1194) (1) A double hull in accordance with this section; and paragraph (c)(2) of this section. At levels greater than h
(1195) (2) If §157.10 applies, segregated ballast tanks and a above the line of the mid-ship flat bottom, not less than
crude oil washing system in accordance with that section. the distance w, as shown in Figure 157.10d(c)(3)(ii) and
(1196) (c) Except on a vessel to which §157.10d(d) applies, specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
tanks within the cargo tank length that carry any oil must (1208) (4) For a vessel to which §157.10(b) applies that is
be protected by double sides and a double bottom as built under a contract awarded after September 11, 1992.
follows: (1209) (i) The aggregate volume of the double sides, double
(1197) (1) Double sides must extend for the full depth of the bottom, forepeak tanks, and afterpeak tanks must not be
vessel’s side or from the uppermost deck, disregarding a less than the capacity of segregated ballast tanks required
rounded gunwale where fitted, to the top of the double under §157.10(b). Segregated ballast tanks that may be
bottom. At any cross section, the molded width of the provided in addition to those required under §157.10(b)
double side, measured at right angles to the side shell may be located anywhere within the vessel.
plating, from the side of tanks containing oil to the side (1210) (ii) Double side and double bottom tanks used to
shell plating, must not be less than the distance w as meet the requirements of §157.10(b) must be located
shown in Figure 157.10d(c) and specified as follows: as uniformly as practicable along the cargo tank length.
(1198) (i) For a vessel of 5,000 DWT and above: Large inboard extensions of individual double side and
w=[0.5+(DWT/20,000)] meters; or, w=2.0 meters (79 double bottom tanks, which result in a reduction of
in.)., whichever is less, but in no case less than 1.0 meter overall side or bottom protection, must be avoided.
(39 in.). (1211) (d) A vessel of less than 10,000 DWT that is
(1199) (ii) For a vessel of less than 5,000 DWT; w=[0.4+(2.4) constructed and certificated for service exclusively on
(DWT/20,000)] meters, but in no case less than 0.76 inland or limited short protected coastwise routes must be
meter (30 in.). fitted with double sides and a double bottom as follows:
(1200) (iii) For a vessel to which paragraph (a)(4) of this (1212) (1) A minimum of 61 cm. (2 ft.) from the inboard side
section applies: w=0.76 meter (30 in.), provided that the of the side shell plate, extending the full depth of the side
double side was fitted under a construction or conversion or from the main deck to the top of the double bottom,
contract awarded prior to June 30, 1990. measured at right angles to the side shell; and
(1201) (2) At any cross section, the molded depth of the (1213) (2) A minimum of 61 cm. (2 ft.) from the top of the
double bottom, measured at right angles to the bottom bottom shell plating, along the full breadth of the vessel’s
shell plating, from the bottom of tanks containing oil to bottom, measured at right angles to the bottom shell.
the bottom shell plating, must not be less than the distance (1214) (3) For a vessel to which paragraph (a)(4) of this
h as shown in Figure 157.10d(c) and specified as follows: section applies, the width of the double sides and the
(1202) (i) For a vessel of 5,000 DWT and above: h=B/15; depth of the double bottom may be 38 cm. (15 in.), in
or, h=2.0 meters (79 in.), whichever is less, but in no case lieu of the dimensions specified in paragraphs (d)(1) and
less than 1.0 meter (39 in.). (d)(2) of this section, provided that the double side and
(1203) (ii) For a vessel of less than 5,000 DWT: h=B/15, double bottom tanks were fitted under a construction or
but in no case less than 0.76 meter (30 in.). conversion contract awarded prior to June 30, 1990.
(1204) (iii) For a vessel to which paragraph (a)(4) of (1215) (4) For a vessel built under a contract awarded after
this section applies: h=B/15; or, h=2.0 meters (79 in.), September 11, 1992, a minimum 46 cm. (18 in.) clearance
whichever is the lesser, but in no case less than 0.76 meter for passage between framing must be maintained
(30 in.), provided that the double bottom was fitted under throughout the double sides and double bottom.
a construction or conversion contract awarded prior to (1216) (e) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this
June 30, 1990. section, a vessel must not carry any oil in any tank
extending forward of:
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 77

(1217) (1) The collision bulkhead; or (1235) (3) Consideration of weather or environmental
(1218) (2) In the absence of a collision bulk-head, the conditions; and
transverse plane perpendicular to the centerline through (1236) (4) Conditions which mandate when the tankship
a point located: owner or operator shall be contacted prior to port entry
(1219) (i) The lesser of 10 meters (32.8 ft.) or 5 percent of or getting underway; if no such conditions exist, the
the vessel length, but in no case less than 1 meter (39 in.), guidance must contain a statement to that effect.
aft of the forwarded perpendicular; (1237) (b) Prior to entering the port or place of designation
(1220) (ii) On a vessel of less than 10,000 DWT tons that and prior to getting underway, the master of a tankship
is constructed and certificated for service exclusively on that is not fitted with the double bottom that covers the
inland or limited short protected coastwise routes, the entire cargo tank length shall plan the ship’s passage
lesser of 7.62 meters (25 ft.) or 5 percent of the vessel using guidance issued under paragraph (a) of this section
length, but in no case less than 61 cm. (2 ft.), aft of the and estimate the anticipated under-keel clearance. The
headlog or stem at the freeboard deck; or tankship master and the pilot shall discuss the ship’s
(1221) (iii) On each vessel which operates exclusively as a planned transit including the anticipated under-keel
box or trail barge, 61 cm. (2 ft.) aft of the headlog. clearance. An entry must be made in the tankship’s
(1222) (3) This paragraph does not apply to independent official log or in other onboard documentation reflecting
fuel oil tanks that must be located on or above the main discussion of the ship’s anticipated passage.
deck within the areas described in paragraphs (e)(1) and (1238) (c) The owner or operator of a tank barge, that is not
(e)(2) of this section to serve adjacent deck equipment fitted with a double bottom that covers the entire cargo
that cannot be located further aft. Such tanks must be as tank length, shall not permit the barge to be towed unless
small and as far aft as is practicable. the primary towing vessel master or operator has been
(1223) (f) On each vessel, the cargo tank length must provided with written under-keel clearance guidance that
not extend aft to any point closer to the stern than the includes–
distance equal to the required width of the double side, (1239) (1) Factors to consider when calculating the tank
as prescribed in §157.10d(c)(1) or §157.10d(d)(1). barge’s deepest navigational draft;
(1240) (2) Factors to consider when calculating the
(1224)
anticipated controlling depth;
Subpart G–Interim Measures for Certain Tank
(1241) (3) Consideration of weather or environmental
Vessels Without Double Hulls Carrying Petro- conditions; and
leum Oils (1242) (4) Conditions which mandate when the tank barge
owner or operator shall be contacted prior to port entry
(1225) or getting underway; if no such conditions exist, the
§157.400 Purpose and applicability. guidance must contain a statement to that effect.
(1226) (a) The purpose of this subpart is to establish (1243)
mandatory safety and operational requirements to reduce
Part 160–Portsand Waterways Safety–General
environmental damage resulting from petroleum oil
spills.
(1227) (b) This subpart applies to each tank vessels specified (1244)
in §157.01 of this part that– Subpart A–General:
(1228) (1) Is 5,000 gross tons or more;
(1229) (2) Carries petroleum oil in bulk as cargo or oil cargo (1245)
residue; and §160.1 Purpose.
(1230) (3) Is not equipped with a double hull meeting (1246) (a) This subchapter contains regulations
§157.10d of this part, or an equivalent to the requirements implementing the Ports and Waterways Safety Act (33
of §157.10d, but required to be equipped with a double U.S.C. 1221) and related statutes.
hull at a date set forth in 46 U.S.C. 3703a (b)(3) and (c)
(1247)
(3).
§160.3 Definitions.
(1248) For the purposes of this subchapter:
(1231)
§157.455 Minimum under-keel clearance. (1249) Bulk means material in any quantity that is shipped,
(1232) (a) The owner or operator of a tankship, that is not stored, or handled without the benefit of package, label,
fitted with a double bottom that covers the entire cargo mark or count and carried in integral or fixed independent
tank length, shall provide the tankship master with written tanks.
under-keel clearance guidance that includes– (1250) Captain of the Port means the Coast Guard officer
(1233) (1) Factors to consider when calculating the ship’s designated by the Commandant to command a Captain
deepest navigational draft; of the Port Zone as described in part 3 of this chapter.
(1234) (2) Factors to consider when calculating the (1251) Commandant means the Commandant of the United
anticipated controlling depth; States Coast Guard.
78 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(1252) Deviation means any departure from any rule in this (1267)
subchapter. §160.5 Delegations.
(1253) Director, Vessel Traffic Services means the Coast (1268) (a) District Commanders and Captains of the Ports
Guard officer designated by the Commandant to command are delegated the authority to establish safety zones.
a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) as described in part 161 of (1269) (b) Under the provisions of 33 CFR 6.04–1 and
this chapter. 6.04–6, District Commanders and Captains of the Ports
(1254) District Commander means the Coast Guard officer have been delegated authority to establish security zones.
designated by the Commandant to command a Coast (1270) (c) Under the provisions of 33 CFR §1.05–1, District
Guard District as described in part 3 of this chapter. Commanders have been delegated authority to establish
(1255) ETA means estimated time of arrival. regulated navigation areas.
(1256) Length of Tow means, when towing with a hawser, (1271) (d) Subject to the supervision of the cognizant
the length in feet from the stern of the towing vessel to Captain of the Port and District Commander, Directors,
the stern of the last vessel in tow. When pushing ahead or Vessel Traffic Services are delegated authority under 33
towing alongside, length of tow means the tandem length CFR 1.01–30 to discharge the duties of the Captain of
in feet of the vessels in tow excluding the length of the the Port that involve directing the operation, movement
towing vessel. and anchorage of vessels within a Vessel Traffic Service
(1257) Person means an individual, firm, corporation, area including management of vessel traffic within
association, partnership, or governmental entity. anchorages, regulated navigation areas and safety zones,
(1258) State means each of the several States of the United and to enforce Vessel Traffic Service and ports and
States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of waterways safety regulations. This authority may be
Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the United States exercised by Vessel Traffic Center personnel. The Vessel
Virgin Islands, the Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands, Traffic Center may, within the Vessel Traffic Service
the Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas Islands, area, provide information, make recommendations, or
and any other commonwealth, territory, or possession of to a vessel required under Part 161 of this chapter to
the United States. participate in a Vessel Traffic Service, issue an order,
(1259) Tanker means a self-propelled tank vessel constructed including an order to operate or anchor as directed;
or adapted primarily to carry oil or hazardous materials in require the vessel to comply with orders issued; specify
bulk in the cargo spaces. times of entry, movement or departure; restrict operations
(1260) Tank Vessel means a vessel that is constructed or as necessary for safe operation under the circumstances;
adapted to carry, or that carries, oil or hazardous material or take other action necessary for control of the vessel
in bulk as cargo or cargo residue. and the safety of the port or of the marine environment.
(1261) Vehicle means every type of conveyance capable of (1272)
being used as a means of transportation on land. §160.7 Appeals.
(1262) Vessel means every description of watercraft or other (1273) (a) Any person directly affected by a safety zone
artificial contrivance used, or capable of being used, as a or an order or direction issued under this subchapter (33
means of transportation on water. CFR Subchapter P) may request reconsideration by the
(1263) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) means a service official who issued it or in whose name it was issued.
implemented under Part 161 of this chapter by the United This request may be made orally or in writing, and the
States Coast Guard designed to improve the safety and decision of the official receiving the request may be
efficiency of vessel traffic and to protect the environment. rendered orally or in writing.
The VTS has the capability to interact with marine traffic (1274) (b) Any person directly affected by the establishment
and respond to traffic situations developing in the VTS of a safety zone or by an order or direction issued by, or on
area. behalf of, a Captain of the Port may appeal to the District
(1264) Vessel Traffic Service Area or VTS Area means the Commander through the Captain of the Port. The appeal
geographical area encompassing a specific VTS area of must be in writing, except as allowed under paragraph
service as described in Part 161 of this chapter. This area (e) of this section, and shall contain complete supporting
of service may be subdivided into sectors for the purpose documentation and evidence which the appellant wishes
of allocating responsibility to individual Vessel Traffic to have considered. Upon receipt of the appeal, the District
Centers or to identify different operating requirements. Commander may direct a representative to gather and
(1265) Note: Although regulatory jurisdiction is limited to submit documentation or other evidence which would be
the navigable waters of the United States, certain vessels necessary or helpful to a resolution of the appeal. A copy
will be encouraged or may be required, as a condition of of this documentation and evidence is made available
port entry, to report beyond this area to facilitate traffic to the appellant. The appellant is afforded five working
management within the VTS area. days from the date of receipt to submit rebuttal materials.
(1266) VTS Special Area means a waterway within a VTS Following submission of all materials, the District
area in which special operating requirements apply. Commander issues a ruling, in writing, on the appeal.
Prior to issuing the ruling, the District Commander may,
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 79

as a matter of discretion, allow oral presentation on the (1278)


issues. Subpart B–Control of Vessel and Facility Opera-
(1275) (c) Any person directly affected by the establishment tions
of a safety zone or by an order or direction issued by, or
on behalf of, a District Commander, or who receives an
(1279)
unfavorable ruling on an appeal taken under paragraph
(b) of this section may appeal to the Area Commander §160.101 Purpose.
(1280) This subpart describes the authority exercised by
through the District Commander. The appeal must be
in writing, except as allowed under paragraph (e) of District Commanders and Captains of the Ports to insure
this section, and shall contain complete supporting the safety of vessels and waterfront facilities, and the
documentation and evidence which the appellant wishes protection of the navigable waters and the resources
to have considered. Upon receipt of the appeal, the Area therein. The controls described in this subpart are directed
Commander may direct a representative to gather and to specific situations and hazards.
submit documentation or other evidence which would (1281)

be necessary or helpful to a resolution of the appeal. §160.103 Applicability.


A copy of this documentation and evidence is made (1282) (a) This subpart applies to any–
available to the appellant. The appellant is afforded five (1283) (1) Vessel on the navigable waters of the United
working days from the date of receipt to submit rebuttal States, except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of
materials. Following submission of all materials, the this section;
Area Commander issues a ruling, in writing, on the (1284) (2) Bridge or other structure on or in the navigable
appeal. Prior to issuing the ruling, the Area Commander waters of the United States; and
may, as a matter of discretion, allow oral presentation on (1285) (3) Land structure or shore area immediately adjacent
the issues. to the navigable waters of the United States.
(1276) (d) Any person who receives an unfavorable ruling (1286) (b) This subpart does not apply to any vessel on the
on an appeal taken under paragraph (c) of this section, Saint Lawrence Seaway.
may appeal to the Commandant (CG–5P), Attn: Assistant (1287) (c) Except pursuant to international treaty,
Commandant for Prevention, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7501, convention, or agreement, to which the United States is
2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, a party, this subpart does not apply to any foreign vessel
DC 20593–7501. The appeal must be in writing, except that is not destined for, or departing from, a port or place
as allowed under paragraph (e) of this section. The Area subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and that is
Commander forwards the appeal, all the documents and in–
evidence which formed the record upon which the order (1288) (1) Innocent passage through the territorial sea of the
or direction was issued or the ruling under paragraph (c) of United States;
this section was made, and any comments which might be (1289) (2) Transit through the navigable waters of the
relevant, to the Assistant Commandant for Prevention. A United States which form a part of an international strait.
copy of this documentation and evidence is made available (1290)
to the appellant. The appellant is afforded 5 working days §160.105 Compliance with orders.
from the date of receipt to submit rebuttal materials to (1291) Each person who has notice of the terms of an order
the Assistant Commandant for Prevention. The decision issued under this subpart must comply with that order.
of the Assistant Commandant for Prevention is based
(1292)
upon the materials submitted, without oral argument or
§160.107 Denial of entry.
presentation. The decision of the Assistant Commandant
(1293) Each district Commander or Captain of the Port,
for Prevention is issued in writing and constitutes final
subject to recognized principles of international law, may
agency action.
deny entry into the navigable waters of the United States
(1277) (e) If the delay in presenting a written appeal would
or to any port or place under the jurisdiction of the United
have significant adverse impact on the appellant, the
States, and within the district or zone of that district
appeal under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section may
Commander or Captain of the Port, to any vessel not in
initially be presented orally. If an initial presentation of
compliance with the provisions of the Port and Tanker
the appeal is made orally, the appellant must submit the
Safety Act (33 U.S.C. 1221–1232) or the regulations
appeal in writing within five days of the oral presentation
issued thereunder.
to the Coast Guard official to whom the presentation was
(1294)
made. The written appeal must contain, at a minimum,
the basis for the appeal and a summary of the material §160.109 Waterfront facility safety.
(1295) (a) To prevent damage to, or destruction of, any
presented orally. If requested, the official to whom the
appeal is directed may stay the effect of the action while bridge or other structure on or in the navigable waters
the ruling is being appealed. of the United States, or any land structure or shore area
immediately adjacent to those waters, and to protect the
navigable waters and the resources therein from harm
80 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

resulting from vessel or structure damage, destruction, (1309) (4) While underway, does not have at least one
or loss, each District Commander or Captain of the Port deck officer on the navigation bridge who is capable of
may– communicating in the English language.
(1296) (1) Direct the handling, loading, unloading, storage, (1310) (c) When a vessel has been prohibited from
and movement (including the emergency removal, control, operating in the navigable waters of the United States
and disposition) of explosives or other dangerous articles under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section, the District
and substances, including oil or hazardous material as Commander or Captain of the Port may allow provisional
those terms are defined in 46 U.S.C. 2101 on any structure entry into the navigable waters of the United States,
on or in the navigable waters of the United States, or any or into any port or place under the jurisdiction of the
land structure or shore area immediately adjacent to those United States and within the district or zone of that
waters; and District Commander or Captain of the Port, if the owner
(1297) (2) Conduct examinations to assure compliance with or operator of such vessel proves to the satisfaction of
the safety equipment requirements for structures. the district Commander or Captain of the Port, that the
(1298) vessel is not unsafe or does not pose a threat to the marine
§160.111 Special orders applying to vessel opera- environment, and that such entry is necessary for the
tions. safety of the vessel or the persons on board.
(1311) (d) A vessel which has been prohibited from
(1299) Each District Commander or Captain of the Port may
order a vessel to operate or anchor in the manner directed operating in the navigable waters of the United States, or
when– from transferring cargo or residue in a port or place under
(1300) (a) The District Commander or Captain of the Port the jurisdiction of the United States under the provisions
has reasonable cause to believe that the vessel is not in of paragraph (a) or (b)(1), (2), or (3) of this section, may
compliance with any regulation, law or treaty; be allowed provisional entry if the owner or operator
(1301) (b) The District Commander or Captain of the Port proves, to the satisfaction of the District Commander or
determines that the vessel does not satisfy the conditions Captain of the Port that has jurisdiction, that the vessel is
for vessel operation and cargo transfers specified in no longer unsafe or a threat to the environment, and that
§160.113; or the condition which gave rise to the prohibition no longer
(1302) (c) The District Commander or Captain of the Port exists.
has determined that such order is justified in the interest (1312)
of safety by reason of weather, visibility, sea conditions, §160.115 Withholding of clearance.
temporary port congestion, other temporary hazardous (1313) (a) Each District Commander or Captain of the
circumstances, or the condition of the vessel. Port may request the Secretary of the Treasury, or the
(1303)
authorized representative thereof, to withhold or revoke
§160.113 Prohibition of vessel operation and cargo the clearance required by 46 U.S.C. App. 91 of any vessel,
transfers. the owner or operator of which is subject to any penalties
(1304) (a) Each District Commander or Captain of the under 33 U.S.C. 1232.
Port may prohibit any vessel subject to the provisions of (1314)
chapter 37 of Title 46, U.S. Code, from operating in the Subpart C–Notification of Arrival, Hazardous
navigable waters of the United States, or from transferring Conditions, and Certain Dangerous Cargoes
cargo or residue in any port or place under the jurisdiction
of the United States, and within the district or zone of
(1315)
that District Commander or Captain of the Port, if the
§160.201 General.
District Commander or the Captain of the Port determines
(1316) This subpart contains requirements and procedures
that the vessel’s history of accidents, pollution incidents,
for submitting a notice of arrival (NOA), and a notice
or serious repair problems creates reason to believe that
of hazardous condition. The sections in this subpart
the vessel may be unsafe or pose a threat to the marine
describe:
environment.
(1317) (a) Applicability and exemptions from requirements
(1305) (b) The authority to issue orders prohibiting
in this subpart;
operation of the vessels or transfer of cargo or residue
(1318) (b) Required information in an NOA;
under paragraph (a) of this section also applies if the
(1319) (c) Required updates to an NOA;
vessel:
(1320) (d) Methods and times for submission of an NOA,
(1306) (1) Fails to comply with any applicable regulation;
and updates to an NOA;
(1307) (2) Discharges oil or hazardous material in violation
(1321) (e) How to obtain a waiver; and
of any law or treaty of the United States;
(1322) (f) Requirements for submission of the notice of
(1308) (3) Does not comply with applicable vessel traffic
hazardous condition.
service requirements;
(1323) Note to §160.201. For notice-of-arrival requirements
for the U.S. Outer Continental Shelf, see 33 CFR part 146.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 81

(1324) (1341) (iii) Chlorosulfonic acid;


§160.202 Definitions. (1342) (iv) Crotonaldehyde;
(1325) Terms in this subpart that are not defined in this (1343) (v) Ethylene chlorohydrin;
section or in §160.3 have the same meaning as those (1344) (vi) Ethylene dibromide;
terms in 46 U.S.C. 2101. As used in this subpart— (1345) (vii) Methacrylonitrile;
(1326) Agent means any person, partnership, firm, company (1346) (viii) Oleum (fuming sulfuric acid); and
or corporation engaged by the owner or charterer of a (1347) (ix) Propylene oxice, alone or mixed with ethylene
vessel to act in their behalf in matters concerning the oxide.
vessel. (1348) (9) The following bulk solids:
(1327) Barge means a non-self propelled vessel engaged in (1349) (i) ammonium nitrate listed as Division 5.1
commerce. (oxidizing) material in 49 CFR 172.101 except when
(1328) Boundary waters mean the waters from main shore carried as CDC residue; and
to main shore of the lakes and rivers and connecting (1350) (ii) Ammonium nitrate based fertilizer listed as a
waterways, or the portions thereof, along which the Division 5.1 (oxidizing) material in 49 CFR 172.101
international boundary between the United States and the except when carried as CDC residue.
Dominion of Canada passes, including all bays, arms, and (1351) Certain dangerous cargo residue (CDC residue)
inlets thereof, but not including tributary waters which in includes any of the following:
their natural channels would flow into such lakes, rivers, (1352) (1) Ammonium nitrate in bulk or ammonium nitrate
and waterways, or waters flowing from such lakes, rivers, based fertilizer in bulk remaining after all saleable cargo
and waterways, or the waters of rivers flowing across the is discharged, not exceeding 1,000 pounds in total and
boundary. not individually accumulated in quantities exceeding two
(1329) Carried in bulk means a commodity that is loaded cubic feet.
or carried on board a vessel without containers or labels (1353) (2) For bulk liquids and liquefied gases, the cargo
and received and handled without mark or count. that remains onboard in a cargo system after discharge
(1330) Certain dangerous cargo (CDC) includes any of the that is not accessible through normal transfer procedures,
following: with the exception of the following bulk liquefied gas
(1331) (1) Division 1.1 or 1.2 explosives as defined in 49 cargoes carried under 46 CFR 151.50–31 or listed in 46
CFR 173.50. CFR 154.7:
(1332) (2) Division 1.5D blasting agents for which a permit (1354) (i) Ammonia, anhydrous;
is required under 49 CFR 176.415 or, for which a permit (1355) (ii) Chlorine;
is required as a condition of a Research and Special (1356) (iii) Ethane;
Programs Administration exemption. (1357) (iv) Ethylene oxide;
(1333) (3) Division 2.3 “poisonous gas”, as listed in 49 CFR (1358) (v) Methane (LNG);
172.101 that is also a “material poisonous by inhalation” (1359) (vi) Methyl bromide;
as defined in 49 CFR 171.8, and that is in a quantity in (1360) (vii) sulfur dioxide; and
excess of 1 metric ton per vessel. (1361) (viii) vinyl chloride.
(1334) (4) Division 5.1 oxidizing materials for which a (1362) Charterer means the person or organization that
permit is required under 49 CFR 176.415 or for which contracts for the majority of the carrying capacity of a
a permit is required as a condition of a Research and ship for the transportation of cargo to a stated port for
Special Programs Administration exemption. a specified period. This includes “time charterers” and
(1335) (5) A liquid material that has a primary or subsidiary “voyage charterers.”
classification of Division 6.1 “poisonous material” as (1363) Crewmember means all persons carried on board
listed 49 CFR 172.101 that is also a “material poisonous the vessel to provide navigation and maintenance of
by inhalation,” as defined in 49 CFR 171.8 and that is in the vessel, its machinery, systems, and arrangements
a bulk packaging, or that is in a quantity in excess of 20 essential for propulsion and safe navigation or to provide
metric tons per vessel when not in a bulk packaging. services for other persons on board.
(1336) (6) Class 7, “highway route controlled quantity” (1364) Embark means when a crewmember or a person in
radioactive material or “fissile material, controlled addition to the crew joins the vessel.
shipment,” as defined in 49 CFR 173.403. (1365) Ferry schedule means a published document that:
(1337) (7) All bulk liquefied gas cargo carried under 46 CFR (1366) (1) Identifies locations a ferry travels to and from;
151.50–31 or listed in 46 CFR 154.7 that is flammable (1367) (2) Lists the times of departures and arrivals; and
and/or toxic and that is not carried as certain dangerous (1368) (3) Identifies the portion of the year in which the
cargo residue (CDC residue). ferry maintains this schedule.
(1338) (8) The following bulk liquids except when carried (1369) Foreign vessel means a vessel of foreign registry
as CDC residue: or operated under the authority of a country except the
(1339) (i) Acetone cyanohydrin; United States.
(1340) (ii) Allyl alcohol; (1370) Great Lakes means Lakes Superior, Michigan,
Huron, Erie, and Ontario, their connecting and tributary
82 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

waters, the Saint Lawrence River as far as Saint Regis, 33 CFR 2.36(a), which includes internal waters and the
and adjacent port areas. territorial seas of the United States, and any deepwater
(1371) Gross tons means the tonnage determined by the port as defined in 33 CFR 148.5:
tonnage authorities of a vessel’s flag state in accordance (1384) (1) U.S. vessels in commercial service, and
with the national tonnage rules in force before the entry (1385) (2) All foreign vessels.
into force of the International Convention on Tonnage (1386) (b) Unless otherwise specified in this subpart, the
Measurement of Ships, 1969 (“Convention”). For a vessel owner, agent, master, operator, or person in charge of
measured only under Annex I of the Convention, gross a vessel regulated by this subpart is responsible for
tons means that tonnage. For a vessel measured under compliance with the requirements in this subpart.
both systems, the higher gross tonnage is the tonnage (1387) (c) Towing vessels controlling a barge or barges
used for the purposes of the 300-gross-ton threshold. required to submit an NOA under this subpart must submit
(1372) Hazardous condition means any condition that only one NOA containing the information required for the
may adversely affect the safety of any vessel, bridge, towing vessel and each barge under its control.
structure, or shore area or the environmental quality of (1388)
any port, harbor, or navigable waterway of the United §160.204 Exemptions and exceptions.
States. It may, but need not, involve collision, allision, (1389) (a) Except for reporting notice of hazardous
fire, explosion, grounding, leaking, damage, injury or conditions, the following vessels are exempt from
illness of a person aboard, or manning-shortage. requirements in this subpart:
(1373) Nationality means the state (nation) in which a (1390) (1) A passenger or offshore supply vessel when
person is a citizen or to which a person owes permanent employed in the exploration for or in the removal of oil,
allegiance. gas, or mineral resources on the continental shelf.
(1374) Operating exclusively within a single Captain (1391) (2) An oil spill response vessel (OSRV) when
of the Port zone refers to vessel movements within engaged in actual spill response operations or during spill
the boundaries of a single COTP zone, e.g., from one response exercises.
dock to another, one berth to another, one anchorage (1392) (3) After December 31, 2015, a vessel required by
to another, or any combination of such transits. Once a 33 CFR 165.830 or 165.921 to report its movements, its
vessel has arrived in a port in a COPT zone, it would not cargo, or the cargo in barges it is towing.
be considered as departing from a port or place simply (1393) (4) A United States or Canadian vessel engaged in the
because of its movements within that specific port. salving operations of any property wrecked, or rendering
(1375) Operator means any person including, but not aid and assistance to any vessels wrecked, disabled, or
limited to, an owner, a charterer, or another contractor in distress, in waters specified in Article II of the 1908
who conducts, or is responsible for, the operation of a Treaty of Extradition, Wrecking and Salvage (35 Stat.
vessel. 2035; Treaty Series 502).
(1376) Persons in addition to crewmembers mean any (1394) (5) The following vessels neither carrying certain
person onboard the vessel, including passengers, who dangerous cargo nor controlling another vessel carrying
are not included on the list of crewmembers. certain dangerous cargo:
(1377) Port or place of departure means any port or place (1395) (i) A foreign vessel 300 gross tons or less not engaged
in which a vessel is anchored or moored. in commercial service.
(1378) Port or place of destination means any port or place (1396) (ii) A vessel operating exclusively within a single
in which a vessel is bound to anchor or moor. Captain of the Port zone. Captain of the Port zones are
(1379) Public vessel means a vessel that is owned or defined in 33 CFR part 3.
demise-(bareboat) chartered by the government of the (1397) (iii) A U.S. towing vessel and a U.S. barge operating
United States, by a State or local government, or by the solely between ports or places of the contiguous 48 states,
government of a foreign country and that is not engaged Alaska, and the District of Columbia.
in commercial service. (1398) (iv) A public vessel.
(1380) Time charterer means the party who hires a vessel (1399) (v) Except for a tank vessel, a U.S. vessel operating
for a specific amount of time. The owner and his crew solely between ports or places of the United States on the
manage the vessel, but the charterer selects the ports of Great Lakes.
destination. (1400) (vi) A U.S. vessel 300 gross tons or less, engaged
(1381) Voyage charterer means the party who hires a vessel in commercial service not coming from a foreign port or
for a single voyage. The owner and his crew manage the place.
vessel, but the charterer selects the ports of destination. (1401) (vii) Each ferry on a fixed route that is described
(1382) in an accurate schedule that is submitted by the ferry
§160.203 Applicability. operator, along with information in paragraphs (a)(5)
(1383) (a) This subpart applies to the following vessels that (vii)(A) through (J) of this section, to the Captain of the
are bound for or departing from ports or places within Port for each port or place of destination listed in the
the navigable waters of the United States, as defined in schedule at least 24 hours in advance of the first date
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 83

(1419)

Table 160.206 – NOA Information Items


Vessels neither Vessels carrying
carrying CDC nor CDC or controlling
Required Information
controlling another another vessel
vessel carrying CDC carrying CDC
(1) Vessel Information
(i) Name X X
(ii) Name of the registered owner X X
(iii) Country of registry X X
(iv) Call sign X X
(v) International Maritime Organization (IMO) international number or, if vessel does not have an
X X
assigned IMO international number, substitute with official number
(vi) Name of the operator X X
(vii) Name of the charterer X X
(viii) Name of classification society or recognized organization X X
(ix) Maritime Mobile Service Identity (MMSI) number, if applicable X X
(x) Whether the vessel is 300 gross tons or less (yes or no) X X
(xi) USCG Vessel Response Plan Control Number, if applicable X X
(2) Voyage Information
(i) Names of last five foreign ports or places visited X X
(ii) Dates of arrival and departure for last five foreign ports or places visited X X
(iii) For the port or place of the United States to be visited, list the names of the receiving facility, the port or
X X
place, the city, and the state
(iv) For the port or place in the United States to be visited, the estimated date and time of arrival X X
(v) For the port or place in the United States to be visited, the estimated date and time of departure X X
(vi) The location (port or place and country) or position (latitude and longitude or waterway and mile marker) of
X X
the vessel at the time of reporting
(vii) The name and telephone number of a 24-hour point of contact X X
(viii) Whether the vessel’s voyage time is less than 24 hours (yes or no) X X
(ix) Last port or place of departure X X
(x) Dates of arrival and departure for last port or place of departure X X
(3) Cargo Information
(i) A general description of cargo, other than CDC, on board the vessel (e.g. grain, container, oil, etc.) X X
(ii) Name of each CDC carried, including cargo UN number, if applicable – X
(iii) Amount of each CDC carried – X
(4) Information for each Crewmember On Board
(i) Full name X X
(ii) Date of birth X X
(iii) Nationalitiy X X
(iv) Passport* or mariners document number (type of identification and number) X X
(v) Position or duties on the vessel X X
(vi) Where the crewmembers embarked (list port or place and country) X X
(5) Information for each Person On Board in Addition to Crew
(i) Full name X X
(ii) Date of birth X X
(iii) Nationality X X
(iv) Passport number* X X
(v) Where the person embarked (list port or place and country) X X
(6) Operational condition of equipment required by 33 CFR part 164 of this chapter (see note to table) X X
(7) International Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice
(i) The date of expiration for the company’s Document of Compliance certificate that covers the vessel X X
(ii) The date of expiration for the vessel’s Safety Management Certificate X X
(iii) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognized organization(s) representing the vessel Flag
X X
Administration, that issued those certificates
(8) International Ship and Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice
(i) The date of issuance for the vessel’s International Ship Security Certificate (ISSC), if any X X
(ii) Whether the ISSC, if any, is an initial Interim ISSC, subsequent and consecutive Interim ISSC, or final ISSC X X
(iii) Declaration that the approved ship security plan, if any, is being implemented X X
(iv) If a subsequent and consecutive Interim ISSC, the reasons therefore X X
(v) The name and 24-hour contact information for the Company Security Officer X X
(vi) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognized security organization(s) representing the vessel
X X
Flag Administration that issued the ISSC

Note to Table 160.206. For items with an asterisk (*), see paragraph (b) of this section. Submitting a response for item 6 indicating that navigation equipment is not
operating properly does not serve as notice to the District Commander, Captain of the Port, or Vessel Traffic Center, under 33 CFR 164.53.
84 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

and time of arrival listed on the schedule. At least 24 in Table 160.206 by items (4)(iv) and (5)(iv) need not be
hours before the first date and time of arrival listed on provided for that person.
the ferry schedule, each ferry operator who submits a (1421)
schedule under paragraph (a)(5)(vii) of this section must §160.208 Updates to a submitted NOA.
also provide the following information to the Captain of (1422) (a) Unless otherwise specified in this section,
the Port for each port or place of destination listed in the whenever events cause NOA information submitted for
schedule for the ferry, and if the schedule or the following a vessel to become inaccurate, or the submitter to realize
submitted information changes, the ferry operator must that data submitted was inaccurate, the owner, agent,
submit an updated schedule at least 24 hours in advance Master, operator, or person in charge of that vessel must
of the first date and time of arrival listed on the new submit an update within the times required in §160.212.
schedule and updates on the following items whenever (1423) (b) Changes in the following information need not
the submitted information is no longer accurate: be reported:
(1402) (A) Name of the vessel; (1424) (1) Changes in arrival or departure times that are less
(1403) (B) Country of registry of the vessel; than six (6) hours;
(1404) (C) Call sign of the vessel; (1425) (2) Changes in vessel location or position of the
(1405) (D) International Maritime Organization (IMO) vessel at the time of reporting (entry (2)(vi) to Table
international number or, if the vessel does not have an 160.206); and
assigned IMO international number, the official number (1426) (3) Changes to crewmembers’ position or duties on
of the vessel; the vessel (entry (4)(vii) to Table 160.206).
(1406) (E) Name of the registered owner of the vessel; (1427) (c) When reporting updates, revise and resubmit the
(1407) (F) Name of the operator of the vessel; NOA.
(1408) (G) Name of the vessel’s classification society or
(1428)
recognized organization, if applicable;
§160.210 Methods for submitting an NOA.
(1409) (H) Each port or place of destination;
(1429) (a) National Vessel Movement Center (NVMC).
(1410) (I) Estimated dates and times of arrivals at and
Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph or
departures from these ports or places; and
paragraph (b) of this section, vessels must submit NOA
(1411) (J) Name and telephone number of a 24-hour point
information required by §160.206 to the NVMC using
of contact.
methods currently specified at www.nvmc.uscg.gov,
(1412) (6) From April 30, 2015 through December 31, 2015,
which includes submission through the NVMC electronic
vessels identified as being subject to 33 CFR 165.830 or
Notice of Arrival and Departure (eNOAD) World Wide
165.921.
Web site, and XML, which includes the Excel Workbook
(1413) (b) A vessel less than 500 gross tons is not required
format. These data may also be submitted using other
to submit the International Safety Management (ISM)
methods that may be added as future options on www.
Code Notice (Entry 7 in Table 160.206 of §160.206).
nvmc.uscg.gov. XML spreadsheets may be submitted
(1414) (c) A U.S. vessel is not required to submit the
via email to enoad@nvmc.uscg.gov. If a vessel operator
International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS)
must submit an NOA or an update, for a vessel in an area
Code Notice information (Entry 8 in Table 160.206 of
without internet access or when experiencing technical
§160.206).
difficulties with an onboard computer, and he or she has
(1415)
no shore-side support available, the vessel operator may
§160.205 Notices of arrival. fax or phone the submission to the NVMC. Fax at 1–800–
(1416) The owner, agent, Master, operator, or person in 547–8724 or 304–264–2684. Workbook available at
charge of a vessel must submit notices of arrival consistent www.nvmc.uscg.gov; or, telephone at 1–800–708–9823
with the requirements in this subpart. or 304–264–2502.
(1417) (1430) (b) Saint Lawrence Seaway. Those vessels transiting
§160.206 Information required in an NOA. the Saint Lawrence Seaway inbound, bound for a port
(1418) (a) Information required. With the exceptions noted or place in the United States, may meet the submission
in paragraph (b) of this section, each NOA must contain requirements of paragraph (a) of this section by submitting
all of the information items specified in Table 160.206. the required information to the Saint Lawrence Seaway
Vessel owners and operators should protect any personal Development Corporation and the Saint Lawrence
information they gather in preparing notices for transmittal Seaway Management Corporation of Canada using
to the National Vessel Movement Center (NVMC) to methods specified at www.nvmc.uscg.gov.
prevent unauthorized disclosure of that information. (1431)
§160.212 When to submit an NOA.
(1420) (b) Exceptions. If a crewmember or person on (1432) (a) Submission of an NOA. (1) Except as set out in
board other than a crewmember is not required to carry paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section, all vessels
a passport for travel, then passport information required must submit NOAs within the times required in paragraph
(a)(4) of this section.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 85

(1433) (2) Towing vessels, when in control of a vessel (1444)


carrying CDC and operating solely between ports or §160.214 Waivers.
places of the contiguous 48 states, Alaska, and the District (1445) The Captain of the Port may waive, within that Captain
of Columbia, must submit an NOA before departure but of the Port’s designated zone, any of the requirements of
at least 12 hours before arriving at the port or place of this subpart for any vessel or class of vessels upon finding
destination. that the vessel, route area of operations, conditions of the
(1434) (3) U.S. vessels 300 gross tons or less, arriving from voyage, or other circumstances are such that application
a foreign port or place, and whose voyage time is less of this subpart is unnecessary or impractical for purposes
than 24 hours must submit an NOA at least 60 minutes of safety, environmental protection, or national security.
before departure from the foreign port or place. Also, (1446)
Canadian vessels 300 gross tons or less, arriving directly §160.215 Force majeure.
from Canada, via boundary waters, to a United States port (1447) When a vessel is bound for a port or place of the
or place on the Great Lakes, whose voyage time is less United States under force majeure, it must comply with
than 24 hours must submit an NOA at least 60 minutes the requirements in this section, but not other sections
before departure from the Canadian port or place. of this subpart. The vessel must report the following
(1435) (4) Times for submitting NOAs are as follows: information to the nearest Captain of the Port as soon as
practicable:
(1436) (1448) (a) The vessel Master's intentions;
(1449) (b) Any hazardous conditions as defined in §160.202;
If your voyage time is – Then you must submit an NOA –
and
(1450) (c) If the vessel is carrying certain dangerous cargo
(i) 96 hours or more; or At least 96 hours before arriving at the
port or place of destination; or

(ii) Less than 96 hours Before departure but at least 24 hours or controlling a vessel carrying certain dangerous cargo,
before arriving at the port or place of
destination. the amount and name of each CDC carried, including
cargo UN number if applicable.
(1437) (b) Submission of updates to an NOA. (1) Except
(1451)
as set out in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section,
vessels must submit updates in NOA information within
§160.216 Notice of hazardous conditions.
(1452) (a) Whenever there is a hazardous condition either
the times required in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
on board a vessel or caused by a vessel or its operation,
(1438) (2) Towing vessels, when in control of a vessel
the owner, agent, master, operator, or person in charge
carrying CDC and operating solely between ports or
must immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Sector
places in the contiguous 48 states, Alaska, and the District
Office or Group Office, and in addition submit any report
of Columbia, must submit updates to an NOA as soon as
required by 46 CFR 4.05-10.
practicable but at least 6 hours before entering the port
(1453) (b) When the hazardous condition involves cargo
or place of destination.
loss or jettisoning as described in 33 CFR 97.115, the
(1439) (3) U.S. vessels 300 gross tons or less, arriving from
notification required by paragraph (a) of this section must
a foreign port or place, whose voyage time is—
include—
(1440) (i) Less than 24 hours but greater than 6 hours,
(1454) (1) What was lost, including a description of cargo,
must submit updates to an NOA as soon as practicable,
substances involved, and types of packages;
but at least 6 hours before entering the port or place of
(1455) (2) How many were lost, including the number of
destination.
packages and quantity of substances they represent;
(1441) (ii) Less than or equal to 6 hours, must submit
(1456) (3) When the incident occurred, including the time
updates to an NOA as soon as practicable, but at least 60
of the incident or period of time over which the incident
minutes before departure from the foreign port or place.
occurred;
(1442) (4) Times for submitting updates to NOAs are as
(1457) (4) Where the incident occurred, including the exact
follows:
or estimated location of the incident, the route the ship
was taking, and the weather (wind and sea) conditions at
the time or approximate time of the incident; and
(1458) (5) How the incident occurred, including the
(1443) circumstances of the incident, the type of securing
Then you must submit updates to an
equipment that was used, and any other material failures
If your remaining voyage time is –
NOA –
that may have contributed to the incident.
(i) 96 hours or more; As soon as practicable, but at least 24
hours before arriving at the port or place
of destination;

(ii) Less than 96 hours but not less As soon as practicable, but at least 24
than 24 hours; or hours before arriving at the port or place
of destination; or

(iii) Less than 24 hours As soon as practicable, but at least 12


hours before arriving at the port or place
of destination.
86 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(1459) (1475) (3) Suisun Bay Reserve Fleet near Benicia,


Part 162–InlandWaterways Navigation Regula- California.
(1476) (b) No vessels or other watercraft, except those
tions
owned or controlled by the United States Government,
shall cruise or anchor between Reserve Fleet units within
(1460)
500 feet of the end vessels in each Reserve Fleet unit, or
§162.1 General. within 500 feet of the extreme units of the fleets, unless
(1461) Geographic coordinates expressed in terms of latitude specific permission to do so has first been granted in each
or longitude, or both, are not intended for plotting on case by the enforcing agency.
maps or charts whose referenced horizontal datum is the (1477) (c) The regulations in this section shall be enforced
North American Datum of 1983 (NAD 83), unless such by the respective Fleet Superintendents and such agencies
geographic coordinates are expressly labeled NAD 83. as they may designate.
Geographic coordinates without the NAD 83 reference
may be plotted on maps or charts referenced to NAD 83 (1478)
only after application of the appropriate corrections that Part 164–NavigationSafety Regulations (in
are published on the particular map or chart being used. part).
(1462)
§162.5 Definitions. (1479)

(1463) The following definitions apply to this part: For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR
(1464) Merchant mariner credential or MMC means the 164.
credential issued by the Coast Guard under 46 CFR part 10. (1480)
It combines the individual merchant mariner's document, §164.01 Applicability.
license, and certificate of registry enumerated in 46 U.S.C. (1481) (a) This part (except as specifically limited by this
subtitle II part E as well as the STCW endorsement into a section) applies to each self-propelled vessel of 1600 or
single credential that serves as the mariner's qualification more gross tons (except as provided in paragraphs (c)
document, certificate of identification, and certificate of and (d) of this section, or for foreign vessels described in
service. §164.02) when it is operating in the navigable waters of
(1465) the United States except the St. Lawrence Seaway.
§162.30 Channel of Tuckerton Creek, NJ; naviga- (1482) (b) Sections 164.70 through 164.82 of this part
tion. apply to each towing vessel of 12 meters (39.4 feet) or
(1466) (a) Power boats or other vessels propelled by more in length operating in the navigable waters of the
machinery shall not proceed at any time within the limits United States other than the St. Lawrence Seaway; except
of these waters at a greater speed than 8 statute miles per that a towing vessel is exempt from the requirements of
hour. §164.72 if it is–
(1483) (1) Used solely within a limited geographic area,
(1467)
§162.35 Channel of Christina River, DE; navigation. such as a fleeting-area for barges or a commercial facility,
(1468) (a) That vessels of over 20 tons capacity, propelled and used solely for restricted service, such as making up
by machinery, shall not proceed at any time within the or breaking up larger tows;
(1484) (2) Used solely for assistance towing as defined by
limits of these waters at a greater speed than 8 statute
miles per hour. 46 CFR 10.103;
(1485) (3) Used solely for pollution response; or
(1469)
(1486) (4) Any other vessel exempted by the Captain of
§162.40 Inland waterway from Delaware River
the Port (COTP). The COTP, upon written request, may,
to Chesapeake Bay, DE and MD (Chesapeake and in writing, exempt a vessel from §164.72 for a specified
Delaware Canal). route if he or she decides that exempting it would not
(1470) These regulations are given in the description of the allow its unsafe navigation under anticipated conditions.
canal in chapter 7 of this Coast Pilot. (1487) (c) Provisions of §§164.11(a)(2) and (c), 164.30,
(1471) 164.33, and 164.46 do not apply to warships or other
§162.270 Restricted areas in vicinity of Maritime vessels owned, leased, or operated by the United States
Administration Reserve Fleets. Government and used only in government noncommercial
(1472) (a) The regulations in this section shall govern service when these vessels are equipped with electronic
the use and navigation of waters in the vicinity of the navigation systems that have met the applicable agency
following National Defense Reserve Fleets of the regulations regarding navigation safety.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation: (1488) (d) Provisions of §164.46 apply to some self-
(1473) (1) James River Reserve Fleet, Fort Eustis, Virginia. propelled vessels of less than 1600 gross tonnage.
(1474) (2) Beaumont Reserve Fleet, Neches River near
Beaumont, Texas.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 87

(1489) Identification System (AIS), January 25, 2002, IBR


§164.02 Applicability exception for foreign vessels. approved for §164.46.
(1490) (a) Except for §164.46(c) none of the requirements (1509) (3) SN/Circ.227, Guidelines for the Installation
of this part apply to foreign vessels that: of a Shipborne Automatic Identification System (AIS),
(1491) (1) Are not destined for, or departing from, a port or January 6, 2003, IBR approved for §164.46.
place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; and (1510) (4) SN/Circ.244, Guidance on the Use of the UN/
(1492) (2) Are in: LOCODE in the Destination Field in AIS Messages,
(1493) (i) Innocent passage through the territorial sea of the December 15, 2004, IBR approved for §164.46.
United States; or (1511) (5) SN/Circ.245, Amendments to the Guidelines for
(1494) (ii) Transit through navigable waters of the United the Installation of a Shipborne Automatic Identification
States which form a part of an international strait. System (AIS)(SN/Circ.227), December 15, 2004, IBR
(1495)
approved for §164.46.
(1512) (6) SOLAS, International Convention for the Safety
§164.03 Incorporation by reference.
(1496) (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference of Life at Sea, 1974, and 1988 Protocol relating thereto,
into this part with the approval of the Director of the 2000 Amendments, effective January and July 2002,
Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part (SOLAS 2000 Amendments), IBR approved for §164.46.
(1513) (7) Conference resolution 1,Adoption of amendments
51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in
this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of to the Annex to the International Convention for the
the change in the Federal Register and the material Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and amendments to Chapter
must be available to the public. All approved material V of SOLAS 1974, adopted on December 12, 2002, IBR
is available for inspection at the National Archives and approved for §164.46.
(1514) (8) SN.1/Circ.289, Guidance on the Use of AIS
Records Administration (NARA). For more information
on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202- Application-Specific Messages, June 2, 2010, IBR
741-6030, or go to: www.archives.gov/federal-register/ approved for §164.46.
(1515) (f) National Marine Electronics Association
cfr/ibr-locations.html. Also, it is available for inspection
at the Commandant (CG-NAV), U.S. Coast Guard Stop (NMEA), 7 Riggs Avenue, Severna Park, MD 21146,
7418, Attn: Office of Navigation Systems, 2703 Martin 800–808–6632, www.nmea.org:
(1516) (1) NMEA 0400, Installation Standard for Marine
Luther King Jr. Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20593-7418,
and is available from the sources listed below. Electronic Equipment used on Moderate-Sized Vessels,
(1497) (b) American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L Version 3.10, February 2012, IBR approved for §164.46.
(1517) (2) [Reserved]
Street NW., Washington, DC 20005-4070, 202–682–
(1518) (g) Radio Technical Commission for Maritime
8000, www.api.org:
(1498) (1) API Specification 9A, Specification for Wire Services (RTCM), 1611 N. Kent St., Suite 605, Arlington,
Rope, Section 3, Properties and Tests for Wire and Wire VA 22209, 703–527–2000, www.rtcm.org:
(1519) (1) RTCM Paper 12-78/DO-100, Minimum
Rope, May 28, 1984, IBR approved for §164.74.
(1499) (2) [Reserved] Performance Standards, Loran C Receiving Equipment,
(1500) (c) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, 1977, IBR approved for §164.41.
(1520) (2) RTCM Paper 71-95/SC112-STD, RTCM
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, 610-832-9585,
www.astm.org: Recommended Standards for Marine Radar Equipment
(1501) (1) ASTM D4268-93, Standard Test Method for Installed on Ships of Less Than 300 Tons Gross Tonnage,
Testing Fiber Rope, IBR approved for §164.74. Version 1.1, October 10, 1995, IBR approved for §164.72.
(1521) (3) RTCM Paper 191-93/SC112-X, RTCM
(1502) (2) [Reserved]
(1503) (d) Cordage Institute, 350 Lincoln Street, Hingham, Recommended Standards for Maritime Radar Equipment
MA 02043. Installed on Ships of 300 Tons Gross Tonnage and
(1504) (1) CIA-3, Standard Test Methods for Fiber Rope Upwards, Version 1.2, December 20, 1993, IBR approved
Including Standard Terminations, Revised, June 1980, for §164.72.
IBR approved for §164.74. (1522)

(1505) (2) [Reserved] §164.11 Navigation underway: General.


(1506) (e) International Maritime Organization (IMO), 4 (1523) The owner, master, or person in charge of each vessel
Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, underway shall ensure that:
www.imo.org: (1524) (a) The wheelhouse is constantly manned by persons
(1507) (1) IMO Resolution A342(IX), Recommendation on who–
Performance Standards for Automatic Pilots, November (1525) (1) Direct and control the movement of the vessel;
12, 1975, IBR approved for §164.13. and
(1508) (2) IMO Resolution A.917(22), Guidelines for (1526) (2) Fix the vessel’s position;
the Onboard Operational Use of Shipborne Automatic
88 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(1527) (b) Each person performing a duty described in (1546) (4) The comparative proportions of the vessel and
paragraph (a) of this section is competent to perform that the channel;
duty; (1547) (5) The density of marine traffic;
(1528) (c) The position of the vessel at each fix is plotted on (1548) (6) The damage that might be caused by the vessel’s
a chart of the area and the person directing the movement wake;
of the vessel is informed of the vessel’s position; (1549) (7) The strength and direction of the current; and
(1529) (d) Electronic and other navigational equipment, (1550) (8) Any local vessel speed limit;
external fixed aids to navigation, geographic reference (1551) (q) The tests required by §164.25 are made and
points, and hydrographic contours are used when fixing recorded in the vessel’s log; and
the vessel’s position; (1552) (r) The equipment required by this part is maintained
(1530) (e) Buoys alone are not used to fix the vessel’s in operable condition.
position; (1553) (s) Upon entering U.S. waters, the steering wheel or
(1531) Note: Buoys are aids to navigation placed in lever on the navigating bridge is operated to determine
approximate positions to alert the mariner to hazards to if the steering equipment is operating properly under
navigation or to indicate the orientation of a channel. manual control, unless the vessel has been steered under
Buoys may not maintain an exact position because manual control from the navigating bridge within the
strong or varying currents, heavy seas, ice, and collisions preceding 2 hours, except when operating on the Great
with vessels can move or sink them or set them adrift. Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters.
Although buoys may corroborate a position fixed by other (1554) (t) At least two of the steering-gear power units on
means, buoys cannot be used to fix a position: however, the vessel are in operation when such units are capable of
if no other aids are available, buoys alone may be used simultaneous operation, except when the vessel is sailing
to establish an estimated position. on the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary
(1532) (f) The danger of each closing visual or each closing waters, and except as required by paragraph (u) of this
radar contact is evaluated and the person directing the section.
movement of the vessel knows the evaluation; (1555) (u) On each passenger vessel meeting the requirements
(1533) (g) Rudder orders are executed as given; of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at
(1534) (h) Engine speed and direction orders are executed Sea, 1960 (SOLAS 60) and on each cargo vessel meeting
as given; the requirements of SOLAS 74 as amended in 1981, the
(1535) (i) Magnetic variation and deviation and gyrocompass number of steering-gear power units necessary to move
errors are known and correctly applied by the person the rudder from 35° on either side to 30° on the other
directing the movement of the vessel; in not more than 28 seconds must be in simultaneous
(1536) (j) A person whom he has determined is competent operation.
to steer the vessel is in the wheelhouse at all times (See (1556)
also 46 U.S.C. 8702(d), which requires an able seaman §164.13 Navigation underway: tankers.
at the wheel on U.S. vessels of 100 gross tons or more in (1557) (a) As used in this section, “tanker” means a self-
narrow or crowded waters during low visibility.); propelled tank vessel, including integrated tug barge
(1537) (k) If a pilot other than a member of the vessel’s combinations, constructed or adapted primarily to carry
crew is employed, the pilot is informed of the draft, oil or hazardous material in bulk in the cargo spaces and
maneuvering characteristics, and peculiarities of the inspected and certificated as a tanker.
vessel and of any abnormal circumstances on the vessel (1558) (b) Each tanker must have an engineering
that may affect its safe navigation. watch capable of monitoring the propulsion system,
(1538) (1) Current velocity and direction for the area to be communicating with the bridge, and implementing
transited are known by the person directing the movement manual control measures immediately when necessary.
of the vessel; The watch must be physically present in the machinery
(1539) (m) Predicted set and drift are known by the person spaces or in the main control space and must consist of at
directing movement of the vessel; least an engineer with an appropriately endorsed license
(1540) (n) Tidal state for the area to be transited is known or merchant mariner credential.
by the person directing movement of the vessel; (1559) (c) Each tanker must navigate with at least two
(1541) (o) The vessel’s anchors are ready for letting go; deck officers with an appropriately endorsed license or
(1542) (p) The person directing the movement of the vessel merchant mariner credential on watch on the bridge,
sets the vessel’s speed with consideration for– one of whom may be a pilot. In waters where a pilot
(1543) (1) The prevailing visibility and weather conditions; is required, the second officer, must be an individual
(1544) (2) The proximity of the vessel to fixed shore and holding an appropriately endorsed license or merchant
marine structures; mariner credential and assigned to the vessel as master,
(1545) (3) The tendency of the vessel underway to squat and mate, or officer in charge of a navigational watch, who is
suffer impairment of maneuverability when there is small separate and distinct from the pilot.
underkeel clearance;
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 89

(1560) (d) Except as specified in paragraph (e) of this (1576) (3) From each bridge wing, the field of vision must
section, a tanker may operate with an auto pilot engaged extend over an arc from at least 45 degrees on the opposite
only if all of the following conditions exist: bow, through dead ahead, to at least dead astern.
(1561) (1) The operation and performance of the automatic (1577) (4) From the main steering position, the field of
pilot conforms with the standards recommended by the vision must extend over an arc from dead ahead to at
International Maritime Organization in IMO Resolution least 60 degrees on either side of the vessel.
A.342(IX). (1578) (b) A clear view must be provided through at least
(1562) (2) A qualified helmsman is present at the helm and two front windows at all times regardless of weather
prepared at all times to assume manual control. conditions.
(1563) (3) The tanker is not operating in any of the following (1579)
areas: §164.19 Requirements for vessels at anchor.
(1564) (i) The areas of the traffic separation schemes (1580) The master or person in charge of each vessel that is
specified in subchapter P of this chapter. anchored shall ensure that–
(1565) (ii) The portions of a shipping safety fairway (1581) (a) A proper anchor watch is maintained;
specified in part 166 of this chapter. (1582) (b) Procedures are followed to detect a dragging
(1566) (iii) An anchorage ground specified in part 110 of anchor; and
this chapter. (1583) (c) Whenever weather, tide, or current conditions
(1567) (iv) An area within one-half nautical mile of any are likely to cause the vessel’s anchor to drag, action is
U.S. shore. taken to ensure the safety of the vessel, structures, and
(1568) (e) A tanker equipped with an integrated navigation other vessels, such as being ready to veer chain, let go a
system, and complying with paragraph (d)(2) of this second anchor, or get underway using the vessel’s own
section, may use the system with the auto pilot engaged propulsion or tug assistance.
while in the areas described in paragraphs (d)(3) (i) and
(1584)
(ii) of this section. The master shall provide, upon request,
§164.25 Tests before entering or getting underway.
documentation showing that the integrated navigation
(1585) (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of
system–
this section no person may cause a vessel to enter into or
(1569) (1) Can maintain a predetermined trackline with a
get underway on the navigable waters of the United States
cross track error of less than 10 meters 95 percent of the
unless no more than 12 hours before entering or getting
time;
underway, the following equipment has been tested:
(1570) (2) Provides continuous position data accurate to
(1586) (1) Primary and secondary steering gear. The test
within 20 meters 95 percent of the time; and
procedure includes a visual inspection of the steering gear
(1571) (3) Has an immediate override control.
and its connecting linkage, and, where applicable, the
(1572)
operation of the following:
§164.15 Navigation bridge visibility. (1587) (i) Each remote steering gear control system.
(1573) (a) The arrangement of cargo, cargo gear, and trim (1588) (ii) Each steering position located on the navigating
of all vessels entering or departing from U.S. ports bridge.
must be such that the field of vision from the navigation (1589) (iii) The main steering gear from the alternative
bridge conforms as closely as possible to the following power supply, if installed.
requirements: (1590) (iv) Each rudder angle indicator in relation to the
(1574) (1) From the conning position, the view of the sea actual position of the rudder.
surface must not be obscured by more than the lesser of (1591) (v) Each remote steering gear control system power
two ship lengths or 500 meters (1,640 feet) from dead failure alarm.
ahead to 10 degrees on either side of the vessel. Within (1592) (vi) Each remote steering gear power unit failure
this arc of visibility any blind sector caused by cargo, alarm.
cargo gear, or other permanent obstruction must not (1593) (vii) The full movement of the rudder to the required
exceed 5 degrees. capabilities of the steering gear.
(1575) (2) From the conning position, the horizontal field (1594) (2) All internal vessel control communications and
of vision must extend over an arc from at least 22.5 vessel control alarms.
degrees abaft the beam on one side of the vessel, through (1595) (3) Standby or emergency generator, for as long as
dead ahead to at least 22.5 degrees abaft the beam on necessary to show proper functioning, including steady
the other side of the vessel. Blind sectors forward of the state temperature and pressure readings.
beam caused by cargo, cargo gear, or other permanent (1596) (4) Storage batteries for emergency lighting and
obstruction must not exceed 10 degrees each, nor total power systems in vessel control and propulsion machinery
more than 20 degrees, including any blind sector within spaces.
the arc of visibility described in paragraph (a)(1) of this (1597) (5) Main propulsion machinery, ahead and astern.
section. (1598) (b) Vessels navigating on the Great Lakes and their
connecting and tributary waters, having once completed
90 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

the test requirements of this sub-part, are considered to The publication, or applicable extract, must singly or
remain in compliance until arriving at the next port of call in combination contain similar information to the U.S.
on the Great Lakes. Government publication to make safe navigation of the
(1599) (c) Vessels entering the Great Lakes from the St. area possible. The publication, or applicable extract must
Lawrence Seaway are considered to be in compliance be currently corrected, with the exceptions of tide and
with this sub-part if the required tests are conducted tidal current tables, which must be the current editions.
preparatory to or during the passage of the St. Lawrence (1618) (c) As used in this section, “currently corrected”
Seaway or within one hour of passing Wolfe Island. means corrected with changes contained in all Notices to
(1600) (d) No vessel may enter, or be operated on the Mariners published by National Geospatial-Intelligence
navigable waters of the United States unless the emergency Agency, or an equivalent foreign government publication,
steering drill described below has been conducted within reasonably available to the vessel, and that is applicable
48 hours prior to entry and logged in the vessel logbook, to the vessel’s transit.
unless the drill is conducted and logged on a regular basis (1619)
at least once every three months. This drill must include §164.35 Equipment: All vessels.
at a minimum the following: (1620) Each vessel must have the following:
(1601) (1) Operation of the main steering gear from within (1621) (a) A marine radar system for surface navigation.
the steering gear compartment. (1622) (b) An illuminated magnetic steering compass,
(1602) (2) Operation of the means of communications mounted in a binnacle, that can be read at the vessel’s
between the navigating bridge and the steering main steering stand.
compartment. (1623) (c) A current magnetic compass deviation table or
(1603) (3) Operation of the alternative power supply for the graph or compass comparison record for the steering
steering gear if the vessel is so equipped. compass, in the wheelhouse.
(1604) (1624) (d) A gyrocompass.
§164.30 Charts, publications, and equipment: (1625) (e) An illuminated repeater for the gyrocompass
General. required by paragraph (d) of this section that is at the main
(1605) No person may operate or cause the operation steering stand, unless that gyrocompass is illuminated
of a vessel unless the vessel has the marine charts, and is at the main steering stand.
publications, and equipment as required by §§164.33 (1626) (f) An illuminated rudder angle indicator in the
through 164.41 of this part. wheelhouse.
(1627) (g) The following maneuvering information
(1606)
§164.33 Charts and publications. prominently displayed on a fact sheet in the wheelhouse:
(1628) (1) A turning circle diagram to port and starboard
(1607) (a) Each vessel must have the following:
(1608) (1) Marine charts of the area to be transited, that shows the time and distance and advance and transfer
published by the National Ocean Service, U.S. Army required to alter course 90 degrees with maximum rudder
Corps of Engineers, or a river authority that– angle and constant power settings, for either full and half
(1609) (i) Are of a large enough scale and have enough speeds, or for full and slow speeds. For vessels whose
detail to make safe navigation of the area possible; and turning circles are essentially the same for both directions,
(1610) (ii) Are currently corrected. a diagram showing a turning circle in one direction, with a
(1611) (2) For the area to be transited, a currently corrected note on the diagram stating that turns to port and starboard
copy of, or applicable currently corrected extract from, are essentially the same, may be substituted.
(1629) (2) The time and distance to stop the vessel from
each of the following publications:
(1612) (i) U.S. Coast Pilot. either full and half speeds, or from full and slow speeds,
(1613) (ii) Coast Guard Light List. while maintaining approximately the initial heading with
(1614) (3) For the area to be transited, the current edition minimum application of rudder.
(1630) (3) For each vessel with a fixed propeller, a table of
of, or applicable current extract from:
(1615) (i) Tide tables published by private entities using shaft revolutions per minute for a representative range of
data provided by the National Ocean Service. speeds.
(1631) (4) For each vessel with a controllable pitch propeller,
(1616) (ii) Tidal current tables published by private entities
using data provided by the National Ocean Service, or a table of control settings for a representative range of
river current publication issued by a river authority. speeds.
(1632) (5) For each vessel that is fitted with an auxiliary
(1617) (b) As an alternative to the requirements for
paragraph (a) of this section, a marine chart or publication, device to assist in maneuvering, such as a bow thruster,
or applicable extract, published by a foreign government a table of vessel speeds at which the auxiliary device is
may be substituted for a U.S. chart and publication effective in maneuvering the vessel.
(1633) (6) The maneuvering information for the normal
required by this section. The chart must be of large enough
scale and have enough detail to make safe navigation load and normal ballast condition for–
(1634) (i) Calm weather-wind 10 knots or less, calm sea;
of the area possible, and must be currently corrected.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 91

(1635) (ii) No current; of any component of one system will not render the other
(1636) (iii) Deep water conditions-water depth twice the system inoperative.
vessel’s draft or greater; and (1651) (b) On each tanker of 10,000 gross tons or more
(1637) (iv) Clean hull. that is subject to 46 U.S.C. 3708, the dual radar system
(1638) (7) At the bottom of the fact sheet, the following required by this part must have a short range capability
statement: and a long range capability; and each radar must have true
(1639) north features consisting of a display that is stabilized in
WARNING azimuth.
The response of the (name of the vessel) may be different from that listed (1652)
above if any of the following conditions, upon which the maneuvering
information is based, are varied: §164.38 Automatic radar plotting aids (ARPA).
(1653) (See 33 CFR 164.)
(1) Calm weather—wind 10 knots or less, calm sea;
(2) No current;
(3) Water depth twice the vessel’s draft or greater;
(1654)
(4) Clean hull; and
(5) Intermediate drafts or unusual trim. §164.39 Steering gear: Foreign tankers.
(1655) (a) This section applies to each foreign tanker of
(1640) (h) An echo depth sounding device. 10,000 gross tons or more, except a public vessel, that–
(1641) (i) A device that can continuously record the depth (1656) (1) Transfers oil at a port or place subject to the
readings of the vessel’s echo depth sounding device, jurisdiction of the United States; or
except when operating on the Great Lakes and their (1657) (2) Otherwise enters or operates in the navigable
connecting and tributary waters. waters of the United States, except a vessel described by
(1642) (j) Equipment on the bridge for plotting relative §164.02 of this part.
motion. (1658) (b) Definitions. The terms used in this section are as
(1643) (k) Simple operating instructions with a block follows:
diagram, showing the changeover procedures for remote (1659) Constructed means the same as in Chapter II–1,
steering gear control systems and steering gear power Regulations 1.1.2 and 1.1.3.1, of SOLAS 74.
units, permanently displayed on the navigating bridge (1660) Existing tanker means a tanker–
and in the steering gear compartment. (1661) (1) For which the building contract is placed on or
(1644) (l) An indicator readable from the centerline conning after June 1, 1979;
position showing the rate of revolution of each propeller, (1662) (2) In the absence of a building contract, the keel of
except when operating on the Great Lakes and their which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction
connecting and tributary waters. on or after January 1, 1980;
(1645) (m) If fitted with controllable pitch propellers, an (1663) (3) The delivery of which occurs on or after June 1,
indicator readable from the centerline conning position 1982; or
showing the pitch and operational mode of such (1664) (4) That has undergone a major conversion contracted
propellers, except when operating on the Great Lakes for on or after June 1, 1979; or construction of which was
and their connecting and tributary waters. begun on or after January 1, 1980, or completed on or
(1646) (n) If fitted with lateral thrust propellers, an indicator after June 1, 1982.
readable from the centerline conning position showing (1665) Public vessel, oil, hazardous materials, and foreign
the direction and amount of thrust of such propellers, vessel mean the same as in 46 U.S.C. 2101.
except when operating on the Great Lakes and their (1666) SOLAS 74 means the International Convention for
connecting and tributary waters. the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended.
(1647) (o) A telephone or other means of communication for (1667) Tanker means a self-propelled vessel defined as a
relaying headings to the emergency steering station. Also, tanker by 46 U.S.C. 2101(38) or as a tank vessel by 46
each vessel of 500 gross tons and over and constructed on U.S.C. 2101(39).
or after June 9, 1995 must be provided with arrangements (1668) (c) Each tanker constructed on or after September 1,
for supplying visual compass-readings to the emergency 1984, must meet the applicable requirements of Chapter
steering station. II–1, Regulations 29 and 30, of SOLAS 74.
(1648) (1669) (d) Each tanker constructed before September
§164.37 Equipment: Vessels of 10,000 gross tons or 1, 1984, must meet the requirements of Chapter II–1,
more. Regulation 29.19, of SOLAS 74.
(1649) (a) Each vessel of 10,000 gross tons or more must (1670) (e) Each tanker of 40,000 gross tons or more,
have, in addition to the radar system under §164.35(a), a constructed before September 1, 1984, that does not meet
second marine radar system that operates independently the single-failure criterion of Chapter II–1, Regulation
of the first. 29.16, of SOLAS 74, must meet the requirements of
(1650) Note: Independent operation means two completely Chapter II–1, Regulation 29.20, of SOLAS 74.
separate systems, from separate branch power supply (1671) (f) Each tanker constructed before September 1,
circuits or distribution panels to antennas, so that failure 1984, must meet the applicable requirements of Chapter
II–1, Regulations 29.14 and 29.15, of SOLAS 74.
92 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(1672) (1688)
§164.40 Devices to indicate speed and distance. §164.42 Rate of turn indicator.
(1673) (a) Each vessel required to be fitted with an Automatic (1689) Each vessel of 100,000 gross tons or more constructed
Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA) under §164.38 must be fitted on or after September 1, 1984, shall be fitted with a rate
with a device to indicate speed and distance of the vessel of turn indicator.
either through the water, or over the ground. (1690)
(1674) (b) The device must meet the following specifications: §164.43 [Removed]
(1675) (1) The display must be easily readable on the bridge
(1691)
by day or night.
§164.46 Automatic Identification System.
(1676) (2) Errors in the indicated speed, when the vessel is
(1692) (a) Definitions. As used in this section—Automatic
operating free from shallow water effect, and from the
Identification Systems or AIS means a maritime
effects of wind, current, and tide, should not exceed 5
navigation safety communications system standardized
percent of the speed of the vessel, or 0.5 knot, whichever
by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU),
is greater.
adopted by the International Maritime Organization
(1677) (3) Errors in the indicated distance run, when the
(IMO), that—
vessel is operating free from shallow water effect, and
(1693) (1) Provides vessel information, including the vessel's
from the effects of wind, current, and tide, should not
identity, type, position, course, speed, navigational status
exceed 5 percent of the distance run of the vessel in
and other safety-related information automatically to
one hour or 0.5 nautical mile in each hour, whichever is
appropriately equipped shore stations, other ships, and
greater.
aircraft;
(1694) (2) Receives automatically such information from
(1678)
§164.41 Electronic position fixing devices. similarly fitted ships, monitors and tracks ships; and
(1679) (a) Each vessel calling at a port in the continental (1695) (3) Exchanges data with shore-based facilities.
United States, including Alaska south of Cape Prince of (1696) Gross tonnage means tonnage as defined under the
Wales, except each vessel owned or bareboat chartered International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of
and operated by the United States, or by a state or its Ships, 1969.
political subdivision, or by a foreign nation, and not (1697) International voyage means a voyage from a
engaged in commerce, must have a satellite navigation country to which the present International Convention
receiver with– for the Safety of Life at Sea applies to a port outside such
(1680) (1) Automatic acquisition of satellite signals after country, or conversely.
initial operator settings have been entered; and (1698) Properly installed, operational means an Automatic
(1681) (2) Position updates derived from satellite Identification System (AIS) that is installed and operated
information during each usable satellite pass. using the guidelines set forth by the International
(1682) (b) A system that is found by the Commandant to Maritime Organization (IMO) Resolution A.917(22)
meet the intent of the statements of availability, coverage, and Safety of Navigation Circulars (SN/Circ.) 227, 244,
and accuracy for the U.S. Coastal Confluence Zone 245, and SN.1/Circ.289; or National Marine Electronics
(CCZ) contained in the U.S. “Federal Radionavigation Association (NMEA) Installation Standard 0400-3.10 in
Plan” (Report No. DOD–NO 4650.4–P, I or No. DOT– lieu of SN/Circ.227 and 245 (incorporated by reference,
TSC–RSPA–80–16, 1). A person desiring a finding see §164.03).
by the Commandant under this subparagraph must (1699) (b) AIS carriage—(1) AIS Class A device. The
submit a written application describing the device to following vessels must have on board a properly installed,
the Commandant (CG–DCO–D), Attn: Deputy for operational Coast Guard type-approved AIS Class A
Operations Policy and Capabilities, U.S. Coast Guard device:
Stop 7318, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., (1700) (i) A self-propelled vessel of 65 feet or more in
Washington, DC 20593–7318. After reviewing the length, engaged in commercial service.
application, the Commandant may request additional (1701) (ii) A towing vessel of 26 feet or more in length
information to establish whether or not the device meets and more than 600 horsepower, engaged in commercial
the intent of the Federal Radionavigation Plan. service.
(1683) Note.–The Federal Radionavigation Plan is available (1702) (iii) A self-propelled vessel that is certificated to
from the National Technical Information Service, carry more than 150 passengers.
Springfield, VA 22161, with the following Government (1703) (iv) A self-propelled vessel engaged in dredging
Accession Numbers: operations in or near a commercial channel or shipping
(1684) Vol 1, ADA 116468 fairway in a manner likely to restrict or affect navigation
(1685) Vol 2, ADA 116469 of other vessels.
(1686) Vol 3, ADA 116470 (1704) (v) A self-propelled vessel engaged in the movement
(1687) Vol 4, ADA 116471 of—
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 93

(1705) (A) Certain dangerous cargo as defined in subpart C (1719) (2) AIS must be maintained in effective operating
of part 160 of this chapter, or condition, which includes—
(1706) (B) Flammable or combustible liquid cargo in bulk (1720) (i) The ability to reinitialize the AIS, which requires
that is listed in 46 CFR 30.25-1, Table 30.25-1. access to and knowledge of the AIS power source and
(1707) (2) AIS Class B device. Use of a Coast Guard type- password;
approved AIS Class B device in lieu of an AIS Class A (1721) (ii) The ability to access AIS information from the
device is permissible on the following vessels if they are primary conning position of the vessel;
not subject to pilotage by other than the vessel Master or (1722) (iii) The accurate broadcast of a properly assigned
crew: Maritime Mobile Service Identity (MMSI) number;
(1708) (i) Fishing industry vessels; (1723) (iv) The accurate input and upkeep of all AIS data
(1709) (ii) Vessels identified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of fields and system updates; and
this section that are certificated to carry less than 150 (1724) (v) For those vessels denoted in paragraph (b) of this
passengers and that— section, the continual operation of AIS and its associated
(1710) (A) Do not operate in a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) devices (e.g., positioning system, gyro, converters,
or Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) area displays) at all times while the vessel is underway or at
defined in Table 161.12(c) of §161.12 of this chapter, and anchor, and, if moored, at least 15 minutes prior to getting
(1711) (B) Do not operate at speeds in excess of 14 knots; underway; except when its operation would compromise
and the safety or security of the vessel or a security incident
(1712) (iii) Vessels identified in paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this is imminent. The AIS should be returned to continuous
section engaged in dredging operations. operation as soon as the compromise has been mitigated
(1713) Note to paragraph (b): Under 33 U.S.C. 1223(b) or the security incident has passed. The time and reason
(3) and 33 CFR 160.111, a Coast Guard Captain of the for the silent period should be recorded in the ship's
Port (COTP) may restrict the operation of a vessel if he official log and reported to the nearest Captain of the
or she determines that by reason of weather, visibility, Port or Vessel Traffic Center (VTC).
sea conditions, port congestion, other hazardous (1725) (3) AIS safety-related text messaging must
circumstances, or the condition of such vessel, the be conducted in English and solely to exchange or
restriction is justified in the interest of safety. In certain communicate pertinent navigation safety information
circumstances, if a COTP is concerned that the operation (analogous to a SECURITE broadcast). Although not
of a vessel not subject to §164.46 would be unsafe, the prohibited, AIS text messaging should not be relied upon as
COTP may determine that voluntary installation of AIS the primary means for broadcasting distress (MAYDAY)
by the operator would mitigate that concern. Fishing or urgent (PAN PAN) communications. (47 CFR 80.1109,
industry vessels include fishing vessels, fish processing Distress, urgency, and safety communications).
vessels, and fish tender vessels as defined in 46 U.S.C. (1726) (4) AIS application-specific messaging (ASM) is
2101. permissible, but is limited to applications adopted by the
(1714) (c) SOLAS provisions. The following self-propelled International Maritime Organization (such as IMO SN.1/
vessels must comply with International Convention for Circ.289) or those denoted in the International Association
Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended, Chapter V, of Marine Aids to Navigation and Lighthouse Authorities'
regulation 19.2.1.6 (Positioning System), 19.2.4 (AIS (IALA) ASM Collection for use in the United States or
Class A), and 19.2.3.5 (Transmitting Heading Device) Canada, and to no more than one ASM per minute.
or 19.2.5.1 (Gyro Compass) as applicable (Incorporated (1727) Note to paragraph (d): The Coast Guard has
by reference, see §164.03): developed the “U.S. AIS Encoding Guide” to help ensure
(1715) (1) A vessel of 300 gross tonnage or more, on an consistent and accurate data encoding (input) by AIS
international voyage. users. This Guide is available at our “AIS Frequently
(1716) (2) A vessel of 150 gross tonnage or more, when Asked Questions” (FAQ #2) World Wide Web page at
carrying more than 12 passengers on an international www.navcen.uscg.gov. Although of great benefit, the
voyage. interfacing or installation of other external devices or
(1717) (d) Operations. The requirements in this paragraph displays (e.g., transmitting heading device, gyro, rate of
are applicable to any vessel equipped with AIS. turn indicator, electronic charting systems, and radar), is
(1718) (1) Use of AIS does not relieve the vessel of the not currently required except as denoted in §164.46(c).
requirements to sound whistle signals or display lights or Most application-specific messages require interfacing
shapes in accordance with the International Regulations to an external system that is capable of their portrayal,
for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS), such as equipment certified to meet Radio Technical
28 U.S.T. 3459, T.I.A.S. 8587, or Inland Navigation Commission for Maritime Services (RTCM) electronic
Rules, 33 CFR part 83; nor of the radio requirements chart system (ECS) standard 10900 series.
of the Vessel Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act, 33 (1728) (e) Watchkeeping. AIS is primarily intended for use
U.S.C. 1201-1208, part 26 of this chapter, and 47 CFR by the Master or person in charge of the vessel, or by
part 80. the person designated by the Master or person in charge
94 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

to pilot or direct the movement of the vessel, who must (1743) (b) If the vessel’s automatic identification system
maintain a periodic watch for AIS information. (AIS), radar, radio navigation receivers, gyrocompass,
(1729) (f) Portable AIS. The use of a portable AIS is echo depth sounding device, or primary steering gear stops
permissible only to the extent that electromagnetic operating properly, the person directing the movement
interference does not affect the proper function of existing of the vessel must report or cause to be reported that it
navigation and communication equipment on board and is not operating properly to the nearest Captain of the
such that only one AIS device may be transmitting on Port, District Commander, or, if participating in a Vessel
board a vessel at any one time. Traffic Service, to the Vessel Traffic Center, as soon as
(1730) (g) AIS Pilot Plug. The AIS Pilot Plug on any vessel possible.
subject to pilotage by other than the vessel Master or crew (1744)
must be readily available and easily accessible from the §164.55 Deviations from rules: Continuing opera-
primary conning position of the vessel and permanently tion or period of time.
affixed (not an extension cord) and adjacent (within 3 (1745) The Captain of the Port, upon written application,
feet) to a 120-volt 50/60 Hz AC power receptacle (NEMA may authorize a deviation from any rule in this part if
5-15). he determines that the deviation does not impair the safe
(1731) (h) Exceptions. The following vessels may seek up navigation of the vessel under anticipated conditions and
to a 5-year deviation from the AIS requirements of this will not result in a violation of the rules for preventing
section by requesting a deviation under §164.55. collisions at sea. The authorization may be issued for
(1732) (1) Vessels that operate solely within a very confined vessels operating in the waters under the jurisdiction of
area ( e.g., less than a 1 nautical-mile radius, shipyard, or the Captain of the Port for any continuing operation or
barge fleeting facility); period of time the Captain of the Port specifies.
(1733) (2) Vessels that conduct only short voyages (less
(1746)
than 1 nautical mile) on a fixed schedule ( e.g., a bank-
§164.61 Marine casualty reporting and record
to-bank river ferry service or a tender vessel);
retention.
(1734) (3) Vessels that are not likely to encounter other AIS-
(1747) When a vessel is involved in a marine casualty as
equipped vessels;
defined in 46 CFR 4.03–1, the master or person in charge
(1735) (4) Vessels whose design or construction makes it
of the vessel shall–
impracticable to operate an AIS device ( e.g., those that
(1748) (a) Ensure compliance with 46 CFR 4.05, “Notice
lack electrical power, have an exposed or open cabin, or
of Marine Casualty and Voyage Records,” and
are submersible); or
(1749) (b) Ensure that the voyage records required by 46
(1736) (5) Vessels denoted in paragraph (b)(2) that seek a
CFR 4.05–15 are retained for–
deviation from requirements in paragraphs (d)(2)(ii) and
(1750) (1) 30 days after the casualty if the vessel remains
(e) of this section because their AIS Class B device lacks
in the navigable waters of the United States; or
a display.
(1751) (2) 30 days after the return of the vessel to a United
(1737) (i) Prohibition. Except for maritime support
States port if the vessel departs the navigable waters of
stations (see 47 CFR 80.5) licensed by the Federal
the United States within 30 days after the marine casualty.
Communications Commission (FCC), broadcasts from
AIS Class A or B devices on aircraft, non-self propelled (1752)

vessels or from land are prohibited. §164.70 Definitions.


(1738) (j) Implementation date. Those vessels identified (1753) For purposes of §§164.72 through 164.82, the term–
in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section that were not (1754) Current edition means the most recent published
previously subject to AIS carriage must install AIS no version of a publication, chart, or map required by
later than March 1, 2016. §164.72.
(1755) Currently corrected edition means a current or
(1739)
previous edition of a publication required by §164.72,
§164.51 Deviations from rules: Emergency.
corrected with changes that come from Notice to
(1740) Except for the requirements of §164.53(b), in an
Mariners (NTMs) or Notices to Navigation reasonably
emergency, any person may deviate from any rule in this
available and that apply to the vessel’s transit. Hand-
part to the extent necessary to avoid endangering persons,
annotated river maps from U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
property, or the environment.
(ACOE) are currently corrected editions if issued within
(1741)
the previous 5 years.
§164.53 Deviations from rules and reporting: Non- (1756) Great Lakes means the Great Lakes and their
operating equipment. connecting and tributary waters including the Calumet
(1742) (a) If during a voyage any equipment required by River as far as the Thomas J. O’Brien Lock and Controlling
this part stops operating properly, the person directing the Works (between miles 326 and 327), the Chicago River
movement of the vessel may continue to the next port of as far as the east side of the Ashland Avenue Bridge
call, subject to the directions of the District Commander (between miles 321 and 322), and the Saint Lawrence
or the Captain of the Port, as provided by 33 CFR 160. River as far east as the lower exit of Saint Lambert Lock.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 95

(1757) Merchant mariner credential or MMC means the (1772) (B) RTCM Recommended Standards for Marine
credential issued by the Coast Guard under 46 CFR part 10. Radar Equipment Installed on Ships of 300 Tons Gross
It combines the individual merchant mariner's document, Tonnage and Upwards, RTCM Paper 191–93/SC112–X,
license, and certificate of registry enumerated in 46 U.S.C. Version 1.2 except the requirements for azimuth
subtitle II part E as well as the STCW endorsement into a stabilization in paragraph 3.10.
single credential that serves as the mariner's qualification (1773) (iv) For a vessel of 300 tons gross tonnage or more
document, certificate of identification, and certificate of that engages in towing seaward of navigable waters of
service. the U.S. or more than three nautical miles from shore on
(1758) Swing-meter means an electronic or electric device the Great Lakes, the radar must meet–
that indicates that rate of turn of the vessel on board which (1774) (A) The requirements of the FCC specified by 47
it is installed. CFR Part 80; and
(1759) Towing vessel means a commercial vessel engaged (1775) (B) RTCM Recommended Standards for Marine
in or intending to engage in pulling, pushing or hauling Radar Equipment Installed on Ships of 300 Tons Gross
alongside, or any combination of pulling, pushing, or Tonnage and upwards, RTCM Paper 191–93/ SC112–X,
hauling alongside. Version 1.2.
(1760) Western Rivers means the Mississippi River, its (1776) (v) A towing vessel with an existing radar must
tributaries, South Pass, and Southwest Pass, to the meet the applicable requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) (i)
navigational-demarcation lines dividing the high seas through (iv) of this section by August 2, 1998; except
from harbors, rivers, and other inland waters of the United that a towing vessel with an existing radar must meet the
States, and the Port Allen-Morgan City Alternative Route, display and stabilization requirements of paragraph (a)
and that part of the Atchafalaya River above its junction (1)(ii)(B) of this section by August 2, 2001.
with the Port Allen-Morgan City Alternative Route (1777) (2) Searchlight. A searchlight, directable from the
including the Old River and the Red River and those vessel’s main steering station and capable of illuminating
waters specified by §§89.25 and 89.27 of this chapter, and objects at a distance of at least two times the length of the
such other, similar waters as are designated by the COTP. tow.
(1778) (3) VHF–FM Radio. An installation or multiple
(1761)
§164.72 Navigational-safety equipment, charts or installations of VHF–FM radios as prescribed by part
maps, and publications required on towing vessels. 26 of this chapter and 47 CFR part 80, to maintain a
(1762) (a) Except as provided by §164.01(b), each towing continuous listening watch on the designated calling
vessel must be equipped with the following navigational- channel, VHF–FM Channel 13 (except on portions of the
safety equipment: Lower Mississippi River, where VHF–FM Channel 67 is
(1763) (1) Marine Radar. By August 2, 1997, a marine radar the designated calling channel), and to separately monitor
that meets the following applicable requirements: the International Distress and Calling Channel, VHF–FM
(1764) (i) For a vessel of less than 300 tons gross tonnage Channel 16, except when transmitting or receiving traffic
that engages in towing on navigable waters of the U.S., on other VHF–FM channels or when participating in a
including Western Rivers, the radar must meet– Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) or monitoring a channel
(1765) (A) The requirements of the Federal Communications of a VTS. (Each U.S. towing vessel of 26 feet (about 8
Commission (FCC) specified by 47 CFR part 80; and meters) or more in length, except a public vessel, must
(1766) (B) RTCM Standard for Marine Radar Equipment hold a ship-radio-station license for radio transmitters
Installed on Ships of Less Than 300 Tons Gross Tonnage, (including radar and EPIRBs), and each operator must
RTCM Paper 71–95/SC112–STD, Version 1.1, display hold a restricted operator’s license or higher. To get an
Category II and stabilization Category Bravo. application for either license, call (800) 418–FORM or
(1767) (ii) For a vessel of less than 300 tons gross tonnage (202) 418–FORM, or write to the FCC; Wireless Bureau,
that engages in towing seaward of navigable waters of Licensing Division; 1270 Fairfield Road; Gettysburg, PA
the U.S. or more than three nautical miles from shore on 17325–7245.)
(1779) (4) Magnetic Compass. Either–
the Great Lakes, the radar must meet–
(1780) (i) An illuminated swing-meter or an illuminated
(1768) (A) The requirements of the FCC specified by 47
CFR part 80; and card-type magnetic steering compass readable from the
(1769) (B) RTCM Standard for Marine Radar Equipment vessel’s main steering station, if the vessel engages in
Installed on Ships of Less Than 300 Tons Gross Tonnage, towing exclusively on Western Rivers; or
(1781) (ii) An illuminated card-type magnetic steering
RTCM Paper 71–95/SC112–STD, Version 1.1, display
Category I and stabilization Category Alpha. compass readable from the vessel’s main steering station.
(1782) (5) Echo Depth-Sounding Device. By August 2,
(1770) (iii) For a vessel of 300 tons gross tonnage or more
that engages in towing on navigable waters of the U.S., 2001, an echo depth-sounding device readable from the
including Western rivers, the radar must meet– vessel’s main steering station, unless the vessel engages
(1771) (A) The requirements of the Federal Communications in towing exclusively on Western Rivers.
(1783) (6) Electronic Position-Fixing Device. An electronic
Commission (FCC) specified by 47 CFR part 80; and
position-fixing device, a satellite navigational system
96 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(1803)

TABLE 164.72 – Equipment, Charts or Maps, and Publications of Towing Vessels for 12 Meters or More in Length
Waters seaward of Navigable Waters
U.S. Navigable Waters
Western Rivers and 3 NM or more from shore on the
(other than Western Rivers)
Great Lakes
Marine Radar: RTCM Paper 71-95/SC112-STD Version 1.1 RTCM Paper 71-95/SC112-STD Version 1.1 RTCM Paper 71-95/SC112-STD Version 1.1
Towing Vessels of Display Category II1 Display Category II1 Display Category I2
less than 300 GT Stabilization Category BRAVO Stabilization Category BRAVO Stabilization Category ALPHA

Towing Vessels of RTCM Paper 191-93/SC112-X Version 1.2 RTCM Paper 191-93/SC112-X Version 1.2 RTCM Paper 191-93/SC112-X Version 1.21
300 GT or more (except the Azimuth stabilization (except the Azimuth stabilization
requirement in paragraph 3.10)1 requirement in paragraph 3.10)1

Searchlight X X X
VHF-FM Radio X X X
Magnetic Compass X 3
X X
Swing Meter X3
Echo Depth-sounding
Device
X X

Electronic Position
Fixing Device
X

Charts or Maps (1) Large enough scale (1) Large enough scale (1) Large enough scale
(2) Current edition or currently corrected (2) Current edition or currently corrected (2) Currently corrected edition
edition edition

General Publications (1) U.S. Coast Guard Light List (1) U.S. Coast Guard Light List (1) U.S. Coast Guard Light List
(2) Notices to Navigation or Local Notices (2) Local Notices to Mariners (2) Local Notices to Mariners
to Mariners (3) Tidal-current Tables (3) Tidal-current Tables
(3) River-current Tables (4) Tide Tables (4) Tide Tables
(5) U.S. Coast Pilot (5) U.S. Coast Pilot
Notes:
1
Towing vessels with existing radar must meet this requirement by August 2, 1998.
2
Towing vessels with existing radar must meet this requirement by August 2, 1998 but do not need to meet the display and stabilization requirements until August 2, 2001.
3
A towing vessel may carry either a swing-meter or a magnetic compass.

such as the Global Positioning System (GPS) as required navigation of the areas possible, and must be currently
by §164.41, if the vessel engages in towing seaward of corrected.
navigable waters of the U.S. or more than three nautical (1791) (2) General publications. A currently corrected
miles from shore on the Great Lakes. edition of, or an applicable currently corrected extract
(1784) (b) Each towing vessel must carry on board and from, each of the following publications for the area to
maintain the following: be transited:
(1785) (1) Charts or maps. Marine charts or maps of the (1792) (i) If the vessel is engaged in towing exclusively on
areas to be transited, published by the National Ocean Western Rivers–
Service (NOS), the ACOE, or a river authority that satisfy (1793) (A) U.S. Coast Guard Light List;
the following requirements. (1794) (B) Applicable Notices to Navigation published
(1786) (i) The charts or maps must be of a large enough by the ACOE, or Local Notices to Marines (LNMs)
scale and have enough detail to make safe navigation of published by the Coast Guard, for the area to be transited,
the areas possible. when available; and
(1787) (ii) The charts or maps must be either– (1795) (C) River-current tables published by a river
(1788) (A) Current editions or currently corrected editions, authority, if available.
if the vessel engages in towing exclusively on navigable (1796) (ii) if the vessel is engaged other than in towing
waters of the U.S., including Western Rivers; or exclusively on Western Rivers–
(1789) (B) Currently corrected editions, if the vessel (1797) (A) Coast Guard Light List;
engages in towing seaward of navigable waters of the (1798) (B) Notices to Mariners published by the National
U.S. or more than three nautical miles from shore on the Geospatial-Intelligence Agency, or LNMs published by
Great Lakes. the Coast Guard;
(1790) (iii) The charts or maps may be, instead of charts (1799) (C) Tidal-Current tables published by private entities
or maps required by paragraphs (b)(1) (i) and (ii) of this using data provided by the NOS, or river-current tables
section, currently corrected marine charts or maps, or published by the ACOE or a river authority:
applicable extracts, published by a foreign government. (1800) (D) Tide tables published by private entities using
These charts or maps, or applicable extracts, must contain data provided by the NOS; and
information similar to that on the charts or maps required (1801) (E) U.S. Coast Pilot.
by paragraphs (b)(1) (i) and (ii) of the section, be of (1802) (c) Table 164.72, following, summarizes the
large enough scale, and have enough detail to make safe navigational-safety equipment, charts or maps, and
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 97

publications required for towing vessels of 12 meters or (1821) (iii) Conducting visual inspections of the towline in
more in length engaged in towing: accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations,
(1804) or at least monthly, and whenever the serviceability of the
§164.74 Towline and terminal gear for towing towline is in doubt (the inspections being conducted by
astern. the owner, master, or operator, or by a person on whom
(1805) (a) Towline. The owner, master, or operator of each the owner, master, or operator confers the responsibility
vessel towing astern shall ensure that the strength of each to take corrective measures appropriate for the use of the
towline is adequate for its intended service, considering towline);
(1822) (iv) Evaluating the serviceability of the whole
at least the following factors:
(1806) (1) The size and material of each towline must be– towline or any part of the towline, and removing the
(1807) (i) Appropriate for the horsepower or bollard pull of whole or part from service either as recommended by the
the vessel; manufacturer or a class society authorized in §157.04 of
(1808) (ii) Appropriate for the static loads and dynamic this chapter or in accordance with a replacement schedule
loads expected during the intended service; developed by the owner, master, or operator that accounts
(1809) (iii) Appropriate for the sea conditions expected for at least the–
(1823) (A) Nautical miles on, or time in service of, the
during the intended service;
(1810) (iv) Appropriate for exposure to the marine towline;
(1824) (B) Operating conditions experienced by the towline;
environment and to any chemicals used or carried on
(1825) (C) History of loading of the towline;
board the vessel;
(1826) (D) Surface condition, including corrosion and
(1811) (v) Appropriate for the temperatures of normal
stowage and service on board the vessel; discoloration, of the towline;
(1827) (E) Amount of visible damage to the towline;
(1812) (vi) Compatible with associated navigational-safety
(1828) (F) Amount of material deterioration indicated
equipment; and
(1813) (vii) Appropriate for the likelihood of mechanical by measurements of diameter and, if applicable,
damage. measurements of lay extension of the towline; and
(1829) (G) Point at which a tensile test proves the minimum
(1814) (2) Each towline as rigged must be–
(1815) (i) Free of knots; breaking strength of the towline inadequate by the
(1816) (ii) Spliced with a thimble, or have a poured socket standards of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, if necessary;
at its end; and and
(1830) (v) Keeping on board the towing vessel or in
(1817) (iii) Free of wire clips except for temporary repair,
for which the towline must have a thimble and either company files of a record of the material condition of
five wire clips or as many wire clips as the manufacturer the towline when inspected under paragraphs (a)(3)(iii)
specifies for the nominal diameter and construction of the and (iv) of this section. Once this record lapses for three
towline, whichever is more. months or more, except when a vessel is laid up or out
(1818) (3) The condition of each towline must be monitored of service or has not deployed its towline, the owner,
through the– master, or operator shall retest the towline or remove it
(1819) (i) Keeping on board the towing vessel or in from service.
(1831) (b) Terminal gear. The owner, master, or operator of
company files of a record of the towline’s initial minimum
breaking strength as determined by the manufacturer, each vessel towing astern shall ensure that the gear used
by a classification (“class”) society authorized in to control, protect, and connect each towline meets the
§157.04 of this chapter, or by a tensile test that meets following criteria:
(1832) (1) The material and size of the terminal gear are
API Specifications 9A, Specification for Wire Rope,
Section 3; ASTM D 4268 (incorporated by reference, see appropriate for the strength and anticipated loading of
§164.03), Standard Test Method for Testing Fiber Ropes; the towline and for the environment;
(1833) (2) Each connection is secured by at least one nut
or Cordage Institute CIA 3, Standard Test Methods for
Fiber Rope Including Standard Terminations; with at least one cotter pin or other means of preventing
(1820) (ii) If the towline is purchased from another owner, its failure;
(1834) (3) The lead of the towline is appropriate to prevent
master, or operator of a vessel with the intent to use it as
a towline or if it is retested for any reason, keeping on sharp bends in the towline from fairlead blocks, chocks,
board the towing vessel or in company files of a record of or tackle;
(1835) (4) There is provided a method, whether mechanical
each retest of the towline’s minimum breaking strength as
determined by a class society authorized in §157.04 of this or non-mechanical, that does not endanger operating
chapter or by a tensile test that meets API Specifications personnel but that easily releases the towline;
(1836) (5) The towline is protected from abrasion or chafing
9A, Section 3; ASTM D 4268 (incorporated by reference,
see §164.03); or Cordage Institute CIA 3, Standard Test by chafing gear, lagging, or other means;
(1837) (6) Except on board a vessel towing in ice on Western
Methods;
Rivers or one using a towline of synthetic or natural fiber,
98 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

there is fitted a winch that evenly spools and tightly winds (1856)
the towline; and §164.80 Tests, inspections, and voyage planning.
(1838) (7) If a winch is fitted, there is attached to the main (1857) (a) The owner, master, or operator of each towing
drum a brake that has holding power appropriate for vessel of less than 1,600 GT shall ensure that the
the horsepower or bollard pull of the vessel and can be following tests and inspections of gear occur before the
operated without power to the winch. vessel embarks on a voyage of more than 24 hours or
(1839) when each new master or operator assumes command:
§164.76 Towline and terminal gear for towing (1858) (1) Steering-systems. A test of the steering- gear-
alongside and pushing ahead. control system; a test of the main steering gear from the
(1840) The owner, master, or operator of each vessel towing alternative power supply, if installed; a verification of
alongside or pushing ahead shall ensure the face wires, the rudder-angle indicator relative to the actual position
spring lines, and push gear used– of the rudder; and a visual inspection of the steering gear
(1841) (a) Are appropriate for the vessel’s horsepower; and its linkage.
(1842) (b) Are appropriate for the arrangement of the tow; (1859) (2) Navigational equipment. A test of all installed
(1843) (c) Are frequently inspected; and navigational equipment.
(1844) (d) Remain serviceable. (1860) (3) Communications. Operation of all internal vessel
control communications and vessel-control alarms, if
(1845)
installed.
§164.78 Navigation underway: Towing vessels.
(1861) (4) Lights. Operation of all navigational lights and
(1846) (a) The owner, master, or operator of each vessel
all searchlights.
towing shall ensure that each person directing and
(1862) (5) Terminal gear. Visual inspection of tackle; of
controlling the movement of the vessel–
connections of bridle and towing pendant, if applicable;
(1847) (1) Understands the arrangement of the tow and the
of chafing gear; and the winch brake, if installed.
effects of maneuvering on the vessel towing and on the
(1863) (6) Propulsion systems. Visual inspection of the
vessel, barge, or object being towed;
spaces for main propulsion machinery, of machinery, and
(1848) (2) Can fix the position of the vessel using installed
of devices for monitoring machinery.
navigational equipment, aids to navigation, geographic
(1864) (b) The owner, master, or operator of each towing
reference-points, and hydrographic contours;
vessel of 1,600 GT or more shall ensure that the following
(1849) (3) Does not fix the position of the vessel using
tests of equipment occur at the frequency required by
buoys alone (Buoys are aids to navigation placed in
§164.25 and that the following inspections of gear occur
approximate positions either to alert mariners to hazards
before the vessel embarks on a voyage of more than 24
to navigation or to indicate the orientation of a channel.
hours or when each new master or operator assumes
They may not maintain exact charted positions, because
command:
strong or varying currents, heavy seas, ice and collisions
(1865) (1) Navigational equipment. Tests of onboard
with vessels can move or sink them or set them adrift.
equipment as required by §164.25.
Although they may corroborate a position fixed by other
(1866) (2) Terminal gear. Visual inspection of tackle; of
means, they cannot fix a position; however, if no other
connections of bridle and towing pendant, if applicable;
aids are available, buoys alone may establish an estimated
of chafing gear; and of the winch brake, if installed.
position.);
(1867) (c)(1) The voyage-planning requirements outlined
(1850) (4) Evaluates the danger of each closing visual or
in this section do not apply to you if your towing vessel
radar contact;
is–
(1851) (5) Knows and applies the variation and deviation,
(1868) (i) Used solely for any of the following services or
where a magnetic compass is fitted and where charts or
any combination of these services–
maps have enough detail to enable this type of correction;
(1869) (A) Within a limited geographic area, such as
(1852) (6) Knows the speed and direction of the current, and
fleeting-area for barges or a commercial facility, and used
the set, drift, and tidal state for the area to be transited;
for restricted service, such as making up or breaking up
(1853) (7) Proceeds at a safe speed taking into account
larger tows:
the weather, visibility, density of traffic, draft of tow,
(1870) (B) For harbor assist;
possibility of wake damage, speed and direction of the
(1871) (C) For assistance towing as defined by 46 CFR
current, and local speed-limits; and
10.103;
(1854) (8) Monitors the voyage plan required by §164.80.
(1872) (D) For response to emergency or pollution;
(1855) (b) The owner, master, or operator of each vessel
(1873) (ii) A public vessel that is both owned, or demise
towing shall ensure that the tests and inspections required
chartered, and operated by the United States Government
by §164.80 are conducted and that the results are entered
or by a government of a foreign country; and that is not
in the log or other record carried on board.
engaged in commercial service;
(1874) (iii) A foreign vessel engaged in innocent passage;
or
(1875) (iv) Exempted by the Captain of the Port (COTP).
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 99

(1876) (2) If you think your towing vessel should be the owner, master, or operator of the towing vessel
exempt from these voyage planning requirements for a shall exercise due diligence to repair it at the earliest
specified route, you should submit a written request to practicable time. He or she shall enter its failure in
the appropriate COTP. The COTP will provide you with the log or other record carried on board. The failure of
a written response granting or denying your request. equipment, in itself, does not constitute a violation of this
(1877) (3) If any part of a towing vessel’s intended voyage rule; nor does it constitute unseaworthiness; nor does it
is seaward of the baseline (i.e. the shoreward boundary) obligate an owner, master, or operator to moor or anchor
of the territorial sea of the U.S., then the owner, master, the vessel. However, the owner, master, or operator shall
or operator of the vessel, employed to tow a barge or consider the state of the equipment-along with such
barges, must ensure that the voyage with the barge or factors as weather, visibility, traffic, and the dictates of
barges is planned, taking into account all pertinent good seamanship-in deciding whether it is safe for the
information before the vessel embarks on the voyage. vessel to proceed.
The master must check the planned route for proximity to (1890) (c) Reporting. The owner, master, or operator of
hazards before the voyage begins. During a voyage, if a each towing vessel whose equipment is inoperative or
decision is made to deviate substantially from the planned otherwise impaired while the vessel is operating within a
route, then the master or mate must plan the new route Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) Area shall report the fact as
before deviating from the planned route. The voyage plan required by 33 CFR 161.124. (33 CFR 161.124 requires
must follow company policy and consider the following that each user of a VTS report to the Vessel Traffic Center
(related requirements noted in parentheses): as soon as practicable:
(1878) (i) Applicable information from nautical charts and (1891) (1) Any absence or malfunction of vessel-operating
publication (also see paragraph (b) of section 164.72), equipment for navigational safety, such as propulsion
including Coast Pilot, Coast Guard Light List, and Coast machinery, steering gear, radar, gyrocompass, echo depth-
Guard Local Notice to Mariners for the port of departures, sounding or other sounding device, automatic dependent
all ports of call, and the destination; surveillance equipment, or navigational lighting;
(1879) (ii) Current and forecast weather, including visibility, (1892) (2) Any condition on board the vessel likely to
wind, and sea state for the port of departure, all ports of impair navigation, such as shortage of personnel or lack
call, and the destination (also see paragraphs (a)(7) of of current nautical charts or maps, or publications; and
section 164.78 and (b) of section 164.82); (1893) (3) Any characteristics of the vessel that affect
(1880) (iii) Data on tides and currents for the port of or restrict the maneuverability of the vessel, such as
departure, all ports of call, and the destination, and the arrangement of cargo, trim, loaded condition, under-keel
river staged and forecast, if appropriate; clearance, and speed.)
(1881) (iv) Forward and after drafts of the barge or barges (1894) (d) Deviation and authorization. The owner, master,
and under-keel and vertical clearances (air-gaps) for all or operator of each towing vessel unable to repair
bridges, ports, and berthing areas; within 96 hours an inoperative marine radar required by
(1882) (v) Pre-departure checklists; §164.72(a) shall so notify the Captain of the Port (COTP)
(1883) (vi) Calculated speed and estimated time of arrival and shall seek from the COTP both a deviation from the
at proposed waypoints; requirements of this section and an authorization for
(1884) (vii) Communication contacts at any Vessel Traffic continued operation in the area to be transited. Failure of
Services, bridges, and facilities, and any port specific redundant navigational-safety equipment, including but
requirements for VHF radio; not limited to failure of one of two installed radars, where
(1885) (viii) Any master's or operator’s standings orders each satisfies §164.72(a), does not necessitate either a
detailing closest points of approach, special conditions, deviation or an authorization.
and critical maneuvers; and (1895) (1) The initial notice and request for a deviation and
(1886) (ix) Whether the towing vessel has sufficient power an authorization may be spoken, but the request must
to control the tow under all foreseeable circumstances. also be written. The written request must explain why
(1887) immediate repair is impracticable, and state when and by
§164.82 Maintenance, failure, and reporting. whom the repair will be made.
(1896) (2) The COTP, upon receiving even a spoken
(1888) (a) Maintenance. The owner, master, or operator
of each towing vessel shall maintain operative the request, may grant a deviation and an authorization from
navigational-safety equipment required by §164.72. any of the provisions of §§164.70 through 164.82 for a
(1889) (b) Failure. If any of the navigational-safety specified time if he or she decides that they would not
equipment required by §164.72 fails during a voyage, impair the safe navigation of the vessel under anticipated
conditions.
100 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(1897) (1921) (5) The nature of the restrictions or conditions


Part 165–RegulatedNavigation Areas and Lim- desired; and
(1922) (6) The reason why the safety zone, security zone,
ited Access Areas
or regulated navigation area is necessary.
(1923) (Requests for safety zones, security zones, and
(1898) regulated navigation areas are approved by the Office of
Subpart A–General Management and Budget under control number 1625–
0020.)
(1899) (1924) (c) Safety Zones and Security Zones. If, for good
§165.1 Purpose of part. cause, the request for a safety zone or security zone is
(1900) The purpose of this part is to– made less than 5 working days before the zone is to be
(1901) (a) Prescribe procedures for establishing different established, the request may be made orally, but it must
types of limited or controlled access areas and regulated be followed by a written request within 24 hours.
navigation areas; (1925)
(1902) (b) Prescribe general regulations for different types §165.7 Notification.
of limited or controlled access areas and regulated (1926) (a) The establishment of these limited access areas
navigation areas; and regulated navigation areas is considered rulemaking.
(1903) (c) Prescribe specific requirements for established The procedures used to notify persons of the establishment
areas; and of these areas vary depending upon the circumstances
(1904) (d) List of specific areas and their boundaries. and emergency conditions. Notification may be made by
(1905) marine broadcasts, local notice to mariners, local news
§165.3 Definitions. media, distribution in leaflet form, and on-scene oral
(1906) The following definitions apply to this part: notice, as well as publication in the Federal Register.
(1907) Credential means any or all of the following: (1927) (b) Notification normally contains the physical
(1908) (1) Merchant mariner's document. boundaries of the area, the reasons for the rule, its
(1909) (2) Merchant mariner's license. estimated duration, and the method of obtaining
(1910) (3) STCW endorsement. authorization to enter the area, if applicable, and special
(1911) (4) Certificate of registry. navigational rules, if applicable.
(1912) (5) Merchant mariner credential. (1928) (c) Notification of the termination of the rule is
(1913) Merchant mariner credential or MMC means the usually made in the same form as the notification of its
credential issued by the Coast Guard under 46 CFR part 10. establishment.
It combines the individual merchant mariner's document, (1929)
license, and certificate of registry enumerated in 46 U.S.C. §165.8 Geographic coordinates.
subtitle II part E as well as the STCW endorsement into a (1930) Geographic coordinates expressed in terms of latitude
single credential that serves as the mariner's qualification or longitude, or both, are not intended for plotting on
document, certificate of identification, and certificate of maps or charts whose referenced horizontal datum is the
service. North American Datum of 1983 (NAD 83), unless such
(1914) geographic coordinates are expressly labeled NAD 83.
§165.5 Establishment procedures. Geographic coordinates without the NAD 83 reference
(1915) (a) A safety zone, security zone, or regulated may be plotted on maps or charts referenced to NAD 83
navigation area may be established on the initiative of only after application of the appropriate corrections that
any authorized Coast Guard official. are published on the particular map or chart being used.
(1916) (b) Any person may request that a safety zone, (1931)
security zone, or regulated navigation area be established. §165.9 Geographic application of limited and con-
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each trolled access areas and regulated navigation areas.
request must be submitted in writing to either the Captain (1932) (a) General. The geographic application of the
of the Port or District Commander having jurisdiction limited and controlled access areas and regulated
over the location as described in 33 CFR 3, and include navigation areas in this part are determined based on the
the following: statutory authority under which each is created.
(1917) (1) The name of the person submitting the request; (1933) (b) Safety zones and regulated navigation areas.
(1918) (2) The location and boundaries of the safety zone, These zones and areas are created under the authority
security zone, or regulated navigation area; of the Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33 U.S.C. 1221–
(1919) (3) The date, time, and duration that the safety zone, 1232. Safety zones established under 33 U.S.C. 1226 and
security zone, or regulated navigation area should be regulated navigation areas may be established in waters
established; subject to the jurisdiction of the United States as defined
(1920) (4) A description of the activities planned for the in §2.38 of this chapter, including the territorial sea to a
safety zone, security zone, or regulated navigation area; seaward limit of 12 nautical miles from the baseline.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 101

(1934) (c) Security zones. These zones have two sources of (1947)
authority–the Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33 U.S.C. Subpart C–Safety Zones
1221–1232, and the Act of June 15, 1917, as amended by
both the Magnuson Act of August 9, 1950 (“Magnuson
(1948)
Act”), 50 U.S.C. 191–195, and sec. 104 the Maritime
§165.20 Safety zones.
Transportation Security Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107–295,
(1949) A Safety Zone is a water area, shore area, or water
116 Stat. 2064). Security zones established under either
and shore area to which, for safety or environmental
33 U.S.C. 1226 or 50 U.S.C. 191 may be established in
purposes, access is limited to authorized persons,
waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States as
vehicles, or vessels. It may be stationary and described
defined in §2.38 of this chapter, including the territorial
by fixed limits or it may be described as a zone around a
sea to a seaward limit of 12 nautical miles from the
vessel in motion.
baseline.
(1935) (d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zones are (1950)

issued under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91 and 633 and §165.23 General regulations.
may be established in waters subject to the jurisdiction (1951) Unless otherwise provided in this part–
of the United States as defined in §2.38 of this chapter, (1952) (a) No person may enter a safety zone unless
including the territorial sea to a seaward limit of 3 nautical authorized by the COTP or the District Commander;
miles from the baseline. (1953) (b) No person may bring or cause to be brought
into a safety zone any vehicle, vessel, or object unless
(1936)
authorized by the COTP or the District Commander;
Subpart B–Regulated Navigation Areas (1954) (c) No person may remain in a safety zone or
allow any vehicle, vessel, or object to remain in a safety
(1937) zone unless authorized by the COTP or the District
§165.10 Regulated navigation area. Commander; and
(1938) A regulated navigation area is a water area within (1955) (d) Each person in a safety zone who has notice of a
a defined boundary for which regulations for vessels lawful order or direction shall obey the order or direction
navigating within the area have been established under of the COTP or District Commander issued to carry out
this part. the purposes of this subpart.
(1939) (1956)
§165.11 Vessel operating requirements (regula- Subpart D–Security Zones
tions).
(1940) Each District Commander may control vessel
(1957)
traffic in an area which is determined to have hazardous
§165.30 Security zones.
conditions, by issuing regulations–
(1958) (a) A security zone is an area of land, water, or land
(1941) (a) Specifying times of vessel entry, movement, or
and water which is so designated by the Captain of the
departure to, from, within, or through ports, harbors, or
Port or District Commander for such time as is necessary
other waters;
to prevent damage or injury to any vessel or waterfront
(1942) (b) Establishing vessel size, speed, draft limitations,
facility, to safeguard ports, harbors, territories, or waters
and operating conditions; and
of the United States or to secure the observance of the
(1943) (c) Restricting vessel operation, in a hazardous area
rights and obligations of the United States.
or under hazardous conditions, to vessels which have
(1959) (b) The purpose of a security zone is to safeguard
particular operating characteristics or capabilities which
from destruction, loss, or injury from sabotage or other
are considered necessary for safe operation under the
subversive acts, accidents, or other causes of a similar
circumstances.
nature:
(1960) (1) Vessels,
(1944)
§165.13 General regulations. (1961) (2) Harbors,
(1945) (a) The master of a vessel in a regulated navigation (1962) (3) Ports, and
area shall operate the vessel in accordance with the (1963) (4) Waterfront facilities–in the United States and all
regulations contained in Subpart F. territory and water, continental or insular, that is subject
(1946) (b) No person may cause or authorize the operation to the jurisdiction of the United States.
of a vessel in a regulated navigation area contrary to the
(1964)
regulations in this Part.
§165.33 General regulations.
(1965) Unless otherwise provided in the special regulations
in Subpart F of this part:
(1966) (a) No person or vessel may enter or remain in a
security zone without the permission of the Captain of
the Port;
102 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(1967) (b) Each person and vessel in a security zone shall (1987) (G) Any other time a vessel may be operating in
obey any direction or order of the Captain of the Port; a Hazardous Vessel Operating Condition as defined in
(1968) (c) The Captain of the Port may take possession and §161.2 of this Chapter.
control of any vessel in the security zone; (1988) (ii) Double-hull tank barges are exempt from
(1969) (d) The Captain of the Port may remove any person, paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section.
vessel, article, or thing from a security zone; (1989) (iii) The cognizant Captain of the Port (COTP), upon
(1970) (e) No person may board, or take or place any article written application, may authorize an exemption from the
or thing on board, any vessel in a security zone without requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section for–
the permission of the Captain of the Port; and (1990) (A) Any tank barge with a capacity of less than
(1971) (f) No person may take or place any article or thing 25,000 barrels, operating in an area with limited depth
upon any waterfront facility in a security zone without or width such as a creek or small river; or
the permission of the Captain of the Port. (1991) (B) Any tank barge operating on any waters within
(1972)
the COTP Zone, if the operator demonstrates to the
satisfaction of the COTP that the barge employs an
Subpart E–Restricted Waterfront Areas
equivalent level of safety to that provided by the positive
control provisions of this section. Each request for an
(1973) exemption under this paragraph must be submitted in
§165.40 Restricted Waterfront Areas. writing to the cognizant COTP no later than 7 days before
(1974) The Commandant, may direct the COTP to prevent the intended transit.
access to waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, (1992) (iv) The operator of a towing vessel engaged in
including vessels and harbor craft therein. This section towing any tank barge must immediately call for an escort
may apply to persons who do not possess the credentials or assist tug to render assistance in the event of any of
outlined in 33 CFR 125.09 when certain shipping activities the occurrences identified in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this
are conducted that are outlined in 33 CFR 125.15. section.
(1975) (1993) (2) Enhanced communications. Each vessel engaged
Subpart F–Specific Regulated Navigation Areas in towing a tank barge must communicate by radio on
and Limited Access Areas marine band or Very High Frequency (VHF) channel 13
or 16, and issue security calls on marine band or VHF
channel 13 or 16, upon approach to the following places:
(1976)
(1994) (i) Execution Rocks Light (LLNR 21440).
§165.100 Regulated Navigation Area: Navigable (1995) (ii) Matinecock Point Shoal Buoy (LLNR 21420).
waters within the First Coast Guard District. (1996) (iii) 32A Buoy (LLNR 21380).
(1977) (a) Regulated navigation area. All navigable waters (1997) (iv) Cable and Anchor Reef Buoy (LLNR 21330).
of the United States, as that term is used in 33 CFR 2.36, (1998) (v) Stratford Middle Ground Light (LLNR 21260).
within the geographic boundaries of the First Coast (1999) (vi) Old Field Point Light (LLNR 21275).
Guard District, as defined in 33 CFR 3.05-1(b). (2000) (vii) Approach to Stratford Point from the south
(1978) (b) Definitions. Terms used in this section have the (NOAA Chart 12370).
same meaning as those found in 33 CFR 157.03. Single- (2001) (viii) Falkner Island Light (LLNR 21170).
hull identifies any tank barge that is not a double-hull tank (2002) (ix) TE Buoy (LLNR 21160).
barge. (2003) (x) CF Buoy (LLNR 21140).
(1979) (c) Applicability. This section applies to primary (2004) (xi) PI buoy (LLNR 21080).
towing vessels engaged in towing tank barges carrying (2005) (xii) Race Rock Light (LLNR 19815).
petroleum oil in bulk as cargo in the regulated navigation (2006) (xiii) Valiant Rock Buoy (LLNR 19825).
area, or as authorized by the District commander. (2007) (xiv) Approach to Point Judith in vicinity of Block
(1980) (d) Regulations–(1) Positive control for barges. (i) Island ferry route.
Except as provided in paragraph (d)(1)(iii) and paragraph (2008) (xv) Buzzards Bay Entrance Light (LLNR 630).
5 of this section, each single hull tank barge, unless (2009) (xvi) Buzzards Bay Midchannel Lighted Buoy
being towed by a primary towing vessel with twin-screw (LLNR 16055)
propulsion and with a separate system for power to each (2010) (xvii) Cleveland East Ledge Light (LLNR 16085).
screw, must be accompanied by an escort tug of sufficient (2011) (xviii) Hog Island buoys 1 (LLNR 16130) and 2
capability to promptly push or tow the tank barge away (LLNR 16135).
from danger of grounding or collision in the event of– (2012) (xix) Approach to the Bourne Bridge.
(1981) (A) A propulsion failure; (2013) (xx) Approach to the Sagamore Bridge.
(1982) (B) A parted towing line; (2014) (xxi) Approach to the eastern entrance of Cape Cod
(1983) (C) A loss of tow; Canal.
(1984) (D) A fire; (2015) (3) Voyage planning. (i) Each owner or operator of a
(1985) (E) Grounding; towing vessel employed to tow a tank barge shall prepare
(1986) (F) A loss of steering; or a written voyage plan for each transit of the tank barge.
16 SEP 2018  
U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  
 ¢ 
  
 103

(2016) (ii) The watch officer is authorized to make (2036) (ii) Additional Positive Control for Barges. Except
modifications to the plan and validate it as necessary. as provided in paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section, each
(2017) (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3)(iv) of single hull tank barge transiting Buzzards Bay and carrying
this section, each voyage plan must contain: 5,000 or more barrels of oil or other hazardous material
(2018) (A) A description of the type, volume, and grade of must, in addition to its primary tug, be accompanied by
cargo. an escort tug of sufficient capability to promptly push or
(2019) (B) Applicable information from nautical charts and tow the tank barge away from danger of grounding or
publications, including Coast Pilot, Coast Guard Light collision in the event of–
List, and Coast Guard Local Notice to Mariners, for the (2037) (A) A propulsion failure;
destination(s). (2038) (B) A parted tow line;
(2020) (C) Current and forecasted weather, including (2039) (C) A loss of tow;
visibility, wind, and sea state for the destination(s). (2040) (D) A fire;
(2021) (D) Data on tides and tidal currents for the (2041) (E) Grounding;
destination(s). (2042) (F) A loss of steering; or
(2022) (E) Forward and after drafts of the tank barge, and (2043) (G) Any other time a vessel may be operating in
under-keel and vertical clearances for each port and a Hazardous Vessel Operating Condition as defined in
berthing area. §161.2 of this subchapter.
(2023) (F) Pre-departure checklists. (2044) (iii) Federal Pilotage. Each single hull tank barge
(2024) (G) Calculated speed and estimated times of arrival transiting Buzzards Bay and carrying 5,000 or more
at proposed waypoints. barrels of oil or other hazardous material must be under
(2025) (H) Communication contacts at Vessel Traffic the direction and control of a pilot, who is not a member of
Service (VTS) (If applicable), bridges, and facilities, and the crew, operating under a valid, appropriately endorsed,
port-specific requirements for VHF radio. Federal first class pilot’s license issued by the Coast
(2026) (I) The master’s standing orders detailing closest Guard (“federally licensed pilot”). Pilots are required to
points of approach, special conditions, and critical embark, direct, and control from the primary tug during
maneuvers. transits of Buzzards Bay.
(2027) (iv) Each owner or operator of a tank barge on an (2045) (iv) Vessel Movement Reporting System. In addition
intra-port transit of not more than four hours may prepare to the vessels denoted in §161.16 of this chapter,
a voyage plan that contains: requirements set forth in subpart B of Part 161 also
(2028) (A) The information described in paragraphs (d)(3) apply to any vessel transiting VMRS Buzzards Bay
(iii)(D) and (E) of this section. when equipped with a bridge-to-bridge radiotelephone
(2029) (B) Current weather conditions including visibility, as defined in part 26 of this chapter.
wind, and sea state. This information may be entered in (2046) (A) VMRS Buzzards Bay user must:
either the voyage plan or towing vessel’s log book. (2047) (1) Not enter or get underway in the area without
(2030) (C) The channels of VHF radio to monitor. first notifying the VMRS Center;
(2031) (D) Other considerations such as availability of (2048) (2) Not enter VMRS Buzzards Bay if a Hazardous
pilot, assist tug, berth, and line-handlers, depth of berth Vessel Operating Condition or circumstance per §161.2
at mean low water, danger areas, and security calls. of this Subchapter exists:
(2032) (4) Navigation restriction areas. Unless authorized (2049) (3) If towing astern, do so with as short a hawser as
by the cognizant COTP, no tank barge may operate in– safety and good seamanship permits;
(2033) (i) The waters of Cape Cod Bay south of latitude (2050) (4) Not meet, cross, or overtake any other VMRS
42°05' North and east of longitude 70°25' West; or user in the area without first notifying the VMRS center;
(2034) (ii) The waters of Fishers Island Sound east of (2051) (5) Before meeting, crossing, or overtaking any
longitude 72°02' West, and west of longitude 71°55' other VMRS user in the area, communicate on the
West. designated vessel bridge-to-bridge radiotelephone
(2035) (5) Special Buzzards Bay regulations. (i) For the frequency, intended navigation movements, and any
purposes of this section, “Buzzards Bay” is the body of other information necessary in order to make safe passing
water east and north of a line drawn from the southern arrangements. This requirement does not relieve a vessel
tangent of Sakonnet Point, Rhode Island, in approximate of any duty prescribed by the International Regulations
position 41°27.2'N., 71°11.7'W., to the Buzzards Bay for Prevention of Collisions at Sea, 1972 (33 U.S.C.
Entrance Light in approximate position 41°23.48'N., 1602(c)) or the Inland Navigation Rules (33 U.S.C.
71°02.5'W., and then to the southwestern tangent of 2005).
Cuttyhunk Island, Massachusetts, at approximate position (2052) (B) [Reserved]
41°24.6'N., 70°57.0'W., and including all of the Cape (2053) (e) In addition to the authority for this part 165,
Cod Canal to its eastern entrance, except that the area of this section is also authorized under authorized under
New Bedford harbor within the confines (north) of the authority of section 311, Pub. L. 105–383.
hurricane barrier, and the passages through the Elizabeth
Islands, is not considered to be “Buzzards Bay”.
104 
  
 ¢ 
  
 U.S. Coast Pilot 3, Chapter 2  16 SEP 2018

(2054) Inlet to the point of beginning. All positions reference


§165.500 Safety/Security Zones; Chesapeake Bay, NAD 83.
Maryland. (2067) (2) Inland zone. The waters enclosed by the shoreline
(2055) (a) Definitions. (1) Certain Dangerous Cargo (CDC) and the following lines:
means a material defined in 33 CFR part 160. (2068) (i) A line drawn across the entrance to Chesapeake
(2056) (2) Liquefied Hazardous Gas (LHG) means a Bay between Wise Point and Cape Charles Light, and
material defined in 33 CFR part 127. then continuing to Cape Henry Light.
(2057) (3) Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) means a material (2069) (ii) A line drawn across the Chesapeake Bay between
defined in 33 CFR part 127. Old Point Comfort Light and Cape Charles City Range
(2058) (4) Cruise ship means a vessel defined as a “passenger “A” Rear Light.
vessel” in 46 U.S.C. 2101 (22). (2070) (iii) A line drawn across the James River along the
(2059) (b) Location. The following areas are a safety/ eastern side of U.S. Route 17 highway bridge, between
security zone: All waters of the Chesapeake Bay and its Newport News and Isle of Wight County, Virginia.
tributaries, from surface to bottom, within a 500 yard (2071) (iv) A line drawn across Chuckatuck Creek along
radius around cruise ships and vessels transporting CDC, the northern side of the north span of the U.S. Route
LNG, or LHG while transiting, anchored, or moored 17 highway bridge, between Isle of Wight County and
within the COTP Maryland-National Capital Region Suffolk, Virginia.
zone. (2072) (v) A line drawn across the Nansemond River along
(2060) (c) Regulations. (1) The COTP will notify the the northern side of the Mills Godwin (U.S. Route 17)
maritime community of affected vessels and the periods Bridge, Suffolk, Virginia.
during which the safety/security zones will be enforced (2073) (vi) A line drawn across the mouth of Bennetts
by providing notice to mariners in accordance with 33 Creek, Suffolk, Virginia.
CFR 165.7. (2074) (vii) A line drawn across the Western Branch of the
(2061) (2) Entry into or remaining in this zone is prohibited Elizabeth River along the eastern side of the West Norfolk
unless authorized by the Coast Guard COTP, Maryland- Bridge, Portsmouth, Virginia.
National Capital Region or his designated representative. (2075) (viii) A line drawn across the Southern Branch of
(2062) (3) Persons desiring to transit the area of the security the Elizabeth River along the northern side of the I–64
zone may contact the COTP at telephone number 410– highway bridge, Chesapeake, Virginia.
576–2693 or on VHF channel 16 (156.8 MHz) to seek (2076) (ix) A line drawn across the Eastern Branch of the
permission to transit the area. If permission is granted, all Elizabeth River along the western side of the west span
persons and vessels must comply with the instructions of of the Campostella Bridge, Norfolk, Virginia.
the COTP or his or her designated representative. (2077) (x) A line drawn across the Lafayette River along the
(2063) (d) Authority. In addition to 33 U.S.C. 1231, the western side of the Hampton Boulevard Bridge, Norfolk,
authority for this section includes 50 U.S.C. 191. Virginia.
(2078) (xi) A line drawn across Little Creek along the
(2064)
§165.501 Chesapeake Bay entrance and Hampton eastern side of the Ocean View Avenue (U.S. Route 60)
Roads, VA and adjacent waters–Regulated Naviga- Bridge, Norfolk, Virginia.
(2079) (xii) A line drawn across Lynnhaven Inlet along the
tion Area.
(2065) (a) Location. The waters enclosed by the shoreline northern side of Shore Drive (U.S. Route 60) Bridge,
and the following lines are a Regulated Navigation Area: Virginia Beach, Virginia.